Ultimate in Rifle Accuracy, The - Ocr

THE ULTIMATE
IN
RIFLE ACCURACY
A handbook for those who seek the ultimate in rifle accuracy;

whether it be for competition, testing, or hunting.
GLENN NEWICK
Stoeger Publishing.
Great Outdoor Books & More Since 1924
STOEGER PUBLISHING COMPANY OTHER PUBLICATIONS: FN Browning Armorer

Shooter's Bible to the World
IS A DIVISION OF BENELLI U.S.A. The World's Standard Firearms Modern Beretta Firearms
Reference Book How to Buy 8c Sell Used Gu
BENELLI U.S.A. Gun Trader's Guide Heckler 8c Koch:
Vice President and General Manager: Complete Fully Illustrated Armorers of the Free World
Stephen Otway Guide to Modern Firearms with Spanish Handguns
Vice President of Marketing and Communications: Current Market Values
Stephen McKelvain RELOADING
HUNTING & SHOOTING The Handloader's Manual of
The Turkey Hunter's Tool Kit: Cartridge Conversions
Shooting Savvy Modern Sporting Rifle Cartri«
STOEGER PUBLISHING COMPANY Complete Reloading Guide
Archer's Bible
President Jeffrey Reh Trailing the Hunter's Moon
Publisher. Jay Langston Shotgunning for Deer FISHING
Managing Editor: Harris J. Andrews Hunting Whitetails East 8c West Bassing Bible
Design & Production Director: Hunt Club Management Guide Ultimate Bass Boats
Cynthia T. Richardson Complete Book of The Flytier's Companion
Photography Director: Alex Bowers Whitetail Hunting Deceiving Trout
Hunting and Shooting The Complete Book
Imaging Specialist: William Graves
with the Modern Bow of Trout Fishing
National Sales Manager: Jennifer Thomas
Elk Hunter's Bible The Complete Book of Fly]
Special Accounts Manager: Julie Brownlee Peter Dean's Guide to Fly-'
The Ultimate in Rifle Accuracy
Publishing Associate: Christine Lawton Advanced Black Powder Hunting The Flytier's Manual
Administrative Assistant: Shannon McWilliams Hunting America's Wild Turkey Flytier's Master Class
Taxidermy Guide Handbook of Fly Tying
Cover Design & Photography: Ray Wells Cowboy Action Shooting The Fly Fisherman's
Great Shooters of the World Entomological Pattern Book
Hounds of the World Fiberglass Rod Making
Labrador Retrievers To Rise a Trout
© 2004 by Glenn Newick. Flyfishing for Trout - A to Z
All rights reserved. COLLECTING BOOKS Fishing Online:
Sporting Collectibles 1,000 Best Web Sites
No part of this book may be reproduced or trans- The Working Folding Knife Fishing Made Easy
mitted in any form or by any means, electronic or The Lore of Spices
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or MOTORCYCLES 8c TRUC
by any information storage and retrieval system, FIREARMS The Legend of Harley-David
Antique Guns The Legend of the Indian
without permission in writing from the Publisher.
P-38 Automatic Pistol Best of Harley-Davidson
The Walther Handgun Story Classic Bikes
Published 2004 by Complete Guide to Great Trucks
Stoeger Publishing Company Compact Handguns 4X4 Vehicles
17603 Indian Head Highway, Suite 200 Complete Guide to Service
Accokeek, Maryland 20607 Handguns COOKING GAME
America's Great Gunmakers Fish 8c Shellfish Care 8c (
BK6465 Firearms Disassembly Game Cookbook
with Exploded Views Dress 'Em Out
ISBN: 0-88317-159-7
Rifle Guide Wild About Venison
Gunsmithing at Home Wild About Game Birds
The Book of the Twenty-Two Wild About Freshwater Fis
Manufactured in the United States of America. Complete Guide to Modern Rifles Wild About Seafood
Complete Guide to Classic Rifles World's Best Catfish Cook
Distributed to the book trade and Legendary Sporting Rifles
to the sporting goods trade by:
Stoeger Industries
Caution:
17603 Indian Head Highway, Suite 200
All technical data in this book, especially for handloading, reflects th
Accokeek, Maryland 20607
limited experience of individuals using specific tools, products, and
301-283-6300 Fax: 301-283-6986 circumstances and necessarily reported. Benchrest & Bucks and Gle
www. stoegerbooks x o m Newick has no control and assumes none. Benchrest & Bucks and C
Newick accept no responsibility for such data and disclaim all liabil
any consequential injuries or damages.
Forward
Some say the sport of benchrest shooting along with its gadgetry, precision and
techniques is one of the best kept secrets in the shooting world. The relative scarcity of
books on the subject would tend to bear this out. Efforts by key individuals in organized
benchrest competition have often been directed toward swelling our numbers but have
never made this sport as large as some of the other shooting disciplines.
The author of this work has attempted to offer some historical background as part of
this treatise. More than this, he has attempted to put in perspective where the sport has
been, where it is now, and some hints on where it is going. Persons, places, equipment,
techniques and practices are discussed in terms of this unique contribution to the
development of that mysterious sport called benchrest shooting.
It has been since 1973, when Warren Page published THE ACCURATE RIFLE, that
this sport was treated in an authoritative fashion regarding its tools and procedures. The
author here is bringing the "rest shooter" up to date, so to speak, with equipment and
practices put into use during the past sixteen years. For those who practice stool shootin
competitively, there is much food for thought here and perhaps some techniques and
explanations not yet considered by even yourselves. For the beginner or one con-
templating a try of this challenging sport, a veritable wealth of information is contained
between the covers. It would be tremendously difficult to get all of your questions
answered from a single source. This book attempts to do this and goes so far as even
walking you through an imaginary match, explaining many of the things old timers
take for granted, but beginners are generally too timid to ask about.
The author has the proper credentials to attempt a work such as this. He began his
competitive benchrest shooting in the early years of this decade. You will read about
some of his failures as well as some of his successes. As a relative beginner, he won the
coveted 3-Gun Aggregate title for International Benchrest Shooters, itself an unheard
of accomplishment. Additionally, he has set several international records, some of
which still stand today. Glenn is somewhat unique regarding the age at which he began
shooting registered benchrest. Most pursuers of the "one hole" group don't begin their
formal competition until they have a fair number of years and many practice rounds
fired behind them. He, on the other hand, began in his early 20's and got right into
competition. I believe his success bears out the theory that young eyes, quick responses
and the drive of youth to excel can pay handsome dividends.
Having shot scores of matches with Glenn beginning with his first and right up to the
present, I can attest to the accuracy of his work here. He has explained in these pages
what he feels were his strengths and weaknesses while developing as a competitive
shooter. Like most of the rest of this fine segment of the shooting sports, Glenn has
developed a wit and awareness that has made him a pleasant shooter to share a loading
bench with. It is not only the precision, the challenge, or the elements that make the
sport of benchrest shooting a great one, but mosdy the people in it. In reading this book
I believe you may begin to feel a sort of kinship with some of the personalities
mentioned. You may even empathize with their problems or situations encountered. If
this should take place or for whatever reason may strike you, I hope you, the reader,
will gain the interest and accept the challenge much as the author initially did and
become part of the people and practices that make the sport of benchrest shooting all
that it is today.
Finally, the sport owes Glenn Newick a round of applause for preparing such a
treatise. It was long overdue and has been handled in a thorough and competent
manner. We are enriched by his efforts.
Robert A. (Bob) White
Three term president of International
Benchrest Shooters Association.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Forward
Preface
1. Safety 1
2 . History 5
3 . T h e Rifle 13
a. Stocks 13
b . Actions 15
c. Barrels 20
d. Scopes 23
4. T h e 6 P P C 31
5 . Benchrest Bullets 39
6. T h e Bench and Bench Technique 43
7. W h a t is a Match 53
8. W i n d Shooting 63
9. Advanced Wind Shooting 69
10. Wind flags 77
11. M i r a g e 83
12. Practice and Competition 87
13. Light Varmint 99
14. Heavy Varmint 107
15. Unlimited/Heavy Bench 113
16. Hunter Rifles 119
17. C a s e Preparation 125
18. Loading Technique and Load Selection 133
19. Cleaning Technique 149
2 0 . Benchrest Techniques for Hunting Rifles 155
2 1 . Troubleshooting 165
2 2 . Current Record Lists 173
Glossary 179
Appendix A Addresses - Organizations, Suppliers, G u n s m i t h s ,
Benchrest Clubs 193
Appendix B Books on Accuracy 205
Index 209
Preface
There's a famous saying that every person in the world has at least one book in
them. This is mine. With no books on Benchrest since Warren Page's excellent
THE ACCURATE RIFLE it's certainly time to give a current source to the general
shooting public. Often, it's the written word that spurs people to try new sports.
This book will be informative for those who already participate in Benchrest,
either in competition, or for fun. Where it will be most valuable is to the shooter on
the fringe, who pounds away with a 7 Mag, or a .243, who travels to the range
every Sunday to try for that elusive small group. Benchrest rifles are capable of a
100 yard group below two tenths of an inch every time they're shot in good
conditions. I want those who struggle for a half inch group to know the thrill of
getting upset when a four shot group of. 150" is spoiled all the way out to .315". For
less than the cost of a new fibreglass hunting rifle, and scope, a shooter can buy a
used benchrest rifle, scope, dies, brass and bullets. The only fun rifles are accurate
ones, why not step up to the most accurate rifles in the world.
There are others in benchrest who are more intelligent, there are several who
write better stories, there are a few who shoot smaller groups. There have been
many, who too found the right conditions on a calm overcast day, at a place like the
Council Cup range, and shot an aggregate under the existing record. And made me
second. - or third. It's that friendly competition which makes this sport so
valuable.
If you have any interest at all in shooting accurate rifles get a membership in
either IBS or NBRSA. Add to the NBRSA membership a subscription to PRECI-
SION SHOOTING Magazine and you'll be fully informed on the current happen-
ings of the benchrest world.
This book is for the betterment of Benchrest. Jack Sutton, who does a lot of the
work on HART rifle barrels, helped jump start this project by commenting on one
of the articles I wrote for PRECISION SHOOTING Magazine. He said the article
explained the topic in a clear, straight forward manner. That's the second goal for
this book. Once we get past the safety chapter there won't be a lot of preaching.
Different sides of the story will be presented fairly, go ahead and look at all the
advice, then make your own conclusions on the information. Besides - If you're
really a benchrest shooter, you make your own decisions anyway.
Yours is the thrill from tiny groups
Good luck
Glenn Newick
Houston, Texas
1
Safety
Safety is the first chapter for a reason. Shooting can be the most enjoyable
form of entertainment there is, involving the mind and body in a test of skill
and ability; however, it has the possibility of changing to a disaster with one
careless accident.
Please r e m e m b e r safety in all phases of the shooting sports. Use proper
storage containers for powder and p r i m e r s , keep c o m p o n e n t s and arms
under lock and key. D o n ' t give children access to things for which they
d o n ' t understand the danger. D o n ' t smoke while handling c o m p o n e n t s
(there was an accident last year where a benchrest shooter was badly burned
by p o w d e r accidently ignited while reloading) neck sized benchrest cases
rarely fail in use, but still, check for split necks during your loading
process. Pistol primers are made with a thinner cup than the one used in
small rifle primers. T h e full house loads shot in benchrest rifles would
pierce the cup easily, and release high pressure gas back into the action.
Seat primers to the bottom of the primer pocket. Primers showing above the
case head cause erratic ignition, with its resultant erratic accuracy, and
possible slam-fires in semi-automatic rifles. Cleanliness and organization
at the loading table helps prevent distractions and unintentional mistakes.
Return components to the proper containers when the loading cycle is
completed. For the sake of your eyesight get in the habit of wearing safety
glasses while reloading and shooting.
During transportation to the range k e e p all firearms and a m m u n i t i o n
safely secured. Observe the bolts out rule at all t i m e s , even if you are the
only person at the range. W h e n checking bullet j a m use d u m m y cartridges.
Be careful of accidental discharges: a 2 oz. trigger can be delicate. Please
m a k e sure the rifle isn't loaded till pointed down range. D o n ' t let a shot
escape over the backstop. With the recent introduction of factory P P C rifles
2 THE ULTIMATE IN RIFLE ACCURACY
and loaded a m m u n i t i o n we must be especially careful. With most c u s t o m

benchrest rifles set u p with a tight neck chamber, A S A K O factory round
could cause extreme pressure problems if forced into an undersized neck.
M o s t custom rifles have their neck dimension stamped on the barrel. If
y o u ' r e not sure, have a competent gunsmith check for clearance. Safety is a
permanent state of mind, both for yourself, and for those around you.
Here are the ten commandments of firearms safety:

Treat every gun with the respect due a loaded gun. (Read this one t w i c e , it's
the most important of all.)
Be sure of your target before you pull the trigger.
Always b e sure the barrel and action are clear of obstructions.
Never point your gun at anything you d o not want to shoot.
Never leave your gun unattended unless you unload it first.
Avoid alcoholic beverages both before and during shooting.
Never climb a tree or cross a fence with a loaded g u n .
Never shoot at a hard, flat surface or the surface of water. Always

m a k e sure you have a safe backstop
C a r r y only e m p t y g u n s , taken down or with the action open, into y o u r

camp, car, or h o m e .
Store guns and ammunition separately under lock and key.

A s m u c h as the constant competitor thinks they know about firearms
safety, I've seen most of these c o m m a n d m e n t s violated. Often we go from
the loading area to the firing line with the muzzle swinging over the
shoulder, and pointing every which way. Misfires and stuck loaded rounds
must be handled with extreme caution. Using a cleaning rod to knock out a
stuck round has resulted in fatal injury when the cartridge went off. Talk
about a m o m e n t of thoughtlessness: shoot a rifle with an obstructed barrel.
Cleaning rods, used to clear brass stuck in the chamber, have been acci-
dently shot down range. I can show you the picture of a barrel that was shot
with the bore sighting spud still in the muzzle. It's a credit to todays
manufacturers the equipment is as safe and well built as it is. M o s t of the
lawsuits involving manufacturers are the result of improper gun handling;
not from faulty manufacture. D o n ' t b e c o m e a statistic.
SAFETY 3
With all the negative publicity improper use of firearms gets please strive
for perfect safety performance. Look into your o w n shooting experience
and rectify problems before they cause an accident. Let the shooter next to
you know you w o n ' t tolerate unsafe behavior. It's up to all of us to keep this,
the finest of sports, safe.
2
History
T h e invention of gunpowder goes back long before the earliest firearms.

T h e Chinese and Hindus are thought to have had it in the time of M o s e s .
T h e crude hand weapons of the 1300's and 1400's were more useful scaring
horses and peasants than in efficiently hitting an aimed mark. Development
of the matchlock gave the world it's first aimed hand firearm, samples from
the early 1500's show crude front and rear sights. It was the heavy ball
thrown by these devices which ended the reign of the armored knight.
W h e r e before an arrow or bolt would glance off their armour these bullets
could kill from afar. It was a good thing the days of the mounted knight
finally ended. To resist the flying balls protective armour had grown thick
and heavy, so heavy horses could barely convey the knights to the field of
battle. T h e wielder of the matchlock w a s n ' t much better off, his equipment
was almost as c u m b e r s o m e as the knights.
Another important component of an accurate rifle is the rifling itself: that
c a m e from N u r e m b e r g in the fifteenth century. The next major improve-
ment was the Wheel-Lock: an example in the Dresden M u s e u m is dated to
1510. This invention removed the problem of keeping a wick alight in d a m p
conditions. W h e n the arm was triggered a spring driven device ignited the
priming for the a r m . A wondrous article for it's day; however even Lester
Bruno c o u l d n ' t shoot a good group with one!
Switzerland shows a record of shooting from a rest in the 1600's; however
no targets remain from that era to show the accuracy levels attained.
Development of the flintlock, in the years just before 1630, m a d e the advent
of m o d e r n accuracy possible. Believed to be of Spanish origin, the flintlock
m a d e the Kentucky rifle with an explorer standing behind it conceivable.
The A m e r i c a n rifleman has a long and storied history. Use of the rifle for
the everyday food pot gave the adventurer and settler his skill as a mark-
sman. Each shot was justified. This accounting for every shot held h i m in
good stead when the country fought for it's independence. T h e rifleman
r e m e m b e r e d the lessons the Indian had taught about concealment and
individual aimed shots. T h e British Soldier fought in the European m e t h o d .
Massed ranks and volley fire with smooth bore Brown Bess Muskets
w e r e n ' t effective when the opponent was hiding behind a log.
Those lessons we learned in the wilderness were taught to every boy w h o
grew u p in an appropriate area. T h e changing face of A m e r i c a has removed
these lessons from a huge part of the population. T h e biggest complaint on
a basic training firing line is the low level of m a r k s m a n s h i p in the recruits.
Small wonder that a recent survey in New York City showed only one in ten
people even knew someone w h o hunted.
T h e m o d e r n sport of benchrest shooting was kick started in 1944 with the
Puget Sound Snipers Congress, though there have been many instances
through history where something very similar has been practiced. In the
book O U R R I F L E S by C . W. Sawyer, a passage explains in detail the
actions of a Civil War M a r k s m a n . A bench is constructed. T h e range to the
target is verified with a theodolyte. T h e rifle is fired at a sighter target to get
the exact windage and elevation settings for the powder charge employed.
These verified settings are cranked in before the telling shot. This rifle was
supported at the front by a foot that slid on a waxed block. T h e rear had set
screws on a piece of metal for adjustment. All these actions sound familiar?
From where did these rifles and techniques c o m e ? Harvey Donaldson
stated in 1949 there were heavy Turkey Match rifles, with scopes, in
existence in the 1840's. Just as we see today, when the boys gather around
for some friendly competition the advice to the gunsmith is, build the finest
rifle, w h o cares that it's three months salary. In 1862 W.G. L a n g d o n , a
Boston watch and clock maker, and expert rifleman, was contracted by the
government for 20 sniper rifles complete with telescope. His price was
$150 each. T h e Governments on both sides of the conflict put out a call for
the match rifles and skills of the general populace to be used by the sniper
teams. T h e turkey rifle I've seen is a fully rested 37 pound piece. A bracket
on the fore end fitted into a front rest, the rear was shot off an adjustable
rest. With a 25x full length scope, percussion lock, false m u z z l e , and bullet
starter the turkey's head was in grave danger when a rifleman touched off
the cap.
Fine rifles of the period often included a target in the rifle case showing
the accuracy possible. There are no verifiable records but there must have
been some superb shooting going on. Harry M . Pope guaranteed his rifles
to group into two and one half inches at 200 yards. C o m p a r e this to the
manufacturers in Britain, w h o as of 1883 had only one riflemaker that
would guarantee all shots in a 3" circle at 100 yards.
T h e most popular rifle events in the late 1800's, u p to 1905, were the
Shuetzen Rifle matches. It was possible to order a rifle and accessories
HISTORY 7
from the masters like H a r r y M . Pope, George Schoyen, N o r m a n Brockway

and William Billingshurst. Be assured the rifle would be super accurate and
of the highest quality workmanship. T h e technique of shooting the rifle was
not passed on to the benchrest shooter. T h e things sent down were the need
for experimentation and testing to find the perfect bullet and p o w d e r charge
for the best groups. Shuetzen rifles were very temperamental, easily
affected by humidity and temperature they formed the nucleus of knowl-
edge for the old time rifle crank.
A few of these rifles had wondrous accuracy. T h e most famous of them
all is the Pope-Ballard 32/40 that Chas. W. Rowland used on M a y 16, 1901
for his exquisite ten shot, blackpowder, group of .725" at 200 yards. It took
fifty years for the modern shooter, with the best equipment, to beat that
sparkler. This rifle was shot with the forend resting on a wooden block, the
rear was often held by hand or rested on another wooden block. Rowland
stated the wooden block was not as accurate as the hand held shots.
Vibration control and shot to shot variation must have been a factor, our
m o d e r n sandbags would have done him a world of good. He had a crude
way to return-to-battery, however without lateral support his combination
w o u l d n ' t line u p straight like a current return to battery rig. O n e very
important lesson C . W. Rowland leaves us is the careful noting of wind, and
conditions, and duplicating it on subsequent shots.
T h e great e x p e r i m e n t e r F r a n k l i n W. M a n n c r e a t e d his " S h o o t i n g
G i b r a l t e r " in the Fall of 1901. This was a machine rest devised to hold
barreled actions steady during experiments. With a cement top, legs that
extended 4 0 " into the ground and a muslin cover for a shooting tube Dr.
M a n n had a machine rest so steady there was no change of impact in three
years. Most of M a n n ' s shooting was to experiment with bullet flight. In his
book, T H E B U L L E T S FLIGHT, Dr. M a n n m a d e several references to
groups shot off a rest. W h e n he started his serious experimenting in August
of 1894 there's reference to a 30 yard group of 1.75 inches. F r o m then till the
turn of the century Dr. M a n n achieved several five and ten shot groups of
one inch at 100 yards. T h e normal group was more in the one and a half to
two inch range. T h e n , as now, the ever present flyer drove him to con-
niptions. By 1902 Dr. Franklin M a n n finally got a shooter. He shot eleven
groups, with a barrel called the " B u m b l e b e e " , that averaged . 6 3 " at 100
yards. This was the twenty third barrel he tried on his Shooting Gibralter!
C . W. Rowland continued his efforts for many years. Like many experi-
menters of the era he corresponded freely with others pursuing the same
goal. On May 26th, 1931 Mr. Rowland completed a 4 0 shot group at 100
yards. T h e 4 0 shots measured half an inch by half an inch center to center!
Fired from a machine rest with a .32/40 Schoyen, M r Rowland took more
than one day to complete the target. T h e shots were only let go during calms
on a windy day. A few shooters still try the same thing, some even try it
during a match.
Harvey Donaldson, Al Marciante, and W.J. Prescott were among the

attendees at the Johnstown, NY benchrest match in 1947.
Photos and information exist from early benchrest matches held at

L i s b o n S c h u e t z e n Verein in Taftville, C o n n e c t i c u t . T h e s e t h r e e shot
matches for score were held as often as three times a year, from the early
1930's, until the late 1940's. They were attended by such notables as Harry
P o p e , John Kaufman, and in the later years Ray Biehler, Samuel Clark Jr.,
and Harvey Donaldson. Samuel Clark Jr., w h o we k n o w shot there in 1946,
states in the first edition of T H E ULTIMATE IN R I F L E P R E C I S I O N ,
published in 1949: "At the rest matches of a club where I had been a regular
attendant for s o m e years". Harvey Donaldson c o m m e n t e d about his visit
and their successful shooting: " T h i s trip was well worth our while. It was
like a shot in the a r m , for it gave the fellows confidence that they could
shoot in fast company, and thus gave them more confidence that they could
put on a match on the h o m e grounds and make a success of it." M o r e about
this later.
Philip Sharpe, author of C O M P L E T E G U I D E T O H A N D L O A D I N G ,
published the first edition of his work in 1937. His chapter on testing bullets
shows in great detail the construction of solid benches for rest shooting.
Sharpe was an advocate of resting on the forearm rather than the barrel as was
much practiced at the t i m e . He stated the knowledgeable rifleman shooting
off sandbags would usually beat the machine rests then available. Philip
Sharpe used the bench extensively for testing his high-power match loads.
Unfortunately, nowhere does he tell the exact group sizes that resulted.
HISTORY 9
By 1941 m u c h of the information and equipment need for smaller groups

and aggregates was in place. Loading tools by the L . E . Wilson C o m p a n y
were generally available. Their bullet seaters, case t r i m m e r s , resizing d i e s ,
neck r e a m e r s , and p r i m e r pocket reamers look m u c h as they d o today.
Versions of the .219 Donaldson Wasp, .22 Varminter (.22/250) and various
25 caliber reamers were in the hands of local gunsmiths. There was a
spreading of the general knowledge of accurate rifles. (Charles Landis used
2 0 0 0 - 3 0 0 0 letters as the basis for his book T W E N T Y - T W O C A L I B E R
VARMINT RIFLES.)
D e c e m b e r 7, 1941 put a h a m m e r l o c k on p o w d e r and bullet supplies for
the next few years. In 1944 the first modern benchrest match with connec-
tions to today was fired. T h e Puget Sound Snipers Congress of Seattle,
Washington organized an all comers event. Rests were permitted in a match
determined by aggregate group size at 200 yards. These were important
concepts we still follow today. It's easy to show only the best group from the
previous m o n t h s shooting; when every shot counts the results are s o m e -
thing to be proud of. 37 Shooters vied for the Championship. T h e winner
was Roy Meister with an aggregate of 2 . 2 3 5 " for four 5-shot groups at 200
yards. Small group was 1.27" by Roy using a Wilson A r r o w .220. Their
" S n i p e r K i n g " trophy is still being contested.
Following their lead W. Jennings Prescott of M a c h i a s , New York (inter-
esting side note, W.J. Prescott lived in M a c h i a s , N e w York, near the St.
Lawrence Seaway. Harvey Donaldson was an avid fisherman and often
fished at M a c h i a s , M a i n e , on the M a i n e coast. H e n c e the sometimes
confusion between the two and mix up in other histories.) organized a small
benchrest match for varmint rifles. This event at M a c h i a s , N e w York, early
in the s u m m e r of 1947, was such a success Harvey Donaldson of Fulton-
ville, N e w York set u p another. This milestone, scheduled for the L a b o r
Day weekend, at the Pine Tree Rifle Club in Johnstown, N e w York was to
b e c o m e the organizational beginning of benchrest. At this match the
Eastern Bench Rest Shooters Association, later to b e c o m e the N B R S A ,
was formed. Harvey Donaldson was named as their first President, Colonel
Townsend W h e l e n , Frank Hubbard, and Samuel Clark Jr. were also n a m e d
as officers.
An active organization and the terrific shooting from that match created
national interest in benchrest shooting. During the three day match 21 three
shot groups were fired by the 28 competitors. While the three shot for score
seems to be brought over from the Taftville, Connecticut events one feature
of these matches was concurrent score and group shooting. Aggregate
Winner was W.J. Prescott at .4843". T h e top five competitors used hand-
m a d e bullets out of R C B S dies. Another important c o m p o n e n t was avail-
able!
Evolution took place rapidly during the next few matches. By the
D u b o i s , Pennsylvania match on October 4th and 5th, 1947 the 200 yard
Benchrest shooter Mike Walker is the father of the .222 Remington and the
Remington 722 action.
stage was a 5 shot affair. Small group at 200 yards was a 1.0625 by Marcy
Prescott. In 1989 some shooters go a whole season without a handful of
groups that big!
By the early 1950's the size of record groups had shrunk substantially.
T h e s e were groups fired in competition, with moving backers. T h e moving
backer verifies the n u m b e r of shots in these tiny holes. M a n y of these
groups would still be below the small groups shot today in an average
registered match. Using a .250-3000 Paul Dinant shot a 5 shot, 100 yard,
group of .1057" on M a y 2 1 , 1950. Crawford Hollidge shot a 10 shot, 100
yard, group of .2677" on September 5 , 1 9 5 3 . Both of these are fine groups.
W h e r e the shooters of yesterday were behind was at 200 yards. O n e of the
reasons had to be because of the scopes they used. With todays 3 6 X scopes
there's m u c h better resolution. T h e 15x, 20x and 24x scopes just c o u l d n ' t
be held as fine. Everything else aside Bill Guse used a .22-250 to shoot a 5
shot, 200 yard group of .3896" on May 7, 1950. This is a great group for
1950, but, in 1989 a winning 200 yard aggregate in good conditions could
have three out of five groups that small!
T h e introduction of the .222 Remington on March 1, 1950 provided the
mainstay of Benchrest shooters for the next twenty five years. M i k e Walker
had produced a superbly accurate combination that wrested the best groups
out of the available equipment. Just like the P P C many years later, the .222
was a success from it's first outing.
HISTORY 11
Throughout the rest of the 1950's the level of ability and equipment kept
increasing. Shooters shared hard won knowledge with whoever was inter-
ested in listening. Of course they also shared it with some w h o w e r e n ' t
interested in hearing it, some things never change. T h e prosperity which
followed World War II gave many the time and money to participate fully in
the nationwide growth in benchrest.
T h e individual record groups d i d n ' t decrease dramatically. W h a t did
decrease was the aggregate. Aggregate scores are a true measure of a rifles
accuracy. Aggregate scores consist of a m i n i m u m of 25 aimed shots spread
over a period of time; all the vagaries of wind and mirage have c o m e into
play. A n y problems with the bench, or the rests, would have been exposed,
inconsistent ignition fronfimproper components would reveal substandard
cartridge design. Part of the decrease is from equipment and loads, part of
the decrease has been from the riflemen realizing they have to get that last
shot into a hole on every group.
T h e aggregate has indeed been slipping. T h e 100 yard varmint record for
five 5-shot groups steadily dropped to Lynn Hunts record of .2189 shot on
July 12, 1964. Think about that. Five groups, each with five shots, all
averaging under 1/4 inch.
By 1981 that had nose dived to below two tenths of an inch. Harvey
Miller, Larry Earp, Seely Masker, Pat McMillan and m a n y others had
easily shattered that barrier. Today it is easy to see scores that just yesterday
were an impossibility. Harvey Donaldson w o u l d n ' t know what to think
about a fibreglass stocked 6 P P C capable of a .125" five shot group at 2 0 0
yards. W e ' v e c o m e a long way.
History is an amazing thing. T h o s e w h o fully participated in it, and
know all the answers, are not available to verify information. Specifically,
the fact of the earliest organized benchrest matches. T h e earliest turkey
shoots held ever since the middle 1840's were often contested with the rifle
resting on a log. There were several events such as participated in by C.W.
Rowland in the 1930's which c a n ' t be called organized events. A group got
together through word of m o u t h , held a one day event, and then went their
m e r r y way. B e l i e v i n g the n e e d for the r e c o g n i z e d earliest b e n c h r e s t
matches to be advertised, annual events, the author believes the first
benchrest matches were fired at the Lisbon Schuetzen Verein, in Taftville,
Connecticut. These events from the early 1930's to the late 1940's were fired
from a rest, three shots for score at 100 yards. Both blackpowder Schuetzen
rifles firing lead bullets, and modern varmint rifles firing jacketed bullets
were shot from a rest.
3
The Rifle
T h e individual pieces which m a k e up a modern benchrest rifle were not

discovered by accident. Testing, trial and error, and more testing have given
us the c o m p o n e n t s for the most accurate rifles in the world. Every accuracy
record for group size out to 1000 yards was shot by a benchrest style rifle.
At 100 yards the existing five shot record is under 1/32 M O A . A m a z i n g .
M a n y combinations of the available equipment might all lead to world
class accuracy. To make a qualified decision about what c o m p o n e n t s to use
in building your next rifle let's look at the different pieces.
Stocks
T h e purpose of the stock is to hold the barreled action rigidly without using
u p too m u c h of the allotted weight for the class in which the rifle is being
used. At the same time the stock must retain its shape during the act of
firing. Early benchrest rifles were m a d e with wood stocks. Using the
available military actions, with their poor bedding surface, rifles had to be
rebedded as often as every day. Laminated wood eliminated some of the
stability p r o b l e m s , but laminated stocks were heavy unless eggshelled
(hollowed out butt and forend). A n y hunter w h o has done much traveling
k n o w s that even the most inert piece of laminated wood can move during
changes in humidity and temperature; the one piece stock made from a
nicely figured piece of wood is much worse.
It was the advent of the foam filled fibreglass stock which kicked
benchrest rifles out of the wood era. The first fibreglass stock used in
competition was a three piece affair made by Jerry Rogers, he shot the gun
to victory in the 1967 and 1968 Nationals. T h e road to the success of the
breed started when Chet Brown and Lee Six, among others, developed the
Benchrest stocks allow creativity not available on hunting rifle stocks. Ron
Parker's rifle sports a delightful Rodney Hutcherson paint job.
rigid lightweight stock we use today. Chet found out the expansion rate of
fibreglass was close to the expansion rate of steel. After m u c h experimenta-
tion they discovered a two piece mold with the halves joined together later
m a d e the most sense for their initial testing. Hundreds of hours were spent
on m o l d s , mold releases, cure t i m e , mixes and various other bits of the
p r o b l e m . Testing showed the hollow fibreglass stock would shoot good
groups, but only if the guard screws were loose, the hollow bedding area
w o u l d n ' t stand u p to the tightening procedure some in the field d e e m e d
necessary. Like anything else which is against the n o r m , public acceptance
took a while in coming. It was the hollow feel, and the ringing tap which
caused the most shooter w o r r y W h e n Chet and Lee filled the hollow stock
with Polyurethane foam; conventional bedding techniques, and screw
tension which everyone understood, worked again. By 1971 fibreglass
stocks from the shop were showing up at a few m a t c h e s , and doing quite
well. Like anything else, a new product gets snickered at till it pastes a few
good scores on the wall, then everyone wants o n e . Later refinements c a m e
in the form of glue-in bedding. It might not be any better than conventional
b e d d i n g , but it sure is easier to d o . While Lee and Chet were working on
release agents they, along with anyone else doing the same thing, had some
unintentional glue-ins when the release agent d i d n ' t work, or was acci-
dently left off. With the action epoxy bonded directly to the stock the age
old problem of the bedding getting solvent soaked, and softening up, has
THE RIFLE 15
been almost entirely eliminated. There's still a chance that some of our
solvents can d a m a g e the bedding, but with a solid bottomed action and a
long bore guide it's not likely.
T h e use of lightweight fibreglass, Kevlar, and graphite in rifle stocks has
allowed the beefing up of the other rifle components. By starting with a
Kevlar or graphite stock it's easy to use a heavy barrel, and a heavy action,
in Heavy Varmint. T h e light stocks are more of an advantage in the 10 1/2
pound classes. A one and a half pound Light Varmint stock allows a stout
barrel and action, a definite accuracy enhancer.
T h e advent of aftermarket drop-in or factory synthetic stocks for our
everyday hunting rifles has made the use of rifles in varying amounts of
moisture acceptable without constant re-sighting in. Free floated sporting
weight tubes give some amazing accuracy when an accurized action is
mated to a suitable stock.
Actions
T h e action is the building block on which the rifle is assembled. C o m p r i s e d
of a hollow receiver, the trigger assembly, and a bolt, future accuracy
potential starts out on the right foot with an accurized action. Since it's the
foundation, squareness of all the angles, and trueness of all the lines gains
importance. L o n g ago the battle for recognition as the most accurate type of
action was won hands down by the turning bolt family. Autoloading, lever
action, falling block, and break top types all have their c h a m p i o n s , as each
has a specific use.
T h e p r i m e advantages for the bolt action stem from its basic rigidity, both
in the action and in its bedding into the stock, and it's positive breeching
which supplies the same cartridge support for the first, and subsequent,
shots. Recent experimentation has led to the development of some very
accurate rifles based on the M16. An accurized M16 is capable of being
more accurate than most out of the box turning bolt g u n s , only it's not as
accurate as the custom bolt action benchrest rifles. T h e gas guns will shoot
groups approaching greatness, but a fifth shot thrown .200" from a .200"
four shotter still leaves a hole of .400". In the competitive g a m e today there
c a n ' t be any shots thrown that are the rifles fault.
Since the first Mauser was produced for the military in the last century
there haven't been any startling revelations in the action world. What w e ' v e
done in the last hundred years is learn the parameters which get the most
performance out of the equipment. In 1949, benchrest rifles were mostly
m a d e on the M a u s e r 98 action. T h e n , as now, if something is plentiful, and
cheap, there will be lots of them in use. Mausers had been designed for
military u s e , there were a few things shooters discovered that needed
changing. T h e generous magazine cut, and loading port, d i d n ' t leave m u c h
meat to stiffen the action. With a heavy barrel sticking d o w n r a n g e there
Hall actions are one of the benchrest shooters favorites. Here the line up
includes the Model B, the Model M, and the standard.
w a s n ' t e n o u g h bedding surface to get away with full floating the t u b e , the
small bedding area was highly stressed and required frequent rebedding.
Adding in the stone-ax paced firing pin fall did anything but decrease group
size. Various attempts to stiffen the action helped, sleeves were being tried
by the middle 1950's, but something was still lacking. Shortfalls in the
equipment at hand caused a few m e n with machinist backgrounds to m a k e
their o w n actions.
T h e early custom actions, available over the years in quantities ranging
a n y w h e r e from a few to several hundred, included the Hart, John Dewey
and Shilen, Charles Williams and his Benchmaster, Sherman and his
Superior, Clarence Detsch, Ralph Stolle, Baucher, Tirrell, M c M i l l a n ,
Ferris Pindell and H o m e r Culver. Mostly these independent operators
found the amount of work to produce the tolerances required meant it
w a s n ' t economically feasible to m a k e actions for resale. Since the era of the
small one m a n shop which put out just a few actions there have been several
small c o m p a n i e s w h o have continued, and built u p a livelihood in action
making.
Robert W. H a r t & Son of Nescopeck, Pennsylvania has been in the action
business for m a n y years. With the longest continuous run of c u s t o m action
making they have consistently produced exact actions which result in
accurate rifles. Their six models include the light weight N o . 1 at 2 lb. 9 o z . ,
the N o . 1A at 3 lb. 14 o z . , a l l the way to the heavyweight, 151/2" long, N o . 4 .
THE RIFLE 17
Cone bolts are available on several of the custom actions. The matching
angle in the end of the barrel helps speed up the firing rate.
Depending of the weight of the other components Hart makes an action

which easily fits any accuracy requirement.
Ed Shilen m a d e his first two actions during the winter of 1960. They were
accurate, won a slew of m a t c h e s , other shooters were willing to plunk down
cash for t h e m , the die was cast. In the ensuing years there were several
changes in location, from D r y d e n , New York, where the first 100 or so
actions were m a d e , to Clinton C o r n e r s , New York (during an association
with S S & D ) where the next 162-170 actions were m a d e . In 1966 Ed Shilen
moved his business to the Gulf Coast. Shilen Rifles, Inc. is currently based
in E n n i s , Texas where they offer three actions to the accuracy buff. The
DGA/BP-S is a single shot which weighs a scant 1 lb. 15 oz. Slightly longer
and heavier at 2 lb. 4 oz. is the D G A / B P which is the usual choice for 101/2
pound guns. Heavy Varmint, Silhouette and super accurate varmint/small
game rifles get built on the largest action he m a k e s , the three pound D G A .
Hall Mfg. was started in 1977 by Allan Hall. With over 2 0 years
experience in designing and building actions Allan started with the best of
his ideas, the best of materials, and built his idea of the best actions. M a d e
from the same 17-4 stainless steel that's used in the landing gear of jet
planes Hall actions are highly resistant to any of the rust and corrosion
problems exhibited by steel or aluminum actions. T h e four different Hall
actions include the 1 lb. 15 oz. Standard Action, the Model M at 2 lb. 10
o z . , and the big Model B for Heavy Bench and m a x i m u m weight Heavy
Stolle actions have become the most popular custom action for benchrest
rifles. Well made and beautiful rifles are the conclusion when a Stolle
is used.
Varmint rifles at 3 lb. 10 oz. For the biggest of those super big b o o m e r s ,
designed for 1000 yard benchrest or long range hunting, Hall Mfg. has just
released the Express Action. With a port 3 7/16" long the action handles the
long 378 Weatherby case. Both solid bottom and repeaters are available in
the Express.
Ralph and Eldon Stolle combined some machining tricks with the
popular idea of increasing bedding surface area, and stiffness, by sleeving a
steel action in a l u m i n u m . They decided to go the idea one better, by m a k i n g
a one piece action from several pieces. This very popular action c o m b i n e d
the best of both worlds. There was a large, lightweight, outside surface for
accurate b e d d i n g , and there was steel at all of the bearing points. Ralph
Stolles' death several years ago left the production of Stolle actions to
George Kelbly Four actions are available, the Panda, Polar, Kodiak, and
Teddy are ready to fill whatever needs are presented.
M o DeFina of M C S Inc. purchased the action making machinery of
C P S . T h e original C P S was a well m a d e , and accurate, action based on a
two part steel/aluminum configuration similar to the one used in the Stolle.
They took a round steel core and heat fit a drilled aluminum block over it.
(There's seven seconds to get the aluminum from the oven and press the
frozen steel tube into it; get it together correctly the first time - or else!)
T h o u g h well m a d e , C P S never constituted a significant force atop the
leader board. Several shooters, B o b White and I a m o n g t h e m , set a n u m b e r
THE RIFLE 19
of records, and won a bunch of big matches. It was poor business sense,
multiple promises on items which were never delivered, and in general,
pissing off anyone w h o c a m e in contact with the c o m p a n y which caused the
majority of the benchrest group to give them a wide berth. T h e changeover
to M C S as the supplier caused an instant turn around in availability, and
desirability of the action for accuracy work.
Wichita A r m s , Inc. of Wichita, Kansas makes an action which is the
favorite of some of the countries hottest shooters. T h e Wichita W B R 1375 is
2 lb. 10 o z , 8" long, with a three locking lug cone bolt, and an option of
opposite bolt/loading port. Rifles built on this action are strong and fast.
Touching on the custom actions brings up the debt benchrest shooters
and the accuracy minded rifleman owe to Mike Walker and Remington
Arms. This combination produced the first Remington Model 7 2 2 , a
commercial action with all the potential to win without having to build a
custom. They had picked up the gauntlet, and worked on improving the
product offered to the benchrest shooter, when none of the other manufac-
turers showed any interest. With its good bedding area, stiffness, and fast
lock t i m e the 7 2 2 q u i c k l y b e c a m e the c o m m e r c i a l favorite of the
benchrester. Not resting on its laurels, over t i m e , Remington developed the
4 0 X specifically for accuracy work. The diameter was beefed up, the
loading port was shrunk, and the magazine cut was removed. T h e increased
stiffness from these changes allowed any barrel to be full floated without
damaging the bedding. During the 1970's it was the 4 0 X which formed the
bulk of the accurate rifles on any firing line. A 4 0 X can still be m a d e into a
superbly accurate rifle in the late 1980's. With so many fine custom actions
available the practice has fallen by the wayside.
M o s t 4 0 X rifles makeing the line today are there because the owner had
one in the closet when the benchrest bug bit. In order to bring it up to top
standards there are a few things which have to be done to remove the
commercial tolerances, and their resultant d a m a g e to group size. W h e r e
custom actions are crafted one at a time by someone w h o isn't willing to
sacrifice perfection, the Remington 4 0 X and its cousins the XP100, Model
6 0 0 , and Model 700 need to be trued. T h e lugs must be lapped into full
contact, the recoil shoulders need to be cleaned up, the receiver face must
be cleaned up, the threads must be checked for straightness, and fixed if
necessary. With the level of competition where it is today you c a n ' t go to the
line with only half the work done. W h e n the whole j o b is completed y o u ' l l
find that the cost of the action ($300.00) and the money spent to fix it to
perfection (another $ 2 0 0 . 0 0 to $300.00) comes u p to almost the cost of a
new custom action.
With up to 17% of the earths population shooting from the left side they
have no choice but to buy a made-to-order action. Here's another kicker that
should sway the decision towards a custom. W h e n it c o m e s time to sell the
rifle there's a significant difference in the resale value. With the line
comprised of 8 0 % hand-crafted actions shooters tend to look d o w n their

nose a little at rifles based on the 4 0 X . There might not be any difference in
the accuracy potential, that's just the way the h u m a n race operates.
Barrels
A bullet in the correct place on the target is the goal for each shot we
liberate. Dr. M a n n ' s experiments at the turn of the century proved the
importance of delivering a bullet into flight with as little deformation as
possible. It's the j o b of the barrel to see that for every shot, the bullet is sent
in good shape, and on the same line. In order to excel at its task a rifle barrel
must have a straight hole, a uniform size, and an excellent finish.
Benchrest quality barrels are produced using either of two methods for
rifling. These are cut rifling, and button rifling. Cut rifling is the more
historic of the two. T h e excellent barrel makers of the Shuetzen period used
the process to produce barrels which were the most accurate in the world.
Gregoire produced the best benchrest barrels in the world from the late
1940's u p to 1955. Gregoire barrels at the time had a problem with
longevity. It was a c o m m o n statement that as soon as an accurate load for
the barrel was worked up the barrel was " w a s h e d out". Ed Shilens' recent
tests on an original, unfired, Gregoire barrel showed it to b e m a d e out of a
" d i r t y " chrome-moly steel. Dirty means there's foreign substance in the
steel, as the rifle is fired these c o m p o u n d s burn out, and leave pits in the
barrel. Accuracy suffers when the pits pick u p jacket material and fouling.
T h e barrels w e r e n ' t washing out, they were victims of the available steel. A
good barrel is the product of correct machining technique, if Gregoire and
the early c u s t o m makers had access to our high quality stainless they would
have been able to produce a barrel which would be competitive today.
During World War II Mike Walker and Remington developed the " b u t -
t o n " process. A steel slug with the shape of the grooves and lands on it was
pulled through the lubricated barrel; imparting its shape to the surrounding
steel. By 1948 M i k e was using match barrels he had m a d e , around 1953 -
1954 he helped set up the initial Hart barrel business with Clyde and Charlie
Hart. They proved the button process would turn out accurate barrels.
Refinements over the years changed the steel button into carbide, n u m e r o u s
other changes improved consistency. Like any operation, 35 years of doing
the same thing snowed the little tricks which improved the end product.
Since the era of the early 1950's, when Gregoire used chrome-moly, it's
been proven that suitable stainless gives a m u c h longer accuracy life, in the
.222 u p to twice as long. T h e steel used in modern barrels must have high
tensile strength to withstand the pressures developed in our high- intensity
cartridges. It must b e free from defects, it must be machinable, steel that's
difficult to work means the end product w o n ' t be suitable. T h e cleaner the
THE RIFLE 21
• m
Paw/ /. //art was owe 0 / f/ie sports early dominators. P.J. had as many as
three IBS Championship plaques over his mantle at one time.
steel, the fewer pits appear as the foreign substance burns out, the longer
the accuracy life.
Finish lapping provides the final surface to decrease fouling. Correctly
d o n e button rifled barrels are consistent to within .0001" to .0002" across
the groove diameter for the entire length of the barrel. We know the most
accurate bullet is one that moves through the barrel in a smooth, even, push
as the burning gasses expand. It makes sense that a rifle with exact
dimensions, a smooth finish, and uniform rifling pitch from one end to the
other should deliver the bullet the most consistently. T h e most accurate
barrel in the world c a n ' t perform up to snuff unless it's installed on a good
action, correctly chambered and crowned. Saving a few dollars by going to
an amateur gunsmith just because they're local will cost in the long run.
Benchrest quality chambering work on a match grade barrel isn't all that
difficult for s o m e o n e who's willing to do it right. Just m a k e sure it's d o n e
right!
W h e n you take delivery of that new " h u m m e r " which you think just
might get you into the Hall of F a m e , a little patience, and the proper break
in will ensure you and your new h u m m e r get off on the right foot. 20 years
ago the rest of the equipment, and the skills of the shooter, w e r e n ' t u p to
proving the final bit of accuracy which was available in a rifle barrel. T h e
day has c o m e where that's the case so use the " o n e shot and c l e a n " break in
method for a new barrel. Fire the first shot, clean with Shooters C h o i c e ,
Frank Calicchia shows off his .186" 200 yard group. Proving the old saying
that nice guys don't always finish first; this wasn't the small group of
the match.
then Sweets 7.62 Solvent, then Shooters choice. If the Sweets d o e s n ' t show
any copper, patch out and fire another shot. Repeat the one shot and clean
till the Shooters Choice d o e s n ' t show any fouling. An average would be five
to seven shots, though sometimes it takes longer. Then shoot some three
shot groups and clean. If the patches look ok y o u ' r e all set. A bit of care
early in the barrels life will decrease copper fouling as time goes on.
There's been some debate about the value of this process. So great an
authority as Jack Sutton ( w h o works in the Hart Rifle Barrel shop) says
fireforming with two ten shot groups, and a thorough cleaning after each is
all that's necessary.
Super accuracy for any of the available barrels is only in the 1500 round
range. G o o d barrels show competitive accuracy u p to 2000-2500 rounds.
After that w e ' r e fooling ourselves by thinking the rifle is still in top shape, it
might win a 20 shooter local match, but it w o n ' t cut the mustard at the
Super Shoot. Install another barrel and use the old one for practice on
windy days where there's two inches of wind drift.
There are two easy ways to keep track of the n u m b e r of shots through a
barrel. First is to k e e p every target the barrel has ever fired. At the end of the
year count u p every shot on the targets and write the n u m b e r d o w n . It takes
a while but the information is valuable; d o n ' t forget the practice targets.
T h e second is the method I use, get a separate p r i m e r tray for each rifle
y o u ' l l shoot during the season. Every time you d u m p another 100 primers
THE RIFLE 23
Since the introduction of the 24X and 36X: Leupold scopes have been on
more benchrest rifles than any other brand. The new BR 24X and BR 36X
with their locking adjustable objective should continue their dominance.
into the tray mark it down on the master sheet in your shooting box.
Keeping track this way saves the hour it takes to count shots on the targets.
You never forget to include the practice shots. Ever notice how there's never
been a used benchrest rifle for sale which has more than 1000 rounds
through it? M o r e people than will admit it d o n ' t keep track of the n u m b e r of
rounds through a barrel. The only way to find a great barrel is to take one
out and shoot it! Keep looking and testing, for they're there to be found.
For a more complete explanation of the barrel making process look at a
copy of T H E A C C U R A T E R I F L E and review the c o m m e n t s by Clyde Hart
and Ed Shilen.
Rifle Telescopes
A benchrest rifle might be the most accurate in the world, but if we d i d n ' t
have the resolution from a high powered scope there's no way to find out if
that's the case.
T h e short, internally adjusted, scopes introduced since 1970 have been a
significant improvement over the long, externally adjusted, scopes which
were available till then. These new scopes have removed 2 0 % from the size
of the average group, they along with the P P C , have been rated as the most
important reasons for the recent decline in aggregate sizes. W h e n c o m b i n e d
with the increase in scope power there's better target resolution and a
decrease in scope induced errors. Early in the sports history there was a
general agreement that 3 0 X was too much magnification for benchrest
shooting (call it c o m m o n knowledge - misguided, but c o m m o n ) . Crawford
Hollidge c o m m e n t e d in 1962 that with higher than 25X you c o u l d n ' t read
the m i r a g e . In the early 1970's Warren Page still claimed that anything over
30X was wasted, he thought you needed a wide field of view to watch what
was going on at your neighbors target, and to see what the conditions were
up to down range.
T h e advent of the Redfield 3 2 0 0 , L y m a n LWBR series, and the Leupold
24X were enough to shake up the status q u o and get people thinking about
changing to a higher power. Wally Siebert would boost the power of the
L y m a n scopes for any w h o were interested. With the short scopes m o u n t e d
entirely on the receiver the era of the switch barrel gun was opened. T h e
older U n e r t l , Fecker, Litschert, L y m a n , and Redfield scopes were installed
with the front mount on the barrel. These mounts with their exposed
adjustments and spring returns were a haven for misalignment. O n e speck
of dust under one of the adjusting legs was enough to move a shot.
Calculations show us that just .001" of movement at the rifle translates into
1/4" at the 100 yard target. N o wonder it's so tough to shoot offhand!
Benchrest shooters are never easily satisfied. They were requesting both
short scopes and light weight. To get these scopes short and light the
manufacturers had to make a trade off somewhere. T h e only place to take
off weight was to make the tubes thinner, and the internal m e c h a n i s m as
small and light as possible. These smaller and lighter parts are more easily
effected by wear or d a m a g e than stouter parts. The trade off to a lighter
weight tube brings us to some important considerations. Most benchrest
shooters d o n ' t click the scope adjustments in the middle of a group. If it's
necessary to change the windage during a group shoot one or two sighter
shots to settle the adjustments before firing another record shot. Scopes are
designed to take great amounts of front and rear loading. They are not
designed to take any lateral deflection, or twisting. T h e easiest way to
change point of impact is to carry the rifle by its scope, or use the scope bell
as a leverage point when y o u ' r e lifting a sticky bolt. W h e n you need
leverage move your thumb to the mount, which is rigid enough to take the
side loads.
Scopes go bad in one of two forms, they either drop off gradually,
flipping a shot once in a while, or they go to pot all at o n c e , and c a n ' t hit the
broad side of a barn. It's difficult to know when the first problem is cropping
up. Unless y o u ' r e shooting during perfect conditions a shot out by 1/4" is
usually attributed to the conditions. I had a problem with a scope at the
beginning of the season two years a g o . Job pressures kept m e from getting
as much testing and practice as was usually the case at the beginning of a
year. A full match schedule was planned, it included long distance travel to
the Cactus in Phoenix, the Crawfish in Lafayette, Louisiana, and the Super
THE RIFLE 25
A nice scope helps complete a rifle. Here Dr. Richard Maretzo shows off
another way to spruce up the old shooting iron. His "Bet A Martini" rifle
has accounted for several big match wins. Next to it: two rifles from the
shop of Jim Greenawalt put some snap into the benchrest line.
Shoot in O h i o . In Phoenix I was having a terrible time getting good groups,

but put it down to windy conditions, and being rusty at the first match of the
year. T h e Crawfish showed the same trouble getting a good group. Shooting
next to Jim Hostettler, there was the identical problem of vertical shots out
of the group when the flags pointed to them dropping right in. Having
trouble during conditions much better than in Phoenix I started to wonder
what the problem was. It's not fun finishing 75th two matches in a row when
y o u ' r e trying to win.
Work kept me from shooting again till the Super Shoot. T h e first day the
same thing kept cropping up. Those baffling m o m e n t s where a high or low
shot would take a .150" group to .375". By the end of the second day I was
beside myself with frustration. O n e nice thing about the Super Shoot, it's so
well organized there's always several hours the end of the day where you
can shoot g r o u p s , right up till dark. Those loading with m e d i d n ' t want to
stay and shoot, a steak in Canal Fulton was calling their n a m e , so I started
loading different combinations of powder and seating depth. Shooting in a
breeze at 200 yards the groups were above .750" no matter which combina-
tion was thrown together. W h e n the wind started to die d o w n , closer to
dusk, the groups d i d n ' t get any smaller. Those shooting at nearby benches
were getting .300" and .400 inch efforts and the ones in front of my rifle
were stuck on .750". K n o w i n g for sure there was something wrong I
begged a scope of k n o w n ability off John Jones. T h e first group with it, right
at dusk, was a .400". Three big matches and over $1000.00 in travel
expenses later the problem was corrected. Placings of 26th and 116th from
the first two days b e c a m e placings of 11th and 6th after switching scopes.
D o n ' t be a dummy, learn from your mistakes, switch to a k n o w n scope if
there's a chance it's the bogey m a n . Luckily the manufacturers stand behind
their products. T h e problem with the scope turned out to be slack in the
objective lens and the manufacturer replaced the whole scope free of
charge.
T h e most popular scope for benchrest has been the Leupold 3 6 X . Its
major flaw was the lack of a locking ring on the parallax adjustment. With
the introduction of the new B R 24X and B R 36X this fault w o n ' t trouble us
any m o r e . T h e y ' r e still the only scope in the price range which d o e s n ' t
c o m e through with lens covers. An oversight that any o w n e r of a scope
should correct immediately. Always cover the scope with a lens cap, or rag,
before brushing solvent through the bore. W h e n the bristle brush exits the
end of the barrel it flings a mist of tiny solvent droplets into the air. Not
something you want on the fluoride coating of your scope lens.
Setting u p a rifle with a new scope is easy, there are a few handy hints
which might m a k e things easier. First item of business is to set up the bases
and m o u n t s parallel to the bore. Use high quality bases which were
designed to fit the receiver. Install the rings as instructed by the manufac-
turer, some rings have built in adjustment, they're designed to be installed
in relation to each other, otherwise the scope will be out of line. C h e c k the
scope adjustments and make sure the crosshairs are centered in their range
of travel. T h e best optics in a scope are in the center, that's where we want
the aiming point to be when w e ' r e all done. With the scope loosely installed
gently snug u p the screws on the rings. Bore sight to see if the crosshairs are
close to the indicated point of impact. S o m e rings, like the Bushnell
lightweights, can be reversed if the scope is out of line: read the instructions
for which way to rotate the rings depending on where you need to move the
scope. After everything checks out, mark the rings with a file to show
which r i n g , and top goes together and in which position. M a k e a single file
mark across the right hand side of the two part front ring, and two file cuts
across the right hand side of the back ring. A fancy step at this point is to lap
or bed the rings. D o n e wrong lapping can d a m a g e the rings, so I'll ask you
to have s o m e o n e show you the correct way. If y o u ' r e a machinist, or have a
friend w h o can help with the work, machine your own blocks and rings, get
everything matched and on the centerline. Scopes b e c o m e interchangeable
if everything is straight.
O n c e the scope i s l i g h t e n e d down in the rings it's time to start adjusting
the optics. First - read the manufacturers instructions. Second - proceed
with focusing the eyepiece. W h e n the eyepiece is focused so the crosshairs
are as sharp and as black as possible lock the ring, it's time to remove the
parallax by using the adjustable objective. Hunting scopes d o n ' t need
THE RIFLE 27
Canadian Vic Swindlehurst has just finished adjusting his scope and gets
ready to commence a record string.
adjustable objective lenses, minute amounts of parallax aren't enough to

cause a problem in the field. In the case of high class target rifles it's
imperative to get out the parallax before shooting from the bench. Set the
rifle on a steady front and rear rest. Ignoring the figures stamped on the
r i n g , adjust the objective back and forth till the target seems to be at its
crispest. T h e n , with the crosshairs right next to a line on the target, slowly
wiggle your head side to side in the field of view, if the crosshairs m o v e on
the target there's more parallax to be taken out. M a k e a minute adjustment
in the objective and wiggle your head again. Keep at it till there's no
movement in the crosshairs. A n y t i m e there's a yardage change the process
will have to be repeated. On days where there's lots of mirage running,
move the ring to your standard point, then see if you can get the image any
sharper, it's impossible to get a perfect sight picture with all that influence
from the mirage.
Add a mirage shield: rifle barrels heat u p as shots are fired and the heat
transfers to the air directly in the line of sight. If we d o n ' t divert the rising
heat waves our sight picture will be distorted by barrel mirage. T h e heat
waves rising off the barrel have no bearing on any of the conditions
d o w n r a n g e , and cause some gosh-awful shots. Mirage shields can be
plastic tubes manufactured specifically for the type of scope you u s e , or
simple pieces of target material taped onto the front of the scope. With
paper, tape them in a " U " shape from the front of the scope and extend
t h e m to within one inch of the muzzle. Lester Bruno and I seem to have a
contest to see w h o can have the rattiest mirage shield. A ripped piece of
target attached with a chunk of masking tape d o e s n ' t look as neat as G a r y
Ocock's carefully fitted and t r i m m e d shade. N o w let's get ready to bore
sight.
T h e ability to bore sight, then get a rifle sighted in quickly, is a m a n e u v e r
every rifleman should have in their bag. T h e keenest trick in bore sighting is
to set u p the rifle on steady sand bags, then look through the bore from three
feet behind the rifle. Getting the bull centered in the bore i s n ' t difficult
when y o u ' r e not craning your neck like a giraffe trying for water. Trick
n u m b e r two is something everyone should know. After the first shot
impacts the target, realign the sights on the aiming point, keep the rifle
absolutely steady and carefully use the scope adjustments to move the point
of aim to the point of impact. What do you know, two shots and y o u ' r e
sighted in, another feat that was easy because the rifle was set on solid bags
and a bench. That trick makes you a hero during deer season. Deer chasers,
w h o have already wasted two boxes of 30-30 a m m o , will whistle w h e n it's
only two shots for a knowledgeable rifleman. Shooters w h o s e e m to know
something always attract those w h o wonder what's going o n , and need help.
S o m e of the things are surprisingly simple, but without hands on experi-
ence the shooter c a n ' t put their finger on the problem. I was sighting in a
hunting rifle one year when two boys with a lever action asked if I could
help get them on paper. They said: " T h e shots were low and we kept
cranking u p and u p and now w e ' r e not even on the paper". Looking at their
rig they had the scope rotated 90 degrees. The left to right adjustment k n o b
was on the top, the vertical adjustment knob was on the left side. N o w o n d e r
they c o u l d n ' t get sighted in. W h e n they cranked on the k n o b marked up, it
moved point of impact to the left. Sure gets confusing sometimes w h e n you
think y o u ' r e following the directions.
For those times at 200 or 300 yards when a bullet d o e s n ' t want to p u n c h a
hole where you can find it there's a ruse you can pull to get on easily. Enlist a
buddy as a spotter. Pick out a rock or a dirt clod on the backstop - m a k e sure
y o u ' r e both looking at the same spot! Even if the shot hits several feet from
the clod your spotter can say two feet left, six inches up, and y o u ' l l be on the
paper in a hurry. If y o u ' r e all set, and notice the new shooter beside you is
having trouble, speak u p and volunteer to be a spotter before they use all the
shots in their block, besides being a hero you'll save the line the frustration
of waiting for more cases to be reloaded.
For a scope which is switched between rifles, or for a switch barrel g u n ,
write down the scope settings so next time out the rifle is close before the
first shot.
A handy item appeared a few years ago for the shooter w h o had an
accident, or is losing the eyesight in their dominant eye. After m a n y years
m o u n t i n g a rifle to one shoulder it's uncomfortable to switch over to the
THE RIFLE 29
other side. Alvin Davidson supplies an offset scope mount which allows a
right hander to shoot with the scope in front of the left eye. If y o u ' v e ever
seen anyone trying to shoot a cross over stock (where the buttstock is cut
away so they can get their left eye to the scope) you know this is a handy
device. For a paltry $ 5 0 . 0 0 Davidson has a seven ounce rig which could
extend your pleasure for years.
Mel Estep, who proves that sometimes nice guys do finish first, shows his
style on the way to the firing line.
4
The 6PPC
T h e 6 P P C is the most important cartridge introduced to the accuracy

minded shooter since the 1950 release of the .222 Remington. In late 1974
Dr. Louis Palmisano and Ferris Pindell finished designing the P P C series.
Lou had done most of the design work, and Ferris used his skills as a master
machinist to turn the ideas into reality. Like the . 2 2 2 , the P P C series was an
instant competitive success. From the first big victories in the 1975 Super
Shoot, by the 22 P P C , to today where 9 5 % of all shooters on the line use a
6 P P C , the design has b e c o m e the cartridge to beat.
Dr. Palmisano and Ferris Pindell scientifically experimented for a new
design. They checked all the existing base cases for adaptability. Tests led
them to believe a smaller flash hole would be helpful for extreme accuracy.
In the normal .081" primer hole a small rifle p r i m e r will reliably ignite an
inch and a half of powder, but if there's a smaller p r i m e r hole it will ignite
up to an inch and three quarters. Al Angerman's test of effect of flash hole
size on p r i m e r flash showed a slight decreasing of length, diameter, and
volume of flash as the flash hole diameter decreased. There's an apparent
contradiction here but Dr. Palmisano spent lots of greenbacks with D a n
Pawlak proving it.
Ferris and Lou heard of a case with the attributes they were looking for.
This case was the .220 Russian: a running boar cartridge from the Soviet
Union. T h e .220 Russian was derived from the 7.62 X 3 9 m m as used in the
AK-47. This new case had a flash hole of .066" and used a small rifle
primer; experiments soon proved they had a winner. It's ironic, a case
designed for spraying the landscape and hitting things every once in a while
b e c a m e the basis for the cartridge which holds all but a couple of the worlds
accuracy records out to 300 yards.
32
The creator of the PPC, Lou Palmisano, gets ready to punch another one
hole group with his accurate little number.
T h o r o u g h ballistic lab testing by the late Dan Pawlak found this cartridge
to have an extremely uniform pressure/time ratio. Even a poor benchrest
rifle can achieve target strings with less than 30 to 4 0 foot per second
velocity variation between the shots. Since a rifle barrel vibrates in an oval
w h e n fired the smallest possible variation is usually more accurate. I have
to say usually here; several people have tried to load for accuracy by
checking only the fps spread. S o m e loads with 15 fps variation haven't been
as accurate as those with 5 0 . With a P P C Allie Euber has shot strings with
Z E R O deviation, every shot had exactly the same velocity. S o m e w h e r e in
the middle is where the accurate loads usually end up. I try to k e e p the
variation to less than 5 0 fps.
Base cases for the P P C are m a d e by S A K O of Finland. With good wall
thickness uniformity and two parts per million silver in its brass formula,
the case performs well. Their brass formula and the slight semi-balloon
head design of the .220 Russian case cause the cases to flow slightly m o r e
than a comparable .222 would. This flow is no big thing for the shooter, the
small p r i m e r pocket leaves plenty of brass in the case head to withstand
pressure. With a bench rest rifles tight necked or neck sized cases only
needing full length resizing every 10-20 firings (depending on the pressure
of the load) the brass work hardens m u c h more slowly than a full length
resized case would. Testing shows one of the c o m m o n causes for case
lengthening is full length resizing, then dragging the case over a tight
THE6PPC 33
From the left: .222 Remington, .22BR, 6PPC, and a .243for comparison.
expander button. With neck sizing it's c o m m o n for a shooter to get from 5 0
to 150 firings from a case when shot with reasonable loads.
T h e 6 P P C has many offspring. The .22 P P C was introduced first,
campaigned and advertised heavily; though not nearly so successful as the
6 P P C . T h e longer and shorter P P C derivatives include the .22 Waldog,
6 M M Texan (I wonder where he lives?) 6 P P C L , 6 A G G , 6 Hex, and many
others. All adjust the basic case design, just a little here, a scootch there,
other than the Waldog by Dan Dowling most have only a few promoters.
Even the original designers have continued to work on new cases. Ferris
Pindell at last count was up to twenty different designs since the P P C . Dr.
Palmisano has introduced several long P P C variations; mostly developed
for the U S O l y m p i c team. He recently stated he was about to spend more
time at the shooting bench and less time fiddling with new ideas. We can
only hope Lou keeps at least one project on the burner all the t i m e .
David B r e n n a n , Editor of P R E C I S I O N S H O O T I N G Magazine has been
instrumental in creating enthusiasm for continued wildcat research. H e
instigated and agitated till H u g h Reed and the Federal Cartridge Corpora-
tion c a m e through with a run of 30 A m e r i c a n brass. T h e 30 A m e r i c a n is a
30-30 standard case, annealed further down the case, with a small p r i m e r
and flash hole. Federal used their target tolerances during this order; case
wall thickness is remarkably consistent. That original 5 0 , 0 0 0 case order
was gobbled u p and another 5 0 , 0 0 0 are on order. To use that quantity there
must have been lots of resizing lube and midnight oil being b u r n e d s o m e -
w h e r e . Using the Remington U R B R base case (.308 small primer) I ' v e
developed m y o w n case called the .257 Aggwhacker. At 1.610", suitable for
a .308 sized bolt, the case shoots as well as the bullets available for it. A s
this was produced to be a few percent less wind sensitive than the 6 P P C it
would get shot when the wind is howling across the range. T h e 6 P P C , with
superb h a n d m a d e benchrest bullets, if steered right, can shoot tiny groups
in a howling wind, so not m u c h has been gained. Until match quality
jackets b e c o m e available for any caliber other than .22 or 6 m m nothing else
stands a c h a n c e . Theoretical advantages d o n ' t d o any good till the equip-
ment is available to take the advantages from the scratch pad to the firing
line. M u c h of the fun from creating a case is cerebral stimulation, just like
in school the way to learn something is to dive in with both feet. Unfor-
tunately, at the same time your feet get wet the checkbook takes a soaking!
Creighton Audette states his and others research has proven it's not
entirely the shape of the case that provides consistent ignition and accuracy.
It's the case as a whole and how it acts and reacts with the other c o m p o -
nents. T h e relationship with the primer, primer hole size, p r i m e r flash, case
v o l u m e , p o w d e r t y p e , powder charge, burning rate, bullet j u m p , engraving
resistance, and bearing surface. T h e P P C has been well matched, all these
items act in concert to produce fine results. It sets u p easily with many
different combinations of primer, powder, and bullet. T h e powders in
constant use by competitive shooters are Hodgdon's H 3 2 2 , Thunderbird
T 3 2 2 , T 3 2 , and N o r m a 2 0 1 . M a n y loads in a very broad range will shoot
good groups. Depending on the barrel length, bullet weight, and p o w d e r
c h a r g e , bullet velocity can be anywhere from 3050 fps to almost 3 5 0 0 fps.
M y favorite loading is 2 7 . 8 to 2 8 . 2 grains of H 3 2 2 behind a 6 8 grain Bruno
Boat Tail Bullet .010" off the lands, ignited by a Federal 205 M primer.
Several other powders with a similar burning rate have been tried. Tom
Horenburg of Staten Island used 3031 for one summer: it shot well for h i m
but the grains are too long for consistent powder measure metering.
Torbjorn H a g g b l o m of Finland used 25 grains of I M R 4198 to shoot a .082"
group at 100 meters. That's an impressive group, but 4198's relative burning
rate is a little quick for the 6 P P C , it's not possible to get 100% loading
d e n s i t y in the n o r m a l p r e s s u r e r a n g e . D e n n i s W a g n e r of Bethany,
O k l a h o m a as well as Red Cornelison of Seminole, O k l a h o m a still have a
supply of the old B L C 1, it h a s n ' t been manufactured since ten years before
I was wearing short pants. Asking Dennis where he got it, he said: " a little
here, a little there". A few people have tried Hodgdon H 3 3 5 , W - W 7 4 8 , the
discontinued Hercules RelodeR # 7 , and RelodeR # 1 1 all without sustained
success.
To show how changes in case volume can have a big difference in the
accuracy potential we have only to look at how the parent .220 Russian case
performs in a benchrest rifle. O n e year I shot next to the late Glenn Price
THE 6PPC 35
Though the PPC wins most of the big events other cartridges win their
share. Glenn Newick shows off several awards won with the help of a 6BR.
several times during the s u m m e r matches. H e had been shooting a 6 P P C

early in the year. At the Mainville match Glenn put a .220 Russian barrel on
the same rifle that had been a 6 P P C earlier. H e c o m m e n t e d that while the
.220 Russian was still a respectable shooter, tests had s h o w n , and that
weekend proved, it was a level below what he had gotten out of the P P C .
Since it's tough enough to take h o m e hardware that was the last time I saw
the straight .220 Russian barrel. Ed Shilen tells us that one barrel d o e s n ' t
prove anything. If you chambered u p ten barrels, then shot t h e m exten-
sively, it might prove something. If that's the case you can see what the
thousands of great shooting P P C barrels proves.
T h e 6 P P C can give good results while shot in the higher pressure ranges.
S o m e competitors like to use loads so hot they loosen p r i m e r p o c k e t s , and
throw away the cases at the end of a days shooting. They reason that on a
windy day the faster bullet will cut through the conditions better. (Let m e
warn any w h o try these firecracker loads, if you go to the oven often e n o u g h
y o u ' l l eventually burn your finger, refer back to the chapter on safety). Jim
Stekl and his 6 B R attempted to use the 6 m m bullet with a little m o r e case
capacity for higher velocity. Jim had good success with it in competition. I
used one to shoot my first aggregate in the .l's. A .1936 Heavy Varmint
Aggregate at 100 yards paved the way for a Three-Gun Aggregate victory in
the IBS Nationals in 1981. In 1982 I had that 6 B R barrel cut off, and
rechambered for 6 P P C . Complete record keeping paid dividends when
inspection showed the rifle now averaged smaller groups, and aggregates.
A s a 6 B R the smallest target ever fired from that barrel was a . 118" group @
100 yards. As a 6 P P C four months later it shot an .081". T h e average grand
aggregate shot in 1982 as a 6 P P C dropped to . 2 8 8 5 . That's a good way to fill
up the walls of the trophy r o o m . Consistency - and - small groups.
T h e new lot of S A K O brass with the 6 P P C headstamp b e c a m e available
late in 1988. T h e initial run has less internal volume because of a thicker
web area. Tests over the last few years have shown the 6 P P C could be very
slightly over volume for a 68 grain bullet, the new case might keep us from
having to set barrels back if the theory proves out. Since it has less volume
than old lot brass it creates tight cases if you try to shoot your old loads
which were worked out with larger case volume.
Any shooter just getting into bench rest should be advised to stick with
the 6 P P C till they learn more and want to experiment. It borders on
stupidity to knowingly get stuck with anything else as a first rifle. O n e of
my greatest joys is taking someone at the public shooting range, w h o is
wrestling with a Remington 7 0 0 B D L in 7 M a g , and let them shoot one of
my P P C varmint rifles. They'll have proudly shown the best group ever shot
with their rifle. Pasted to the shooting box top would be a ragged hole of
around .485" or maybe even .442"; the best group from ten or fifteen years
of effort. I let them drop the firing pin on an e m p t y c h a m b e r a few times so
they d o n ' t accidently let one go (ever notice how even w h e n you tell
s o m e o n e it's a two ounce trigger, they still blunder into it the first time a
finger gets inside the guard). T h e two ounce trigger alone is e n o u g h to get a
real shooter bouncing up and down a little. Then letting them shoot five
shots d o w n r a n g e , as you watch the wind and coach when to touch the
trigger. Eyes light u p when the first t w o , then three, then all five are in one
hole. T h e average, even from someone w h o has never fired a group in their
life, is in the .3's. T h e very first group out of a real bench gun blows away
the whole fifteen years pasted in that box top. From then on I have to shake
them off since they want to g o again and again. Solve that problem by
always having a spare, used, 6 P P C to sell the new shooter. You d o the
uninitiated a world of good by steering them away from something which
w o n ' t work as well. I can relate to being taken for a ride by s o m e o n e w h o
was only interested in my checkbook. A joker traded m e a Remington 7 8 8 ,
26" Douglas barrel, stock trigger, wood stocked . 2 2 2 . He said: " O h yea,
this is competitive, just cut off the barrel, and put it into a fibreglass stock".
D o benchrest a favor and b e c o m e a guiding light on the right path. By the
way, I never saw that clown again, this sport quickly weeds out the
dishonest.
T h e P P C and its cousins are far and away the usual choice for todays
benchrest shooters. T h e most c o m m o n of the other options is the .222
Remington. T h e . 2 2 2 , designed by benchrest shooter M i k e Walker, has
been in top form since it's 1950 introduction. Originally developed as a
THE 6PPC 37
Benchrest shooters always spend time discussing better ways to do things.

John Jones and Henry Christman work on part of the puzzle while waiting
for their relay.
varmint cartridge for the "average s h o o t e r " the accuracy world soon found
it to give groups as good or better than anything then available. Another
benchrest shooter, Warren Page, along with Charlie M o r s e , finding phe-
nomenal accuracy in field trials insisted that benchrest rifles be made for the
caliber. With only two weeks of testing Mike Walker used one at the
Nationals for second in the 100 yard Aggregate and second in the G r a n d
Aggregate. Several shooters still use the .222 and its variations. Fast flying
Larry Baggett of Levelland, Texas and action maker Allan Hall of Clanton,
A l a b a m a use .222 based rifles for most of their events.
T h e .219 Donaldson Wasp's first variant saw the light of day about 1933.
Harvey Donaldson tested several styles before settling on a case formed
from .219 Winchester Zipper brass. Harvey had produced a balanced case
which achieved better accuracy with six grains less powder than the parent
case. In the early years hundreds of shooters, using hundreds of rifles, all
found the combination to be extremely accurate. T h e classic Wasp case
used from 27 to 31 grains of 4 3 2 0 , and from 26 to 29 grains of 3031. T h e top
loads are now recognized to be over the safe pressure limit. Muzzle velocity
with a 55 grain bullet approached 3600 fps.
T h e 6 m m A m e r i c a n is a 1980's version of the Wasp. Several p e o p l e ,
a m o n g them David Tooley, Nick Young, Jim Stekl, Harold B r p u g h t o n , and
Jim Schultz worked on the design. I saw Jim Stekl and M i k e Walker several
years ago shooting a case they called the A m e r i c a n . They pulled a few
strings and had some 30-30 Remington cases made up using a 22 Hornet
p r i m e r pocket punch. They reformed these small rifle p r i m e r 30-30 cases
(with a 22 Hornet base stamp) into a case with about P P C capacity. Dave
Brennan spent two years bull dogging Federal Cartridge Corporation and
H u g h Reed till they c a m e u p with some match quality brass. T h e new
Federal 30-30 base case with a small primer hole (the headstamp has F C on
the top and 30 A M E R I C A N around the bottom) could be reformed into
m a n y different wildcats. Tests were m a d e on velocity from various length
cases. T h e desired velocity of 3 3 0 0 fps c a m e with a case body length of
1.315". An advantage of using this case for wildcat research is its r i m m e d
design. Bolts for 30-30 are used, or it can be t r i m m e d to fit the .308 and
P P C bolt faces c o m m o n l y found in benchrest rifles.
Since the .22 P P C seemed a little over bore, Dan Dowling of A r v a d a ,
Colorado created the 22 Waldog. A P P C base case is shortened .125" to
reduce the p o w d e r capacity and bring the cartridge into balance. Bill Pond
of Rapid City, South Dakota used one in 1982 for a 100 yard aggregate
below .1800. T 3 2 2 , H 3 2 2 , I M R 4198, B L C 1 for those w h o have hoarded it,
and 748 are the most popular powders. 26 grains of p o w d e r and a 5 2 grain
benchrest bullet give a velocity above 3 3 5 0 on the chronograph.
Jim Stekl of M o h a w k N e w York devised the .22BR and 6 B R . T h e y ' v e
shot well and won some matches, but early problems with case stickiness
drove t h e m deeply out of favor with competitive shooters. Remington
redesigned the case, and finally released m a d e to length brass in 1988. O n e
criticism with A m e r i c a n - m a d e brass has always been its lack of con-
centricity. This new Remington brass was m a d e with extra effort and
attention paid to manufacturing super quality brass, only time will tell if the
B R can shoot well e n o u g h to crawl out of the s w a m p in which it's
languished.
For historical reference we'll mention the 6 X 4 7 , the .222 Remington
M a g n u m necked up to . 2 4 3 . First made in 1960 for B o b Hutton of G U N S
A N D A M M O M a g a z i n e , the case was used in the Sporter class where rules
call for a bullet larger than .224". T h e cartridge was a test bed for the early
6 m m benchrest bullets: Clarence Detsch led the way in producing superb
bullets for it. At the time Clarence was the only 6 m m bullet m a k e r selling
hand m a d e benchrest bullets: he sold those jewels to people w h o would use
t h e m for accuracy purposes. T h e 6 X 4 7 runs into pressure problems before
developing enough velocity to really buck the wind. T h e 6 P P C killed it
deader than a mackerel.
T h e 6 P P C performs well in so many rifles with so m a n y bullets because
all the different pieces work in harmony; the design could easily stand as the
top dog for as long as the .222 Remington. M y recommendation for anyone
interested in shooting good groups and aggregates. Use the 6 P P C in a good
rifle and never b e sorry.
5
Benchrest Bullets
Benchrest quality bullets are made to very high tolerances: .0002" is a big
measurement in the life of a bullet. Rorschach (the premier bullet m a k i n g
die manufacturer) electric discharge machines the tungsten carbide core
seater with a spindle which has less than .000025" (twenty-five millionths
of one inch) runout.
Early hand m a d e benchrest bullets were m a d e in two piece dies such as
the ones available from R C B S . Fred Huntington of R C B S m a d e available to
the public a 9 0 grain .243 bullet around 1950. B o b Wallack c o m m e n t e d at
the time: " t h i s .243 inch is so nearly a .25 caliber that it is hard for one to
see any reason for it to be in existence". H o w times c h a n g e .
Ray Biehler and Walt Astles developed the design ideas of Jonas Hal-
lgrimsson. Jonas had done extensive testing of the available bullets, and in a
search for something better, worked out the expanding-up process of
making bullets. Expand-up is the process in use today. Early bullet making
dies were made to final size. Because of the different expansion rates of
jacket material and core material, when a core was pressed into jacket of
final size there was often a small amount of expansion of the jacket leaving a
loose core. T h e core was loose only a miniscule a m o u n t , but it was still a
loose core. Biehler and Astles searched till they found a source of con-
centric jackets. They prepared a precise core swage, a special die seated the
lead core firmly enough to expel all air and thoroughly fill the bottom of the
jacket. T h e die was barely larger than the jacket and core, (.002"- .003") it
allowed the jacket and core to expand slightly, the inert lead core retains its
upset size, when pressure is released the jacket wants to " s p r i n g b a c k " to
it's original dimension, end result was a perfect fit between core and jacket.
T h e payoff was a bullet more perfect than anything then available, soon
everyone had a set of B & A dies or shot bullets m a d e in them (or were
Another photo showing two major points. Nice guys canfinishfirst,and you
don't have to be young and mobile to shoot benchrest. The late Woody
Cahall shows off the New Jersey Heavy Varmint Championship trophy.
waiting on the back order list). In the early days of the expanding u p process
Sierra, then Hornady and Speer used it to produce bullets which rivaled the
best h o m e - m a d e product. They had listened to the rumblings started by the
accuracy nut - and the public was better off because of it.
O n e of the important factors in the number of competitive rifles on the
line at any given match is the quality of the bullets available to all the
competitors. In the old days, when a great lot of bullets were m a d e they
were closely guarded, and only shot in big matches or perfect days. T h e
steel dies in use at the time would wear during use; they had a limited
lifetime. Just because a set of dies would make a great bullet, at the 3 0 , 0 0 0
count it would have noticeably worn, and the product might begin to
deteriorate. Tungsten Carbide dies with their life of millions and millions of
bullets means investment in a quality set of dies will have t h e m available for
generations, not one or two years. (Tungsten Carbide dies which have m a d e
2 , 5 0 0 , 0 0 0 bullets show less than one-tenthousandths of one inch of wear.)
Pick u p a bullet and look at it. You'll note benchrest bullets have a hollow
point, the hollow point design was chosen for target bullets to keep as m u c h
weight as possible at the m a x i m u m bullet diameter. T h e shooter w h o b u y s
his bullets needs to measure and make a determination as to their potential
accuracy. To measure a bullet you need a 1/10,000 inch micrometer. A s you
grade the first bullet something strange will b e c o m e apparent. There's a
small " r i n g " at the base of a flat base bullet which is .0002" to .0004"
BULLETS 41
greater than the portion just forward of the base. The true bullet diameter is
recognized as the portion just forward of the ring. Because of the small
chance for out of roundness error in the custom bullet makers dies you only
need to check a few out of each lot to ensure they're ok. It's generally
acknowledged that bullets from groove diameter to . 0 0 0 3 " under groove
diameter will give acceptable results. S o m e tests have shown that groups
open u p when bullets are greater than .0002" above groove diameter. Like
anything else in life there are exceptions.
T h e greatest fault that detracts from potential bullet accuracy is the
concentricity of the jacket measurements. All other things being equal,
THE QUALITY O F THE JACKETS DETERMINES THE QUALITY O F
T H E F I N I S H E D BULLET. The bullet maker takes jacket wall measure-
ments with a ball micrometer at several places around the circumference,
usually at the base and at a point about half way between the base and the
mouth. Variation of not greater than .0002"-.0003" is the goal for the really
superb bullets we all want for perfect conditions, .0004"-.0005" jackets can
be used at any of the windy shoots, and jackets with larger variations
shouldn't be used in competition.
T h e faint grooves formed on the forward portion of the bullet (ogive
wrinkles) have no effect on accuracy. O n e thing which does have signifi-
cance is a " f o l d e d " jacket. This is where a weak spot in the mouth of the
jacket collapsed in upon itself in a deep wrinkle. T h e bullet m a k e r should
have felt the difference in forming pressure, inspected, and discarded the
error. S o m e bulletmakers product that I've shot has never had a folded
jacket in the box, in anothers who's not as careful, I've found as many as
two folded jackets per box. Shoot one of them at your record group and
you'll b e sorry!
Weigh some sample bullets from the new lot. If bullet weight is consis-
tent to within two or three tenths of a grain there will be no noticeable
difference in the targets. If the variation is greater than half a grain test some
heavy ones and light ones at the shooting bench, if they impact at different
points consider rejecting the lot. A s with any benchrest bullet the final test
is to shoot them. It's the only experiment that counts!
All bullets are not created equal. Any of the pills made by the custom
makers are held to close tolerances, they're m a d e with care and precision,
(it c o m m o n l y takes 11-12 hours to make 1000 bullets). It's the variations in
diameter, length, ogive, bearing surface, and weight which gives us reason
to experiment. C a s e neck walls need to be set for the bullet in use. Tight
necks j a m m e d into the c h a m b e r walls do nothing for accuracy (that's saying
it politely). T h e powder charge and seating depth need adjusting between
m a k e r s , and sometimes between lots from the same maker. T h e bullets in
the box are as perfect as can be m a d e . We have to discover the loading
combination which allows them to sparkle.
T h e point where a bullet is at its most accurate is the combination that

stabilizes the bullet quickly, as close to the muzzle as possible. T h e bullet
length, diameter, and muzzle velocity helps calculate the rate of twist which
stabilizes the bullet best. According to Paul J. Hart of Hart Rifle Barrels the
slowest twist which stabilizes the bullet will be the most accurate. Dr.
Franklin M a n n tested stabilization by firing a bullet through a series of
screens placed between the firing line and the butt. H e found bullets
w e r e n ' t always perfectly stable, sometimes they go into and out of stable
flight. In benchrest rifles most bullets exhibit some yaw early in their flight,
before " g o i n g to sleep". T h e less yaw the better, it's the complete lack of
yaw which makes the " h u m m e r " barrel shoot through conditions better.
T h e quicker a bullet stabilizes the less effect wind will have on its flight.
6
The Bench and Bench

Technique
N o matter how accurate the rifle, without a steady bench and rests groups
will be poor. Just as a rifleman standing on his own two legs tries to control
movement, the benchrest shooter must maintain perfect sight alignment
during trigger squeeze, and follow through. For this reason the steadier the
bench, the better the shooting. A n y o n e that's been around has seen s o m e
crazy shooting b e n c h e s , and rests. There are the movable benches on multi
purpose ranges with rounded corners from being dragged across the pave-
ment to put them into position. Shooting off one of them is like dating a
belly dancer, you know what you want to do but the target keeps moving
through your sight picture. There are the folded up j a c k e t s , hats, and gun
cases on the car's front hood while trying to sight in Uncle Charlie's hunting
rifle. M y favorites are the h o m e m a d e j o b s people bring in the back of their
car, they weigh so much it takes a gorilla to get them out of the trunk. We
have enough limiting factors in shooting a good group, let's not m a k e it any
tougher. Set up a good solid bench, and rests, before anything else.
T h e current style bench has evolved since the turn of the century into its
present form. From the legs up the bench must be steady. T h e legs can be 3"
or 4 " pipe filled with cement, set into a ready mix filled hole dug to below
the frost level, or filled cinder block on a poured concrete pad. Remember,
the more permanent the better. Use whatever free construction help that's
available, every club has someone w h o knows what materials are required
for the local weather conditions.
T h e most durable and most comfortable top is made with four inches of
concrete poured into a stubby " T " shaped form. T h e bench top needs to be
big enough to hold all the tools, accessories, and a m m o you'll use during
Many benchrest shooters like to experiment with rifles and rests. Wilbur
Cooper built this rifle and rest from scratch. This long "T" shaped bench
has plenty of room.
your shooting, skimping platform size leads to distractions down the road.
Since the concrete form only makes one top at a time it's convenient to
spread the construction of tops over a longer period. That way a few
minutes every time the range is used soon produces a whole string of bench
tops. Be sure to smooth the concrete surface. Nothing takes skin off the
elbows faster than rough concrete during recoil. Wood tops were the n o r m
for decades. Their tendency to warp over the years, even w h e n sealed and
covered by a roof, gives the adjustable pedestal rest a good workout as you
move down the line. A top set to a height of 32" will suit most shooters.
T h o s e w h o need extra height on their stool should use one of the adjustables
with a cushion. A n y o n e too tall for a 32" top is used to bending over, but is
still comfortable. At your local range, everyone on the line will desire the
use of that solid bench once it's constructed. If you d o n ' t want to get to the
range at 5:00 A M every Sunday make more than o n e . Finish the bench off
with a stool or chair. The adjustable stools as made by several P R E C I S I O N
S H O O T I N G advertisers are the real ticket if you travel to matches and
shoot at different ranges. Even on the same range the stool gets adjusted u p
and down because of slightly different bench heights and target angles.
Tony Hidalgo and John Brown m a d e the two I use. T h e only change was to
nail carpeting to the top for more friction, after ten years and forty thousand
rounds neither shows any wear. T h e rear is softer than plywood!
THE BENCH AND BENCH TECHNIQUE 45
The 13 pound Hart rest is one of the most popular among the benchrest
shooters. Steady, but adjustable rests help anyone shoot better groups.
N o w that the bench is good and solid we need the pedestal, front
sandbag, and rear sandbag to be sturdy enough to hold the rifle steady
during loading, unloading, and sighting. M a n y people sight in their hunt-
ing rifle on a hard metal a m m o box before deer season, then wonder w h y
they miss a deer at 100 yards on opening day. D o n ' t shoot off any hard
object, or allow the rifle to be touching something hard during the shot.
Even if y o u ' r e in a tower deer stand, or a plywood shooting h o u s e ,
use some padding underneath the forend for rested shots. A rifle rest
m u s t a p p r o x i m a t e the recoil d a m p e n i n g t e n d e n c i e s of the h a n d a n d
shoulder. Benchrest shooters have found the best accuracy c o m e s from
sand filled leather bags. T h e bags and pedestal must be adjustable when we
want to set up, but they need to be steady when the shot is fired. For a front
rest I like using the green cast pedestal rest Wally Hart of Robert W. H a r t
and Son sells. It's easily adjusted, very strong, durable, and available with
several tops depending on your preference. I put a Wendell Coye C o m p e t i -
tion Top on it for Heavy Varmint, leave the standard top on for m y C P S ,
aluminum stocked, Light Varmint. S o m e shooters use the black cast rest
from Wichita, those w h o travel top drawer will get the crank adjustable rest
from Bill Gebhardt of Bald Eagle. A top of the line rest is in the $90 - $130
range, but it will last for generations. T h e rest you should avoid is the
orange Hoppe's rest. For top level benchrest accuracy it's not stable, or
adjustable enough.
For a right hander it's the left hand that controls m o v e m e n t of the rear
s a n d b a g . B y carefully s l i d i n g , s q u e e z i n g , or flattening the b a g the
crosshairs m o v e the amounts needed for initial and final aim. Advances
have been m a d e in sandbag design recently. Shooters at the turn of the
century shot off wooden blocks, in the 1940's they used cloth bags filled
with sand. M a n y of them rested the barrel on their front sandbag. T h o u g h
you still see it at the public range, that tendency was g o n e from competitive
benchrest by the 1950's. Experimentation had proven the barrel needed to
vibrate under the same conditions on each shot. This meant free floating the
barrel, or a good barrel bedding j o b by someone w h o knew what they were
doing.
We now use smooth firm sandbags that conform to the shape of the
forend and buttstock. T h e Protektor front and rear bags have been the
favorites for years. Fitted front bags are m a d e for each type of rifle. F r o m
" U " shaped bags that will fit any hunting rifle, to specific flat bottomed
" U " shaped bags wide e n o u g h , and with a snug fit, for the two and a
quarter inch hunter class forend, and three inch w i d e varmint class forend.
T h e rear bag c o m e s in two main configurations. A tapered four inch by six
inch bag with low " B u n n y E a r s " (also called " O w l E a r s " ) or with high
" R a b b i t Ears". After shooting extensively with both I chose the short ears.
They d o n ' t interfere with my hand under recoil and provide more consistent
friction shot to shot. On my aluminum stocked rifle I cut the friction even
more by reversing that rear bag and resting the butt on only 1" of leather.
You'll find the cheap suede and vinyl bags d o n ' t work well, and wear out
quickly. O n the newest type of front b a g , the competition top, screw levers
on the front rest side plates adjust tension so the forend achieves an extra
snug fit with little lateral play. With any of these setups the rifle can be
returned to battery easily and quickly with only small adjustments needed
to achieve perfect aim. Look at the accompanying photos and note the
differences with what you may be using now. Experimentation is the
lifeblood of benchrest. You'll soon find what's most comfortable for your
particular style.
Bench Technique
Bench technique is one area where the lines are hazy between absolute
right and wrong. Each shooter should find a style that fits their body shape
and personality. Just like the load for the rifle, the important thing is
consistency. There are several points which have been proven as assets. Set
up the bags pointed straight at the target. Apply baby powder or talcum to
taste. Adjust the bags so the rifle will be supported at the same points for
every shot. Lots of rifles have a piece of tape on the forend to indicate front
rest placement. Gently tap down the bags to compact the sand. Adjust the
front pedestal's star ring and the rear bag to get the crosshairs in the center
Jim Williams shows off his technique for small groups. His right hand grips
the rear sandbag for aim adjustment, his shoulder and cheek barely caress
the stock.
of the target. C h e c k the recoil movement by pushing the rifle forward and
back a few times. W h e n the rifle is in the position of full recoil look through
the scope and ensure it's not moved over to where the crosshairs are on your
neighbors target. Realign the bags if the crosshairs move too far laterally on
recoil. It's trouble if the rifle recoils onto s o m e o n e else's target and you
d o n ' t notice before letting go another shot. (Now w h o would d o that?) It's
easy to d o when the targets are grouped close together like at some of the
Gulf Coast shoots.
Set u p your loaded rounds, a m m o block, stop watch, and bolt in a
convenient position; accessible placement is everything for fast shooting
technique. T h e a m m o is on the side of the loading port. You need a way to
keep track of the n u m b e r of shots in the record target. I deposit five rounds
on a towel placed just below the loading port. These are my designated
record r o u n d s , any sighter shots will c o m e out of the box. Since I freely
shoot a record case at the sighter if the conditions c h a n g e , I need a method
to tell how many shots remain to finish the target. Before any record case is
fired as a sighter another round is pulled from the M T M box and placed on
the towel. Using this method I've never failed to fire all the record shots in
several hundred matches. A bonus with the cases being on a towel is; it's
very fast. You d o n ' t have to fiddle with placing an empty back in a block
hole, just throw them d o w n . (Ralph Council and Clyde Honea: " I f the brass
ain't flying y o u ' r e d y i n g " ) . O n c e in a while this means picking up cases off
Portable shooting benches are wonderfulfor the long-range varmint hunter

and the shooter who can't construct a permanent bench. Here's a popular
design from Armor Metal Products.
the ground, but they're none the worse for the brief, wild, ride. Other
options include the one used by Jack Sutton. H e places a case in the top of
his opened M T M box after the shot goes into the record target. If there are
only four cases in the box top he needs to launch another down range. Five
shot groups are easier to keep track of, but ten shot heavy bench matches
can get confusing after lots of sighter shots. G a r y Ocock mentally counts
each record shot, repeating the number over and over while waiting for the
next shot. This causes some people trouble. G a r y admits five shots are n o
problem; ten shot groups with their 12 minute time span can get tricky.
S o m e people like Lester Bruno are so picky about the segregation of record
and sighter cases they pull a record case from the c h a m b e r and insert a
sighter case instead. If any of you have been to the Super Shoot we all saw
Lester, on more than one occasion, have to borrow the next shooters rifle
when the bullet pulled out of the case and powder went tumbling into the
crevices of his single shot action. It's a credit to Lester's ability he finished
those groups out, in the time limit, one of them with a .22 going into those
6 m m holes. I like to stand behind the relay before mine and watch through a
spotting scope. While I ' m there to learn the days conditions it happens
every w e e k e n d , s o m e o n e exclaiming they d o n ' t r e m e m b e r how many
record shots are in the target. Whenever they decide to shoot another - it will
be their sixth - it will spoil the group. There are m a n y options, ask what
your friends use, experiment, find something consistent and comfortable.
Sit down to the bench at a 4 5 degree angle with both feet flat on the
ground, relax and get comfortable. S o m e shooters like to have contact
between the bench and ribs. If the bench is sturdy this d o e s n ' t detract from
scope alignment. W h e n the bench is wiggly, it can transmit heartbeats and
muscle m o v e m e n t through to the rifle. With a very long torso I ' m more
comfortable with no contact or m i n i m u m contact. Use an adjustable stool
and get your body in the same position for every group, no matter what the
bench height. Without an adjustable stool if the top's too high y o u ' r e
upright, pulled away from the scope, and straining to reload. If the top's too
low y o u ' r e hunched over, presenting your eyebrow to the scope for a little
kiss. Especially if you hold onto the rifle either of these change the shoulder
angle to the buttstock and effect recoil tendencies.
There's a wide range of positions the shooter can use to hold the rifle.
From n o hold, free recoil, where the only part of the shooter touching the
rifle is the trigger finger. To a hard hold with the hand, cheek and shoulder
making heavy contact. There are many in betweens and that's where most
competitive shooters settle, something short of a hard hold. Free recoil is
the technique I settled on early in my first year of competition. I touch the
trigger guard with my middle finger, it acts as a guide so I d o n ' t blunder into
the trigger accidently, and the index finger is on the trigger. Another option
for free recoil is to place the t h u m b behind the trigger guard. T h e finger as a
guide b e c o m e s very important when the adrenaline rush c o m e s into play
during a tiny group. Watching Ed Watson when he's on a roll I d o n ' t see
how he keeps shooting tiny groups while shaking from so much excite-
ment.
I settle the rifle completely into tightly packed bags. Adjust the aim left
or right with bag m o v e m e n t , elevation with the front rest screw. At any time
I d o n ' t like more than a tiny amount of hand held rear bag deflection when
the shot goes off. M a n y benchrest shooters squeeze the bag to adjust the aim
on a shot. T h e n , if they unconsciously relax their hand just as the shot goes
off, they get a flyer. H o w many of us have heard: " T h e first four were in the
zeroes and the fifth one m a d e it half an inch". Think specifically about this
item next time you shoot; it's one of the c o m m o n reasons for an extended
slump.
Using the free recoil technique, if forced to, I ' m able to get off five aimed
shots in thirty seconds. That thirty seconds includes five shots and four
reloads, almost eight seconds to reload and aim, plenty of time; however, as
D o n Geraci will tell you it's better to take just a little more time and be extra
fine on the aim, tiny groups c o m e from settling the cross hairs exactly
before pulling the trigger.
There are lots of shooters w h o like to have a hold on their rifle during a
group. They think it's easier to adjust the aim back into place q u i c k l y With
the option of different amounts of hand, shoulder and cheek pressure the
key is to pick something that's comfortable and repeatable. M y biggest
Gary Vincent shoots bunches of tiny groups using a fast shooting style.
Showing proper form he works on another successful outing.
complaint with holding on to a rifle is the effect of muzzle blast from the
shooter next door. Unconsciously we all flinch when the crack from next
door hits us. A s hero's, we d o n ' t like to admit it, but I ' d bet nine out of ten
people w h o complain their group was enlarged because they " d o u b l e d "
were really the victim of a small flinch. S o m e claim the rifle's crosshairs
move w h e n shots around them go off. If it's happening at a range where you
have the preferred six feet between centers on the b e n c h e s , the b e n c h , rests
and rifle a r e n ' t settled properly. Try a firmer sand, or gravel and sand, filled
bag. Read the rule b o o k , n o lead shot allowed. I cut down the chance for a
flinch by wearing both ear plugs and ear muffs. Outside ranges without a
roof a r e n ' t m u c h of a p r o b l e m , but metal range roofs reflect back a lot of
noise. T h e second protective barrier significantly reduces noise flinching.
You'll achieve better concentration, and consistently shoot better using
both sets of ear protection.
C o n t r o l of t h e c o m p e t i t i o n t w o o u n c e t r i g g e r is s o m e t h i n g e v e r y
benchrest shooter must practice and master. Even though it lets off easily
and quickly the trained finger squeezes it just like the three p o u n d e r on a
hunting rifle. With practice you'll use a graduated pull during days with
better conditions. You can go through three or four distinct trigger finger
pressure increases before the pin falls. Even though a benchrest rifle weighs
at least ten and a half p o u n d s , and is set solidly in sandbags, the aim can be
disturbed if the trigger is yanked. Practice dry firing with an e m p t y
Jim Williams uses a flat sandbag to support his trigger hand and get better
control of a 2 oz. trigger.
chamber. T h e best trigger pull for a beginning shooter is similar to that used
for a hunting rifle. Get the crosshairs aligned exactly on the aiming spot.
Gradually, but quickly, increase finger pressure till the shot is fired. L o o k
through the scope as the firing pin falls on the empty chamber. If the
crosshairs d o n ' t move you have a deft enough touch for a two o u n c e .
At the same time this is a perfect opportunity to make sure there's no
flinch. Even though bench rifles in their small calibers only produce four
foot pounds of recoil many shooters flinch slightly. This could be caused by
bad experiences with big, b o o m i n g , hurting, m a g n u m , hunting rifles.
S o m e people are noise sensitive. Whatever the reason, test to m a k e sure
y o u ' r e not flinching. First, and most important, make u p your mind y o u ' r e
not going to flinch. Get a buddy to alternately load a round, or leave an
e m p t y c h a m b e r while y o u ' r e turned around and not looking. Since you
d o n ' t know if the gun will fire, when the pin falls on an e m p t y c h a m b e r it
will show if y o u ' r e jerking the trigger, or flinching, and moving the
crosshairs. W h e n y o u ' v e gone into a slump, run some dry fire practice and
see if it's a flinch, or trigger yank which has caused the trouble.
Breath control is not nearly so important in benchrest as in the other rifle
sports. Wliere a free rifleman must be certain to watch breathing patterns as
his sight picture wanders, with our steady rests, benchrest shooters can give
it some leeway. Being able to avoid worrying about breath control is one of
the reasons I shoot free recoil. T h e breathing cycle contains a n o r m a l ,
slight, pause at the end of exhalation. We would like to increase the pause
and release the shot in the next five or ten seconds. Get into a rhythm with
your breathing and it soon b e c o m e s second nature to fire the shot at the
proper m o m e n t .
O n e item B o b WTiite and I liked to discuss was how to set u p for our
sighter shots. With a sloping buttstock there are three ways to do it. First is
to leave the forend in the same position and slide the rear bag backward to
lower the muzzle to the sighter target. Second is to leave the bags in the
same place and slide the rifle forward for the same effect. Third is to adjust
the height of the front or rear rest with screw adjustment. I've always been
most comfortable sliding the rear bag. It's quick, the rifle is still supported
close to it's center of gravity, and the return to the record target is easily
accomplished. B o b liked to move the whole rifle. H e thought my way
caused flyers while moving back u p to the record target. I say the same
thing about his way. By leaving the front support, the one closer to the
center of gravity, consistent I feel better about my rifles accuracy. T h e third
is used mostly with heavy bench guns and their flat butt stocks. It would
support the Varmint rifle in exactly the same way for record and sighter
shots but without c a m s it's much too slow for match shooting.
7
What is a Match
Benchrest matches are wondrous events. There are widgets, gadgets,

m o a n s , groans, chuckles, laughs, exultation, and consternation. In short, a
benchrest match is a slice of life. The many participants w h o m a k e up a
competitive field bring all walks of life to the arena. This conglomeration
gets along better than any group I've ever seen. Weekends spent in the
c o m p a n y of benchrest shooters are always interesting, lifelong friends, and
newcomers will all participate in a rewarding exercise.
T h e entire family is welcome at any benchrest match, many shooters
include the youngsters in their travel plans. A pop-up trailer, or big tent,
will house the clan cheaply and conveniently. Travelling to a far away match
with your group can combine a little vacation and a shoot all in o n e . S o m e
of the big matches have gained a reputation as family events. T h e Crawfish
Invitational in Lafayette, Louisiana runs an advertised program for the
wives w h o d o n ' t shoot. They tour old houses, shop, eat out, and bone up on
local history. T h e n , after a days sightseeing, the group c o m e s back to the
range for a crawfish boil. 800 pounds of crawfish, buckets of potatoes,
c o r n , and hot sauce disappear in an instant. Another match that's fun to
attend is the Cactus Classic, held north of Phoenix, Arizona. T h e first week
of M a r c h is a good time to leave the snow and icicles of the north country
and head down for some sun. As the first big match of the year the Cactus
gathers some tough shooters together for an early challenge. In 1989 the
Cactus decided to throw down the gauntlet and punish any of the 161
shooters w h o weren't prepared. T h e Friday before the match there was a
big rainstorm complete with hail, Saturday the cold North winds whistled
through the range, anyone expecting to work on their sun tan was in for a
rude awakening. On Friday, G a r y Ocock got together with the Pennsylvania
crowd he had left behind when he moved to Phoenix, they decided on some
When we say that benchrest matches are family affairs we mean it! Rip
Novak sports the latest in gun dog apparel at a match.
impromptu mountain climbing. Only problem was, G a r y fell off a big rock
and banged u p his foot (there's still some dispute about whether G a r y fell,
or if he was pushed). Unlike the ankle, his shooting skill was none the
worse for the wear, while on crutches he clobbered the rest of us in the two
gun.
Several people schedule their whole vacation around which matches they
plan to attend. T h e big three are: the Super Shoot - a four day event over the
M e m o r i a l Day weekend held at Kelbly's O h i o range, the N B R S A Na-
tionals - a week long event the end of July, and the IBS Nationals - a long
weekend the end of August. A few people I've seen a long way from h o m e
include Ira Farnsworth of New Hampshire and H . J Fedorowich from
L o n d o n , C a n a d a . T h e long distance driving c h a m p s the last several years
must be Dennis Wagner of Bethany, O k l a h o m a and Lowell Frei of St.
G e o r g e , Utah. T h e y ' v e driven for long distances to participate in both large
and small events. For D e n n i s , the Midland, Texas range is his second
closest m a t c h , you know there's a lot of driving involved. Several people
like B o b DeMonstoy, George Kelbly, and Paul J. Hart plan a swing which
includes several matches. A good choice, depending on how m u c h time
you have, is to hit the Cactus the first week-end in M a r c h , then to Lafayette
the next week-end for the Crawfish warm-up, sight- see for a couple of
w e e k s , shoot the Crawfish, then go h o m e and get ready for the Super Shoot.
WHAT IS A MATCH 55
Travelling companions increase the enjoyment of a match. Someone to chat

with passes the time on the road; it's usually a friendly rivalry during
the match.
Dave Brennan and P R E C I S I O N S H O O T I N G Magazine increased the

airline traffic by creating the Benchrest Shooter Of T h e Year award. Points
for this award can be won at several matches. They include the big three,
plus a few local matches from each organization. In 1987 the early match
here in Tomball, Texas was a designated match. Hall of Fame m e m b e r Perry
Morton flew all the way down from Warsaw, Indiana to shoot, and try for
points. That w a s n ' t his best weekend, but he achieved enough points at his
other matches to be named for the award. Perry, among other titles, was the
N B R S A National C h a m p i o n in Light Varmint, and the Two G u n , he was
the IBS National C h a m p i o n in Light Varmint, and the Three G u n . To the
victor g o the spoils. In this case, you get your picture on the cover of
P R E C I S I O N S H O O T I N G , and at the next years Super Shoot your friends
give you a formal roasting. (To watch one of these roasts is worth the trip to
the Super Shoot.)
Step by Step Instructions for Your First Match

First item of business is packing up the equipment required to shoot the
event. During a winter league match you might b e pre loaded (if y o u ' r e
smart, and the loading area is outside - that is.) T h e n , all that's required are
rifle, rests, loaded a m m o , hearing protectors, warm clothes, and a few
bucks for the entry fee. W h e n it's a registered match, fired over two days,
the list e x p a n d s to i n c l u d e loading t o o l s , c o m p o n e n t s and m e a s u r e s .

Nothing's so frustrating as driving several hours to a registered match and
leaving a loading box, bolt, or cases sitting in the middle of the g a r a g e .
Headed for Camillus my first year I forgot a loading box, it's not fun. T h e n
again, the rifle you borrow might be more accurate than your o w n .
T h e next item is one of the most important; you have to find the place. A
rifle range is just like a race track. Since it's noisy a range isn't right in the
middle of town where it's easy to find. Ask Geza Nagy about spending a
whole night, driving round and round some mountain in the middle of
C a n a d a , trying to find a range. If you have time to send a letter, ask for a
m a p from the host club. T h e best way to find a range is by travelling with
another shooter w h o k n o w s where it is. This kills two birds with one stone:
a c o m p a n i o n fills the time spent on the road, they're also a sounding board
for the hundreds of questions about benchrest that fill your brain. B o b
White has suffered through thousands of questions (and statements) over
the hundreds of hours w e ' v e spent driving to matches. Those hundreds of
hours are filled with some unbelievable events. M y very first match was
January 10, 1981. A winter league shoot in Englishtown, N e w Jersey the
thermometer was at 10 degrees Fahrenheit. With a north wind howling
across the exposed firing line, and loading area, w h o knows what the wind
chill was. B o b W h i t e , Fred Finlay, and I drove down in Bob's V W c a m p e r
van. T h e heater d i d n ' t work. Shaking from head to toe the groups I shot at
100 yards ranged from .660" to 1.865". That sounds more like a 300 yard
aggregate (and a bad one at that). Driving the day before the 1982 IBS
Nationals at Kelbly's, B o b and I had the shock absorber punch a hole
through the V W ' s oil filter. When the oil spread itself over the Western
Pennsylvania countryside the engine decided to stop in a hurry. Getting the
van to a service station six hours from h o m e we found the only place to rent
cars was a regional airport an hour east, back down Route 8 0 . We finally
arrived at the range 4:00 in the morning. Doc Maretzo had been telling
everyone: " I d o n ' t know where they are, I passed them on the h i g h w a y " ;
ten shot groups in Heavy Bench weren't fun that morning. Another time
c o m i n g back from Painted Post the front caliper bolts worked their way out.
We c o u l d n ' t drive that way because of a bad shudder, after trying a few
things I got the bright idea of pounding a 6 B R case into the caliper bolt
hole. It was a nice force fit and we were on the road again, (see, the B R is
good for something). Problem w a s , applying the brakes crossing the
Delaware River Bridge forced the B R case out. After removing the wheel
again, and fitting another, we drove the next hour without touching the
brakes. T h e hills of Chester were kind of exciting that night. Fred Finlay,
driving the van h o m e to work on it, had it catch fire and burn to the ground a
short while later. Fred said it was kind of exciting for a few minutes there.
With the sound of the fire crackling in his ears he was trying to pull out s o m e
of the cargo. Included were a couple of benchrest rifles and s o m e other
WHAT IS A MATCH 57
The bench set-up of Charlie Mills. Everything is easily accessible for fast
shooting.
boxes. H e had placed a canvas hunting jacket over his head while he
removed the items. Another passer by tapped Fred on the back and said:
" B y the way y o u ' r e on fire". I saw the site of the funeral pyre a few weeks
later, pieces of engine were melted into the pavement. It was about time for
that c a m p e r to go off to V W heaven; I had decided to never travel in it again.
O n c e y o u ' v e found the range the rest of the weekend is downright
delightful. For a two day match it's easy to c a m p at the range. That's what I
like to d o . By not having to pay for a hotel room it cuts the weekend's
expenses 5 0 % or m o r e . Depending on the distance I can get a two day
match for $ 7 5 . 0 0 - $100.00, including entry fee, if I ' m frugal. C a m p i n g at
the range gives a chance to get in the spirit right from the first night. If
y o u ' v e had to work that Friday before traveling to the match it will probably
be dark when you arrive. Ask directions to the firing line and g o out and
wander a m o n g the wind flags. It's an eery feeling, wandering a m o n g the
flags. T h e y ' r e already spinning, squeaking, rattling, and trying to tell you
the conditions. T h e only ranges where I d o n ' t go out and b u m p into the
night are the ones with rattlesnakes.
If you spent the night at a hotel plan on getting to the range plenty e a r l y If
y o u ' r e in a van, or tent, roll out, grab a shooter, ask them where to sign up.
If it's a registered match you need to be a m e m b e r of IBS or N B R S A . If
y o u ' r e not a m e m b e r yet sign up at the match, the people in the range shack
are more than helpful. Taking the equipment card they hand you fill in the
spaces. It asks for your n a m e , address (so you get a match report) what class
y o u ' r e firing in, what caliber, barrel maker, gunsmith, scope, magnifica-
tion, and a few other simple questions. T h e statistician will assign a relay,
b e n c h , and competitor n u m b e r for the match. T h e competitor n u m b e r will
stay the same for the whole weekend, it will be on every target you fire at (of
course, one time at Mainville Jack D e m i n g shot on my target, m a y b e he
d i d n ' t like the one he had). Let's say this match is the early Mainville shoot.
T h e two events will be Heavy Varmint in the m o r n i n g , Light Varmint in the
afternoon. S o m e o n e was wise enough to set you u p with a 10 1/2 p o u n d
6 P P C so the same rifle can be used in both classes. You got lucky and were
assigned competitor 116. T h e n u m b e r combines your relay and bench
n u m b e r into o n e . T h e first one means relay o n e , the 16 m e a n s bench 16 on
the first relay. If it was 216 that would be relay t w o , bench 16.
At this first match y o u ' r e sure to be excited, and nervous. Apply the
fundamentals y o u ' v e learned in practice, strive to d o your best. Since
y o u ' r e o n the first relay, the range shack will have told you the first relay
starting t i m e . Usually this is around eight o'clock. Get all your shooting
gear ready, set u p the loading tools for later, patch out the rifle, double
check the a m m o , saunter over to bench 16 with your rests. D e p e n d i n g on
the range you might be able to set u p your rests with the rifle in position.
This m e a n s with the bolt out. Benchrest rifles always have their bolts out
until the c o m m e n c e fire c o m m a n d . Safety is paramount since the range
crew might be placing targets and backers d o w n r a n g e . Most competitors
stuff their bolt into a bolt holster. A few d o n ' t , sticking it in a pocket, or
leaving it on the loading block, they're usually the ones sprinting back to
their loading table when the range officer says c o m m e n c e fire.
Get to the bench plenty early. Set up, introduce yourself to the shooters
on each side, they'll be there for the rest of the weekend. For this first match
it's best to c o m e with a rifle that's already sighted in. Nothing's m o r e
frustrating than problems sighting in a rifle during the first match. You need
concentration for the task at hand not on hitting a piece of paper in a time
limit. Different ranges run their first w a r m - u p or sight in match different,
depending on the n u m b e r of shooters and relays. I like the w a r m - u p to be a
full m a t c h . It may have been a while since this load and rifle have been
fired, the early m o r n i n g temperature will probably be lower than last time
you shot. T h e w a r m - u p is used to experiment with the days conditions,
something you c a n ' t do if the shots count. Most of the N B R S A ranges run a
three minute sight in period in front of the record match, rather than a full
w a r m - u p match. This works unless s o m e o n e w h o has changed barrels or
scopes has problems and shoots all their loaded a m m o before getting on
paper. Then we all wait till they load u p some m o r e . Find out what type of
w a r m - u p will be used and be ready.
Since y o u ' r e sighted in the warm-up match is a piece of c a k e . T h e very
best conditions of the day allow a nice confidence builder for the first group.
WHAT IS A MATCH 59
The score sheet always attracts a crowd when it's updated with each relays
results. "Look at that - my .143" was small group of the second match'.'
Other than time considerations here's the only thing wrong with a full
w a r m - u p match. If you shoot a barn burner it w o n ' t count in the record
string. Most ranges will have scales with certified weights set up. Before or
after the w a r m - u p the range officer will call all the competitors on the relay
to the scale for weigh-in. This is where you find out if the rifle really does
weigh the correct amount. If y o u ' v e got a 10 1/2 pounder the m o r n i n g
weigh-in and its 13 1/2 pound limit is no problem, the rifle will probably
still m a k e weight even with a box of shells on the scale.
T h e R a n g e Aggregate consists of five record groups shot consecutively
with one class of rifle. T h e five record groups shot on your first m o r n i n g
would be a 100 yard Heavy Varmint Range Aggregate. At Mainville the
afternoon event would be the 100 yard stage for 10 1/2 p o u n d rifles. Here's
another beauty of firing one rifle in both classes. T h e rifle and load are
perfectly worked out after the mornings competition. T h e days wind and
mirage effect on the rifle and load are familiar. It's easy to be consistent
since nothings changed. At the end of the day we will have fired two 100
yard aggregates. Then begins one of the best times of the match. After
cleaning u p it's easy to find someone for dinner if you want to go out. I like
to stay at the range with a steak on the barbecue. Then I can walk around to
all the different groups and spend the evening wandering into and out of
various conversations. B o b White, Jim Novak and I had a favorite sport at
the Mainville and Council C u p matches. We broke out a B o c c e Ball set and
played into the night. It never mattered w h o w o n , we c o n s u m e d some of M r

Busch's finest, busted each other's c h o p s , and had a good time in general.
T h e socialization is as important as the match itself in c o m p a r i s o n of
enjoyment levels.
T h e next m o r n i n g , it's u p at 6:00, start loading the cases for the first
match. I wake u p stiff in the m o r n i n g , those around m e take bets to see
which letter my body has been formed into overnight. Lots of ranges have
kitchen's o p e n for breakfast. T h e only time I ever eat eggs is at a rifle range.
There must be some unwritten law we have to be served eggs at a m a t c h . By
7:30 it's time to move your rests to the line and get ready for the 200 yard
stage of Heavy Varmint. T h e competitor n u m b e r and first bench will be the
same as yesterday: bench sixteen, relay o n e .
Shooting at the 100 yard range I like my point of impact from a center
hold to be on the bottom e d g e of the bull. This keeps the aiming spot from
being shot out. If we were to hit exact point of aim at 100 yards we would
lose our aiming point, and ability to hold fine, after the bullets cut out the
ring. At 2 0 0 yards the bull is large enough this isn't an issue. It's best to try
for an impact in, or touching the bull. Chasing shots is m u c h easier at the
longer yardages with a center point of impact (you'll also like a center point
of impact for when you show good groups to your buddies). With a P P C put
six clicks of vertical into a Leupold 36X scope to compensate for 2 0 0 yards
and the day's off to a good start. During the w a r m - u p or sight-in you should
only need one or two clicks left or right depending on how hard the wind
was blowing yesterday. It's easy to have problems getting on paper at 200
yards if y o u ' v e changed the rifle, barrel, or scope since yesterday. W h e n
that's the case it's best to sight in the new combination the night before
during free shooting t i m e . To repeat: it's important to get the point of
impact close to the bull. Later in the day, when the wind and mirage c o m e
into play, trouble looms if your impact is already on the d o w n w i n d side.
Today is an exact repeat of yesterday, except it's at 200 yards. T h e bench
rotation is the s a m e , the competitors next to you are the s a m e . T h e five
groups are now called the Heavy Varmint 200 yard aggregate. T h e 200 yard
aggregate gets averaged with the 100 yard aggregate to m a k e a G r a n d
Aggregate. W h e n the 200 yard stage for the second rifle is finished,
averaged with the 100 yard stage for a grand aggregate, and added to the
H e a v y Varmint G r a n d A g g r e g a t e it b e c o m e s a Two G u n A g g r e g a t e .
N B R S A uses a slightly different format. They shoot the 100 and 200 yard
aggregates for one class on the same day. Usually Light Varmint is fired the
first day, Heavy Varmint c o m e s the second day.
Whichever path is used to reach it, the Two-Gun Aggregate is the whole
ball of w a x . W h e n you win it y o u ' r e the most complete shooter at the
m a t c h . S o m e other competitor probably beat you in o n e , or t w o , or all of
the individual range aggregates. T h e multi gun aggregate shows true rifle
a c c u r a c y and s h o o t e r c o m p e t e n c e . C o n s i s t e n c y d u r i n g the i n d i v i d u a l
WHAT IS A MATCH 61
groups and aggregates is always rewarded with high placings. A good way
to tell when y o u ' r e starting to shoot well is when you m a k e M a r g e Masker's
list. M a r g e calculates scores, and keeps track of quite a few people during
the match. She'll always be able to tell you: how Seely and Jerry are d o i n g ,
who's in the lead, who's closing in, and w h o just threw away their chances.
Read the chapter on practice and competition to start moving u p the
standings toward an aggregate victory.
5
Wind Shooting
T h e most important thing to r e m e m b e r in group shooting is: any w i n d ,

from any direction, pushes the bullet during its flight. This lesson is to
bring h o m e the importance of this. We have all heard the u n k n o w i n g say:
" B u t that bullet is travelling too fast to be pushed by the w i n d " - w r o n g !
Wind moves a supersonic airplane, wind pushes a blasting off m o o n rocket,
wind effects a 250 pound linebacker running d o w n field. T h e truth is that a
lighter bullet moving slower is pushed farther than a heavier bullet m o v i n g
faster, but they all move!
Let's clear u p a few fundamentals.
1. T h e rifle must be reasonably accurate; however, the most inaccurate of
rifles can be helped by wind sense.
2. T h e loaded round should be the best worked out for that rifle, this
typically m e a n s handloads.
3 . Get proper targets.
A . For low power scopes the IBS or N B R S A Hunter target is best. It's
easy to repeat aim and hold off with the center circle on this type of
target.
B . For high power scopes (16x-36x) use the standard benchrest target.
For the finest in accuracy the resolution a high magnification scope is
necessary to precisely change point of aim. With a 36X scope it's
possible to aim at the left or the right side of a bullet hole at 100 yards.
4 . Refer to the chapter on solid bench construction. A n y m o v e m e n t from
a wiggly bench gives larger groups
Wind Effect
There are m a n y general indicators of what the wind is doing. W h a t we feel

on our body, what we see by the movement of objects around u s , and where
sighter shots impact compared to the winds angle and intensity.
Since j u d g e m e n t of the wind is so important in shooting a small g r o u p it's
time to build a few wind flags. These can be simple, such as a drilled piece
of 5/8" d o w e l , with a piece of surveyors tape on a bent coat hanger, inserted
into a drilled hole. Six simple flags can b e m a d e in 15 minutes and t h e y ' r e
all you need to get started. Early on spend your time at the range shooting
g r o u p s , not in the w o r k s h o p building flags.
Wind deflection of the bullet is a matter of weighted averages.
1. Direct crosswinds from 3:00 and 9:00 will have m o r e effect than angled
winds from closer to 12:00 and 6:00.
2. T h e closer the wind m o v e m e n t is to the muzzle the more effect it will
have on final impact point. Bullets have some amount of yaw w h e n they
leave the m u z z l e . A n y wind deflection has a greater effect on the bullet
before it stabilizes.
3 . W i n d has its greatest effect when the bullet is at its highest rate of
velocity loss. (Close to the muzzle.)
V Wind
This heavy push close to the muzzle will deflect m u c h more than an
identical heavy push at the target. T h e simplified reason for this is.
1. Wlien the angle of flight is changed early the bullet spends more t i m e on
an angle that's no longer straight at the bulls eye - it's moving out of the
group.
2 . A bullet deflected later in its flight should already be stabilized, the
wind d o e s n ' t have as much effect as earlier in the flight. T h e bullet
d o e s n ' t spend as much time on this new angle and impacts closer to
point of aim. Of course, reading the wind gets tricky w h e n the front and
back half are each doing something different. To achieve your best
groups in the beginning try to shoot when the flags all show the same
wind direction and intensity. Even as you gain experience steady
conditions are the best group producers.
WIND SHOOTING 65
Let's shoot a sample target and see how the wind influences each shot.
For example purposes we have a breeze from exactly 9:00 and the only
variation is intensity.
25 yards 50 yards 75 yards

Shot 1

o
Shot 2
In the same condition shot n u m b e r two hits shot n u m b e r o n e .

0
Shot 3
Reading the flags you can see the decrease in velocity has dropped the shot
to the left.

N5>
Shot 4
This time an increase at 5 0 and 75 yards has pushed our bullet to the right.

Shot 5
W h e n the same wind velocity as shots one and two returns we put n u m b e r
five very close to the group.
In our example both misses can now be explained. At the local range I ' v e
witnessed the spoiling of m a n y good groups by non wind conscious
shooters. They would fire two times in a hard blow left to right, then have
the wind back around to hard right to left, and wonder why the third shot
was so far out of the group.
In the early 1900's C.W. Rowland spent as m u c h as two days shooting a
group: h e waited for calm conditions before triggering a shot. In c o m p e t i -
tion we d o n ' t have unlimited time to wait for the perfect condition to return.
That's w h e n the sighter target is invaluable. T h e record (top) portion of the
target must end up with five shots in it; the bottom portion is for sighters,
and can b e shot at an unlimited n u m b e r of times during the m a t c h .
WIND SHOOTING 67
In a calm condition, one shot was fired at the sighter to check impact, it
struck the center of the aiming circle. T h e wind increased to a gentle right to
left breeze that looked like it will hold steady. With the same hold the first
four record shots were fired under these stable conditions. They grouped
into a nice .220" group. T h e initial calm settled in before the fifth shot could
be fired. Running out of time the sighter must be used to put n u m b e r five
into the group. Moving the crosshairs to the sighter portion a shot was
loosed, it impacted with the first calm condition sighter. To put the record
shot in the group, observe the amount of bullet deflection and hold the same
distance to the left. By aiming for this new location n u m b e r five landed in
the middle of the first four shots. In our example this would be a dead on
hold in the center of the group.
Congratulations, the small group was preserved. Without holding off we
would have blown this one to half an inch.
Let's Review the Basics

1. Wind moves the bullet depending upon direction and intensity. Physics
dictate that wind moves a bullet regardless of initial velocity
2. Wind flags show the wind velocity and direction. Without flags you
have n o idea whether another shot will impact with the last.
3 . Believe in the benchrest rifle. If a shot is out - look down range and find
the flags that explain the bullet deflection.
4 . U s e the sighter portion of the target to show where a particular
condition makes a shot print. Factor in visible wind increases or
decreases since the sighter shot and adjust your aim accordingly. D a n c e
with the wind, enjoy it when the breeze pushes a shot into the middle of
your group.
9
Advanced Wind Shooting
T h e conditions prevalent during the match and aggregate often dictate the
technique used to shoot a group.
Slow Fire Technique.
This is used on those still mornings or evenings when there is the barest of
wind m o v e m e n t and y o u ' l l have no problem getting off all the shots in the
time limit. A i m at exactly the same place for each shot, be aware of
disturbing the sandbags as little as possible during reloading. Carefully
adjust the crosshairs with the screw on the front pedestal before the next
shot. Wait for the exact same amount of flag deflection before pulling the
trigger again.
S o m e use this style in just the opposite condition, the day w h e n the wind
is so strong the flags spend most of their time doing a clothesline imitation.
A g a i n , the rifle is settled and the shot isn't fired till the proper amount of sag
shows on a key flag. O n the really windy days a ribbon gets overpowered.
T h e best thing then is wind socks like B o b DeMonstoy of Painted Post, N e w
York uses. A perfect example of the slow fire technique during an early
m o r n i n g calm occurred the first time I shot 300 yards, at the Stittsville
range, in O n t a r i o , Canada. It was an overcast day; during the w a r m up
match there was the faintest amount of wind m o v e m e n t from 4:00 over our
shoulders. After two sighter shots touched, the first two record shots were
carefully squeezed off: they formed a small dot in the top half of the 300
yard bull. Taking my t i m e , very carefully reloading and returning to
battery, adjusting the rear bag for perfect aim the third shot d i d n ' t m a k e the
hole any bigger. Repeat the process and the fourth shot went into the same
bug hole. There's now a square four shot hole at 300 yards that measures
Jim Novak shows off his .446" 300 yard IBS Record. Shot through some
tough mirage in the middle of the day; Jim threw down a group that stayed
at the top of the heap for several years.
.263". Even in a 36X Leupold that looks tiny. Being a rookie, I m a d e a

rookie mistake and j u m p e d from the bench in excitement after the fourth
shot. By the time I settled back at the bench for the fifth shot the calm was
g o n e , a very slight strengthening of the wind over the shoulder influenced
the last shot to produce an officially measured .520" group. Still, a fine
effort and good use of the slow fire technique. By the way, ask Fletcher
Williams w h o shot the second smallest group that day.
Rapid Fire Technique

T h e second major shooting technique is rapid fire. T h e keys are.
1. Speed - If the brass ain't flying y o u ' r e dying
2 . U s e the record shots as sighters. Be aware of the flags while y o u ' r e
reloading, or bent over and peering through the scope. If the wind picks
u p or lets off and moves the impact chase the next shot into the
condition. Figure out where the next shot will go before pulling the
trigger.
3 . You M U S T be willing to stop on a radical shift of the flags. Pay
attention with your off eye, watch while reloading. After pausing, wait
for the condition to return, go to the sighter and start all over again.
T h e best piece of advice for a good rapid fire group is to start in the right
condition. Test conditions in the warm u p and early in the match. G o with a
ADVANCED WIND SHOOTING 71
winner. Fletcher Williams got into a condition a few years ago at the Super
Shoot. H e plunked down three good groups at 200 yards and exclaimed
more than once to all w h o would listen (and a few w h o w o u l d n ' t ) " I ' m
going to run that condition if it kills m e " . As I recall he had to search for it,
but found a hole after those last two groups and t h u m p e d us proper that day.
H e did what a lot of competitors d o , especially at 2 0 0 . Run a record
string during a wind trend. This is the build, peak, decline cycle. If the first
shot is at the start of a cycle the aim is adjusted into the pickup for the next
shot. Slightly more into additional pickup for the third shot, hold back out
as the wind decreases and then as the condition dies the same hold as the
first shot for the last. Four different aiming points produce one hole on the
edge of the bull.
This process of holding off is especially important when working with
the sighter during your string. It's whether to hold off the full value as
shown on the sighter or less than that amount. It's a matter of attitude. D o
you want to win, or place in the top 5 0 % . To win at the National level you
need to trust your equipment and j u d g e m e n t of the flags. At 2 0 0 yards if the
flags and sighter say to hold on the eight r i n g , two inches away from the
group, be confident and d o it. Using my skeletal a l u m i n u m stocked Light
Varmint I shot a five shot 200 yard group of. 134" at Johnstown, N e w York in
1985. Early in a match the first three record shots were in a left to right
trickle, they piled into a dot just outside the 10 ring. Through a 36X scope
the group was estimated at less than .200". T h e n c a m e a full reverse that
lasted several minutes. Sighter testing showed this a perfect condition also,
though from another direction. T h e new impact point was on the opposite
side of the moth ball. Holding on the outside of the eight ring I piled in the
last two shots in a complete reverse. To prove it w a s n ' t a fluke the three
sighter shots to test the new condition measure .155" at 200 yards. Practice,
gain confidence, hold the full value and work for the best group possible.
Lost Shots Before or During the Group

Displaced shots are the nemesis of group shooting. They can c o m e from
poor equipment, technique, or missed conditions. Here w e ' l l discuss the
ones caused by the wind. If a shot is fired it's expected to go into the group.
Very few triggers get pulled to ruin things on purpose. W h e n they d o n ' t go
in there are several things to d o .
1. Immediately look d o w n range and try to identify the flags that explain
the bullet movement. If it's an intensity change use the last shot as a
sighter and hold the next one.
2. If the wind intensity's the same - did a head wind or tail wind angle
change move the impact u p or d o w n ? Again, use this new k n o w l e d g e
and adjust the aim for the next shot.
Some days it all comes together and you end up on top. Bob DeMonstoy
hands Bob White a trophy at Painted Post.
W h e n the first shot in the string pops u p a good group can still be saved
by chasing with subsequent shots. C h e c k with a sighter shot and m a k e sure
the new point of impact isn't from a wind condition change you missed. If
you chase a high shot without checking and put another even higher there's
no one to b l a m e but the loose nut behind the butt. Shooting in the 1982 I B S
Nationals I had Heavy Varmint 100 sewn u p through four groups. In windy
and switching conditions I wasted a .169" on the w a r m up. T h e first four
record matches were .224", .212", .158", and .254". I knew if I threw d o w n
another .250" it would be an easy victory. Shooting from the d a n g e r o u s ,
u p w i n d , bench one; Pete Rechnitzer - another lefty sat next to m e on bench
n u m b e r two for that fifth match. T h e first record shot popped u p above the
moth ball when all previous shots had been below the moth ball. I slammed
two sighters d o w n to check it and they went into that high area. B a c k to the
record target, and firing rapidly, the next two went into a tiny hole to m a k e a
.100" three shot group. T h e fourth dropped straight out the bottom to about
.300" and the fifth blew me out of the water when it went d o w n to the
original impact point and made a group of .374". Fourth place in the
aggregate at the Nationals i s n ' t so bad. Well, yes it is when the opportunity
for first slips by on the fifth shot. It turned out Pete had been watching the
flags while I ran the string. He pointed out the flags that turned while I was
speeding without a license. T h e moral of the story is: I started the group
without knowing which flags had caused the impact point to move above
the mothball, with closer attention the group and aggregate could easily
have been saved.
W h e n the impact moves left or right a flag down range will usually
explain the m o v e m e n t and it's easy to chase the shot. If your observation
says the shot should impact the group and it d o e s n ' t you have some work to
d o . U s e the sighter to find the indicator that explains that shot.
Adjusting to Changing Conditions

Several specific types of conditions could appear during the course of a
shoot. A match is a trigger pull when an overcast sky and very light breezes
let you aim at the same place for every shot. In these matches you feel
y o u ' r e losing ground on the leaders if the target c o m e s back a .229" at 100
or . 5 4 5 " at 2 0 0 . In equipment shoots like this take time to settle your rifle
completely. If a shot gets touched off with the crosshairs slightly out of the
group the target scorer w o n ' t let you try again.
Conditions g o from the easy trigger pull up to the most difficult. The
most difficult are rapidly swirling gusts where mirage keeps sighter and
record shots from being visible. Lots of different conditions are available.
T h e key to adapting to the days conditions is being aware of what's possible
during a relay, and what are the prevailing conditions. G o to the line before
your relay. Study wind direction and velocity, time the wind cycles. H o w
long does a gust take to switch, build, peak, decline, and switch. Would
you get off five shots? three? two? Pick the predominant condition and test
it on the sighter. S o m e t i m e s here are the good groups easily, although m u c h
of the time the shorter non-normal condition is gentler and gives the better
group. If that's the case y o u ' l l have to test your nerve and wait for it, and
wait, and wait. K n o w how long you can delay and still finish the string. O n e
minute forty five seconds, one minute, forty seconds? K N O W the limit by
testing with a stopwatch. I use an inexpensive Casio sports watch with a
built in forward and reverse timer in it. Have your stopwatch at the bench
and running during all matches. The range officer d o e s n ' t always give the
c o m m a n d s on t i m e . T h e stopwatch makes your willingness to wait calcu-
lated rather than a gamble. N B R S A gives no finishing c o m m a n d s other
than two m i n u t e s , one minute and cease fire. H o w can you wait those last
few precious seconds on a decreasing condition if you d o n ' t know how
m u c h time is left? W h e n shooting N B R S A matches I set the alarm to g o off
five seconds before the cease fire c o m m a n d . Then if I hear it I know it's time
to pull the trigger no matter what the wind is doing.
Repeat your observations and calculations during the day. T h e best time
killer during the five relays at the Super Shoot is to pick a few good shooters
from each relay. Select some w h o shoot the same bench rotation; watch
them through a spotting scope before your relay for invaluable information.
You can usually tell where they held each shot by following the sighter. I ' m
Paul Ryan shows off five tiny targets. On an overcast day with no wind the
biggest target isn't very big.
easy to watch. Before any record shots I'll test on the sighter. A n y t i m e a
record string gets interrupted there is always a sighter shot to check impact
before another record. Allie Euber is tough to watch, he's a good e n o u g h
wind doper he patterns the conditions early and d o e s n ' t always check the
sighter late in the relay, even when you know he's firing in conditions h e
h a s n ' t been using. Jerry Masker isn't a good choice, poor eyesight has
forced h i m to b e c o m e a marvelous wind doper w h o rarely goes back for
sighter shots. (Allie calls h i m one of the best wind dopers ever, high praise
indeed.) Lester Bruno shoots so many sighters you c a n ' t tell which m e a n
anything. I like to follow him anyway. H i g h d r a m a unfolds at the end of the
relay w h e n h e runs out of t i m e . Watching also gives the opportunity to
observe switches the shooter d o e s n ' t catch after they dip their head to the
scope. (Keep the off eye o p e n . ) You d o n ' t m a k e any friends though by
going u p to t h e m afterwards and saying: " B o y are you d u m b , I saw that
switch just before you shot". S o m e of m y other favorites to watch include
D o n G e r a c i , G a r y O c o c k , B o b W h i t e , Myles Hollister, PJ H a r t , D o c
M a r e t z o , Dennis Wagner, Lowell Frei and whichever cute entrants D o c
Palmisano brought.
T h e Tomball range near Houston, Texas is notorious for starting the day
left to right, out of the cool trees, and ending right to left, across the baked
flats. W h e n things switch figure out where your best group is and g o get it.
Compare the angles of the flags in these two pictures. Taken JO seconds
apart you can easily see the valuable information wind flags give to a
benchrest shooter.
Uncommon Wind Indicators

For the same reasons shooters go to the line early and observe prevalent
conditions you have to expand your focus to include some u n c o m m o n
indicators. I can still picture Phil Sauer at the 1982 IBS National. H e would
stand behind the line at Kelbly's, rocked backed the way he likes, with a
studious expression looking down range at the variables in the wind
pattern. (You can use big words like variable and studious when you speak
of an experimenter like Phil.) His study that year yielded the T h r e e - G u n
Crown.
T h e classic example of u n c o m m o n indicators has been repeated m a n y
times. A shooter waits for a strand of grass in front of the target to bend just
the correct amount and a winning group appears while those around him
shoot wailing wall rejects (also called shotgun patterns, weather reports,
@ # % * X ! V & * etc). Let's open our horizons even further. H o w many of
you look at the trees far up range on a gusty day to see when a calm will hold
for thirty seconds. This works at Kelbly's range in O h i o . Two groves of trees
several hundred yards upwind have helped me out on n u m e r o u s occasions
(this must mean the wind blows in O h i o if I've needed them on several
occasions). Camillus, New York is another range where the line of trees that
extends far u p w i n d can keep trouble at bay. Sitting next to Wally Hart in a
varmint match at Camillus I was happy as a c l a m waiting for a slack to c o m e

in. With no shots on record and time running down Wally suggested I
glance way up range. Looking up, trees were bent over from an approach-
ing cloudburst, fingers blurred, and the brass sparkled as it flew through the
air. T h e Black C a n y o n R a n g e north of Phoenix, Arizona has a big bore
range several hundred yards upwind. Those 20 foot high range flags are a
perfect indicator of conditions on their way.
W h e n y o u ' r e shooting on the down wind side of the range the best t i m e to
start a string is w h e n the flags from u p wind switch over and steady in the
angle and velocity y o u ' v e been looking for. T h e upwind range flags give
plenty of warning about intensity increases or decreases, all you have to
watch out for is reverses sneaking in from the back side.
A favorite tip is listening to the moans and groans of those around y o u . If
your neighbor screams, pulls his hair, curses, and throws his bolt d o w n
range d o n ' t touch off a shot. Let the gust, letup, or mirage boil settle and
throw a few sighter shots down range. (Speaking of throwing things - once I
left an M T M box, full of 6 B R cases, on top of the Camillus clubhouse roof.)
B e aware of the swirls and eddies around you. Breeze from behind h a s n ' t
had a chance to move flags but can be the most important on its influence on
bullet flight. Topography influences wind in the same fashion the ground
influences water. T h e r m a l influences dictate that conditions generally m o v e
downhill in the cooler evening, and morning hours. Then w h e n there's
e n o u g h warming the conditions tend to move uphill. This changeover
presents a completely different set of patterns for the shooter. By being
observant y o u ' l l notice a few other peculiarities. In a protected range like
Johnstown a light breeze moving from left to right will spill over the top of
the trees, then eddy back towards the base of the trees with a few m o m e n t s
of reverse for the first ten b e n c h e s , before the condition strengthens e n o u g h
to wash out the eddy and show left to right over the whole range. T h e s a m e
thing happens around large m a n m a d e objects. T h e Central Jersey r a n g e ,
Kelbly's, and N e w Braunfels all show the same effect. Boy does it drive you
nuts w h e n you d o n ' t know what's causing it, or when it's not readable.
Read this chapter several times. Understanding the effect of wind on a
bullet is the most important item in the book for a beginning accuracy buff.
O n c e you believe in the wind moving the bullet half the task of a good
aggregate is completed.
10
Wind Flags
M o d e r n wind flag designs, and the proper use of them, has been as m u c h of
the reason for todays excellent shooting as equipment. W h e n a shooter goes
to the range without wind indicators to put down range they are in essence
arriving with only one. T h e wind felt on the body is the only indicator to
rely on. Other objects down range can give small bits of information,
because of their movement in the breeze, but there's nothing quantifiable.
Shooting an accurate rifle without wind flags is playing a g a m e of c h a n c e .
Shots out of the group might be the fault of a gust which passed the 5 0 yard
mark just as the shot went off, or they might be the fault of the rifle.
W I T H O U T W I N D F L A G S Y O U ' R E W A S T I N G T I M E A N D EFFORT.
T h e chapters on shooting in the wind explored the physics involved in the
movement of a bullet. It explained that movement is quantifiable. Stronger
wind moves the bullet further; lesser breezes move it less. With wind flags,
sighter shots, and proper hold over, the modern shooter has a chance to
keep all the shots in a cluster even in tough conditions. Just using sighter
shots alone d o e s n ' t give enough information for calculated hold over. Has
the wind picked u p or decreased since that sighter shot of a few seconds
ago? By having wind flags out in front of the bench the holding decision is a
decision rather than a guess. W h e n y o u ' r e shooting a big match with lots of
flags it's easy to see approaching gusts, letups, or switches. Trained fingers
can easily insert the new round while you rotate your eyes u p r a n g e ,
d o w n r a n g e , then out in front. Look uprange for gusts which will arrive
before you get a chance to shoot; look downrange for switches which are
trying to sneak in the back door and influence a shot. L o o k out front for the
condition y o u ' v e been using and check if it's ok for another shot or if you
need to go back to the sighter.
Marcy Lyons adjusts a wind flag so it's visible in the bottom of the sight
picture. It's an easy way to see reverses after you dip your head to peer
through the scope.
Shooting alone at the range we d o n ' t get the full field flag coverage that
gives such a good read on the conditions. T h e absolute m i n i m u m anytime
y o u ' r e at the range is one flag 2 0 yards in front of the bench. O n e flag is
better than n o n e , but it leaves big gaps downrange for gusts and letups. I
prefer a m i n i m u m of three flags: one at 2 0 , one at 4 0 , and one at 7 0 yards.
T h e wind on your body is the fourth indicator so this set-up gives good
coverage right out in front. Think back to some of the things w e discussed
in the wind shooting chapter. Conditions have the most effect on bullet
flight w h e n the bullet's at its greatest rate of velocity loss, which is close to
the m u z z l e , this means the immediate flags are the most important. If
y o u ' v e got the time (and the flags) put out a flag 20 yards u p w i n d , and 20
yards d o w n w i n d of each of the main string. Extra flags give warning about
incoming conditions.
Wind flags c o m e in three main types with several possible variations and
combinations of each. T h e first type is the basic ribbon. Prepared from
three quarters to one inch colorful cloth ribbon, or bright orange surveyors
tape; ribbon flags are most usable in light, quickly changing conditions u p
to four or five miles per hour. A slight difference, either in direction or
velocity, in a trickling condition is quickly apparent to sensitive ribbon
flags. T h e s e flags are most usable in the first 100 yards of the range. After
100 yards small streamers aren't visible enough and can give misleading
information as to wind velocity and direction. To improve visibility, and
WIND FLAGS 79
reliably show direction, ribbons are added to wind vanes m a d e of light-

weight material like balsa. By painting these vanes a different p r i m a r y
color on each side wind direction changes are visible much further d o w n
range.
T h e second main type of wind flag is the " d a i s y w h e e l " . A daisy wheel is
an adaptation of the yellow plastic revolving daisy used for lawn decora-
tions. T h e molded daisy is removed from the simple bent rod on which it
had been supported. With the addition of a guiding wind vane out the back,
a bearing in the center of the daisy to spin on, a bearing on top of the
movable stand on which it rotates, and some black paint on three of the
petals to help show rate of spin, the shooter has a classy and reliable wind
indicator. Modified daisies c o m e into their own anytime the wind picks u p
past a slight breeze. T h e y ' r e highly visible when used in the second half of a
200 yard m a t c h , beating plain ribbons hands d o w n at the longer distances.
Combinations always seem to be popular with daisies, vanes, and
ribbons being added to the same stand. Like any other operation in life,
once we g o beyond a certain complexity the information derived might be
more confusing than helpful. On any mechanical flag simplicity, b a l a n c e ,
and accurate response is more important than anything. T h e worst types of
flags are those devised with pointers attached to some form of a p e n d u l u m
which is assumed to gage the level of the wind. A flat part of the indicator is
supposed to be pushed by the wind, point to a certain number, and attest
how far to hold over. Problems crop u p in actual usage since the winds
blowing across any outside range are never constant. These things start to
flap, (like a broken winged goose before a retriever latches o n ) , as soon as
the wind hits them. In a struggle between the relentless, consistent pull
of gravity, and the intermittent, fluid push of the breeze the wind never
wins out. Another serious design fault is daisy wheels where the vane isn't
large enough to accurately track the device into the wind. W h e n the wind
blows on a daisy where the petals have as much surface area as the vane it
gets the whole thing wiggling like a drunk on Saturday night. I guess the
flag o w n e r decided there was so much time and effort in constructing t h e m
they might as well put them downrange anyway, even though they give false
information.
Keep the indicators large enough to see at the distances where t h e y ' r e
placed. I ' m always amazed when I ' m walking d o w n r a n g e , placing flags at
the 75 yard m a r k , w h e n I see contraptions with tiny indicators and little
model airplane propellers in place of a daisy. Whoever's using them would
have to set u p a spotting scope on each one to get any usable information off
them that far from the firing line.
T h e third major alternative is the wind sock. I've always found tubes
difficult to read in light to m e d i u m conditions, but wind socks can put the
pancakes on the table during extremely windy conditions. W h e n the wind is
really screaming across the range light flags, and daisies, can be over-
7>vo 0 / f/ie popular styles for wind flags. A modified daisy and a streamer.
powered. Because of their 45 degree petal angle the daisies get to a certain
r p m and a gust c a n ' t noticeably accelerate them any m o r e . Light ribbons
d o n ' t give any useful information if they're stretched straight out from the
pole; here's the time when the sock will pay its dues. Small socks about
three feet long with a three to five inch opening will show the exact point to
trigger a shot. W h e n the sock fills and points straight out it will always
" b r e a k " at a certain wind velocity as the gust lets up. By watching the sock
for the correct directional angle, and triggering a shot just after the sock
breaks, y o u ' l l hold together a better group than anyone who's trying to read
an overpowered daisy.
Stand design is dependent on your requirements. If you have a backdoor
range like the one Ed Goff has the flag stands b e c o m e p e r m a n e n t . (Ed says
his shooting bench is right under the kitchen window - drives his wife nuts
every t i m e he triggers a shot just as she passes the window.) W h e n flags are
used at the local public range, or if you travel to lots of away m a t c h e s ,
something more portable than the Rock of Gibralter is in order. M u s i c
stands seem to be one of the popular, though more expensive, options. With
a triangular base that has r o o m for a rock weight strong winds w o n ' t blow
them over.
Several ranges of adjustment help fit the stand to the local topography
and get the flag u p to the bottom of the target, near the line of bullet flight.
Pointed metal tubes that can be driven into the ground are fine as long as the
WIND FLAGS 81
Here's an expensive flag with several design faults. The vane isn't large
enough to track steadily into the wind. A fixed pointer doesn't work when
the wind angle changes.
tip where the pounding h a m m e r strikes isn't the same place the pivot is
supposed to ride upon. For different height options build the stand in two
pieces, one shorter than the other, if it's possible. R a n g e s like Kelbly's and
Johnstown, N e w York have a crown in them between the firing line and the
targets. If your flags d o n ' t go low enough for the shooters on all the relays
they get placed on the ground by the referees. B o b A d a m o w i c z has m a d e
the most beautiful flags. With a large vane covered in heat shrink model
airplane wing material, his very sensitive and well-balanced flags never
lied to m e any time I used them. Problem w a s , on tall stands, at the
Johnstown range they d i d n ' t d o any good sitting flat after being pulled.
(Trying hard you could still read them on the ground, but it took one heck of
a gust to get the daisy to spin!)
O n ranges where shooters rotate benches between matches the rules state
flags must be below the line-of-sight to the sighter portion of the target. Hey
all you right handed shooters, r e m e m b e r us lefties shoot from the other side
of the bench. D u r i n g setup, when y o u ' r e checking through the s c o p e for
clearance, move the rests to the other side of the bench and m a k e sure it's
clear on that side. Cecil Tucker and I got acquainted at a Tomball match
when I put a 68 grain boat tail into his carefully machined wind flag. I had
switched the scope over from Light Varmint to Heavy Varmint and bore
sighted before the sight-in period. Cecil was shooting the first relay, with
m e following on the second. He had set u p his fine flags so they were visible
in the bottom of his scope. A n y o n e w h o has d o n e m u c h bore sighting

k n o w s it's easy to b e six inches off on the first shot at 100 yards. Well as it so
happened the beautiful machined head of Cecil's flag was six inches below
the bull on the sighter target. You know what happened - 1 fired that first
shot and it d i d n ' t hit the paper! Double checking the bore sight I put in a few
clicks u p and the next shot hit the bottom of the target. Continuing merrily
on, the group in great conditions was a nice tidy " o n e " . Cecil c a m e u p after
the first relay had shot its first record match and asked (with a scowl) " d i d
you shoot m y wind flag?" I d i d n ' t know this guy (Cecil's one of those big
Texas boys) all I knew was the first shot h a d n ' t hit the paper, it was too low.
Cecil's a good old boy and w a s n ' t really m a d (I think) when we got it all
straightened out. A s it turned out he picked up the pieces of his flag the next
break, sure e n o u g h there was a severe bend in the flag stand and a bullet
splash in the center of the flag head. W h a t a way to get introduced, since
then w e ' v e b e c o m e good shooting friends at the matches.
B o b W h i t e , Jim Novak, and I always had great fun designing playful
wind flags. A s a group we chortled and giggled like the characters in the
comic strip " C a l v i n and H o b b e s " while creating radio controlled flags
which would d o all sorts of wonderful things while the competitors were
waiting for the range officer to give the c o m m e n c e fire c o m m a n d . M y
favorite from one windy year at the Super Shoot was the daisy which would
spin so fast it would take off with a whoosh and climb into the sky. (Now
w h o would want to throw everyone on the line into a blue funk with a flag
like that! I would probably trigger that one when Fletcher Williams c a m e to
the line - just to see him spout.)
11
Mirage
Warren Page described trying for a good target when the mirage is running
as: " S h o o t i n g through the s w i m m i n g pool". A vivid description of what it's
like holding together a group on days when the mirage is m a k i n g it difficult
to see 6 m m bullet holes at 200 yards. You d o n ' t have to be in this g a m e very
long before running into a day where a 6 m m bullet hole planted into a 200
yard target ring is invisible. Days where it's at its worst, mirage m a k e s it
hard to see bullet holes at 100 yards!
Webster's Dictionary describes mirage as: "A reflection visible at sea, in
deserts, or above a hot pavement of some distant object often in distorted
form as a result of atmospheric conditions". T h e key words are the: " t h e
result of atmospheric conditions". In shooting w e ' r e concerned with the
fact that light passes through still air and liquids straight, but when it goes
through a combination of the two it gets bent. It's actually straight lines with
kinks where it hits different combinations.
T h e mirage we see through a scope is the deflection of light waves
passing through different densities of poorly mixed air and water vapor.
Differences in both density and humidity can cause changes. Cool air is
more dense than warm air, as the sun heats the air close to the ground it
moves upwards through the cooler air just above it. WTien it rises with n o
horizontal c o m p o n e n t s we get those nice little bubbles which cause the
sight picture to b o u n c e . With the addition of some wind drift there's lateral
m o v e m e n t as well. T h r o w n into the equation is the effect of different
humidity. WTien those " b u b b l e s " start to move they bring the moist air
close the ground with them. You want to talk about a good time to get
sighter suckered, this is it. There's so m u c h going on at the same t i m e the
condition never stays readable for two shots in a row. This misdirection of
The authors three smallest targets shot in competition, shown exact size. A
.074" at 100 yards; .134" at 200 yards; .520" at 300 yards.
light waves causes problems for the shooter trying to finish a good group as
the bull e x p a n d s , distorts, and bobs up and down like an apple in a water
barrel.
Tests on counteracting mirage by playing with optics have never proven
beneficial. Several devices with changeable irises which attached to the
eyepiece of the scope were intended to give some benefit by knocking out
the apparent mirage effect. Along the same lines many chose to switch to a
lower p o w e r scope during days of bad mirage. By switching to a 2 0 X or
2 4 X scope the reasoning was the bull would be more obvious since the
mirage w o u l d n ' t be as visible. These things were all proven to be a
detriment rather than a help. Use a 36X scope, invest in a couple of mirage
boards to show mirage flow direction, and shoot to the best of your ability.
T h e mirage board gives a good indication of the intensity of the " w a v e s " .
With a board in place on each side of the target you w o n ' t have to k e e p
switching your focus to the top of the target frame for an idea of the pace of
the mirage flow You c a n ' t hold for what you c a n ' t see. W h e n it takes a
group in the " t h r e e s " or " f o u r s " to win a 200 yard match n o w a d a y s , in
order to have enough information, you need that high powered scope to see
which side of the group is being impacted by the shots.
I can offer a few words of advice about what to do in bad m i r a g e . First is
to r e m e m b e r that a bullet losing speed faster is more wind sensitive. T h e
bullet is at its highest rate of loss right after leaving the barrel. Put the
MIRAGE 85
greatest weight into the wind and mirage indicators which are closer to the
firing line. M a n y of the rimfire shooters will have a spotting scope which
they focus on the mirage to help get a good read. S o m e of the things I've
noticed: there is often a lag between when the mirage flips over, and when
the flags show the change. I've always been a wind flag dominated shooter.
I'll pay attention to the mirage and m a k e sure it's flipped and is holding
steady, then wait for the wind to build so I d o n ' t catch a sudden reverse or
boil, then touch off the shot. It's always tough to k n o w where to hold on
days w h e n the mirage is running so heavy the bull looks like it's distorted to
two or three times its normal width. There can be horizontal, the left or
right push of the wind; and vertical, the bubbles of heated air, c o m p o n e n t s
in the sight picture. T h e only trick I've latched on to which has proven
consistent is to pay strict attention to the wind flags and d o p e w h e n to touch
off a shot. Since the mirage is distorting the bull excessively it's harder to
know exactly where to aim. Here's the trick: "Aim and shoot at the point the
bull snaps back t o " . Reread that last sentence and analyze it on a piece of
paper, then check it next time y o u ' r e at the range. Set u p on a solid rest and
look through the scope without touching the rifle: when the mirage is
running horizontally the bull seems to elongate and move in a direction
d o w n w i n d . Watching carefully you'll notice that when the bull stretches
d o w n w i n d it never goes to exactly the same point every t i m e , the conditions
effecting the sight picture are variable: they move it more or less depending
on strength. You'll also notice that when the bull snaps back at the end of a
particular push it seems to g o back to almost the same place every t i m e .
D o p e the wind off the flags and aim at that spot. It usually takes a little luck
but I've d u m p e d some great groups down range using that technique. T h e
best I can r e m e m b e r is a .080" group in Light Varmint at the 1981 IBS
Nationals in Johnstown. T h e morning aggregate was running a little slow,
by the time the fifth record c a m e around it was past lunch t i m e . With the
crown in the range Johnstown can produce prodigious amounts of m i r a g e .
T h e ground is so close to the line of bullet flight it's easy to get a bubble
through just as a shot is touched off. On the .080" I held where I thought the
bull was and touched off the shots based on the gently moving flags. There
was e n o u g h mirage running that through the scope the group looked like a
.150" when it was all d o n e , the mirage was distorting it to double its size.
Like I said it takes some luck, but good groups are possible in tough
conditions.
Days where the mirage is thick as pea soup put a test to the t e m p e r a m e n t
of any shooter. At 100 yards mirage is an inconvenience but it's usually
m a n a g e a b l e . It's at 200 yards and beyond where we all pull out clumps of
hair. If the rifle was sighted in earlier for 100 the switch to 200 i s n ' t too
difficult. It's the days where there's been a scope switch we get into trouble.
Be extra fine with the bore sight, and the only time I'll put one into a
stainless barrel, consider using a collimeter if there's no w a r m - u p match.
Two hints for what to d o when you c a n ' t see shots at 200 yards. First is to
watch through the scope for 15-20 seconds after the shot. Clarity will get
better or worse depending on the flow. Often it's a matter of waiting a few
seconds for a c h a n g e , then the shot b e c o m e s visible. T h e other thing to try,
especially if the first shot landed on a ring, is to shoot another with the same
hold. T h e next shot isn't likely to land smack in the middle of the ring
again, so it's visible. W h e n this disappearing act happens I'll shoot a c l u m p
of three to m a k e sure of point of impact.
Talk to everyone you can about how they d o p e the m i r a g e . Get bull
sessions going with your neighbor while y o u ' r e both looking through the
scope before the c o m m e n c e fire c o m m a n d . Read the mirage chapter in T H E
A C C U R A T E R I F L E and any other target shooting book. E x p e r i m e n t with
everything you learn, find which techniques give the best results, then
persevere. Remember, everyone else is having just as much trouble.
12
Practice and Competition
It's hard to practice for competition without an accurate rifle and load. To
really learn how to use the wind, flags, and sighter target the rifle must be a
shooter. For the best results you need confidence the combination is the best
available, otherwise, when it tosses a shot you w o n ' t trust the flags. That's
what you need to d o . Believe the wind, mirage, or hold is pushing out every
shot that d i d n ' t go into one hole.
Goals
At the beginning of every season, and before every m a t c h , set goals for
yourself. Early on, while y o u ' r e gaining experience, they must be achieva-
ble. I wonder if G a r y Ocock's ears are ringing but beating him in individual
groups was my first goal. By concentrating on him alone, and watching
group by group over a long period of t i m e , I had a few each weekend
smaller than his. If, every time you go to a match you only c o m p a r e with the
one who's winning it's discouraging. Realize the leaders will be different
each week and ignore them for a while. M y goals early on were to beat
Gary, B o b W h i t e , Jim Novak, Joe A m b r o s e , and his wife Joan. You know
about Gary, I was trying to beat the others because we were all loading
under the same tarpaulin and betting a quarter a group. It get's expensive
unless you win two groups a day. After reaching the first easy goals it's time
for something harder to achieve. In my case, the next goal was to win a
trophy at a registered match. M y first registered match was the wonderful
event the Stonewall Rifle and Pistol Club used to put on in Staunton,
Virginia: the birthplace of Woodrow Wilson, a nice little town of 2 5 , 0 0 0 .
An early April event has to be south of the snow line. That's where I got my
first taste of Mello Yello. (Well that was the mixer anyway. This stuff was
Jim Novak and Joan Ambrose show off a comfortable set-up for matches.
Trailers with awnings have lots of room for cleaning and loading areas.
similar to Rebel Yell, but it came in a clear bottle with a screw top.) With
only a Heavy Varmint rifle I was limited to shooting one class. A s it turned
out, in the grand aggregate I was 54th out of 55 shooters. M y small group at
100 yards was a .370", largest group was 2.670" (loose scope). Small group
at 200 yards was 1.151", largest was 2.860" (no loose scope, m a y b e a loose
nut) for a grand aggregate of .9980". I whitewashed a guy using a Tasco
scoped Remington 700 B D L in .22-250. Jeanne L y n n , one of m y favorite
shooters, was hot that weekend. At 100 yards she shot five shot groups of
.189", .221", .252", .389" and .303" for first in the range aggregate. At 200
yards she shot .615", .945", .784", .754", and .546" for another range
aggregate victory. After shooting a first and a first guess w h o won the
Heavy Varmint Grand Aggregate?
It took 14 grand aggregates before a trophy materialized. At the August
Mainville m a t c h , so I w o u l d n ' t sit around in the afternoon, I also entered
my 6 B R Heavy Varmint rifle in the Heavy Bench Class. Shooting every
week since April with B o b WTiite had shortened my learning curve. That
weekend in August all the practice, and week after week of competition
c a m e together with a nice .2622 range aggregate for a win in 2 0 0 yard
Heavy Varmint. Also won were the 200 yard Heavy Bench A g g r e g a t e , and
the Heavy Bench Grand Aggregate. T h e last trophy of the weekend was for
the H V / H B 2-gun. A .4596 H V / H B 2-Gun Aggregate out-paced B o b
Demonstoy and his second place .5551.
PRACTICE AND COMPETITION 89
T h e confidence from achieving attainable goals allows a shooter to set

higher goals. M y belief is to set several easy to accomplish goals, several
that must be worked for, and a few that are just unbelievable. T h e unbelieva-
ble ones are often accomplished after they're placed on paper and con-
templated during the year. New goals for this season have been staring m e
in the face since the end of the November. For a seasoned shooter goals
might include: winning a range aggregate, or grand aggregate. For a top
flight competitor it might be to do the same at a major. Winning the IBS
Three G u n C h a m p i o n s h i p and Rookie of the Year in 1981 gave m e the
confidence to set high goals for 1982.
M y 1982 goals were: to place top five in one class at the IBS Nationals,
and m a k e the IBS International Postal Team. To M a k e top 20 in the Three-
G u n , to set one IBS International Record, to win $100.00 at the Super
Shoot, to win a grand aggregate at a registered match. To m a k e Top 10 in
two of the three classes at the IBS 200-300 Yard C h a m p i o n s h i p s , to m a k e
Top 20 in all three classes at the IBS Nationals, and to achieve e n o u g h
points for the IBS Precision Rifleman Award. These goals are all achievable
for a hot shooter. I believed they were all a distinct possibility. T h e
outrageous goal for the year was to win all four range aggregates at a
registered m a t c h .
S o m e of these goals c a m e easily: the grand aggregate, a Light Varmint
win first match of the year at Staunton, Virginia. T h e $100.00 was a 200
yard .247" Heavy Varmint group using my 101/2 pound Light Varmint. T h e
IBS Record was oh so near. Three times targets went for official m e a s u r e ,
all three times someone else was a little smaller for the weekend and they
got the record. The goals for the Nationals were all met. T h e Precision
Rifleman award c a m e u p one point short, it had to wait for the second match
in 1983. T h e only goal really missed was the lofty o n e . Using that 10 1/2
pounder I won both Heavy Varmint aggregates at Mainville in J u n e , but
Light Varmint was third and sixth. That was the best effort for the season.
T h e worst placing for the year was at the Super Shoot. Using a . 22/45 with a
shell holder bolt face I was 105th and 107th in Unlimited (guess where I
finished? Wrong - 1 was 108th) 75th and 15th in Heavy Varmint for 31st in
the Grand.
For 1989 M y goals are: win a major, shoot a Light Varmint 100 yard
aggregate below .1600, set one record, Shoot a .1900 200 yard aggregate,
win $ 5 0 0 at the Super Shoot, and get four points toward the Benchrest Hall
of F a m e . Of course include the Grand Slam which has never c o m e closer
than three out of four. These are noble goals. I may not achieve half of them
but tough goals provide teeth gritting, fiery eyed, intensity during practice
and competition.
Goals lead directly into the next phase of practice and competition.
Mental preparedness. The goals provide a base from which to prepare for a
shooting session. N o matter how good a shooter is there will be days w h e n
Walt Berger, the NBRSA President, sets up for another small group.
all the shots d o n ' t go into one hole. To b e c o m e discouraged is an accept-
ance of defeat. Next to having an accurate rifle my largest concern before a
big match is mental preparedness and visualization exercises. I use a great
deal of visualization during the time I ' m not at the range. Here in Houston
we spend lots of time on the freeways. I watch flags on the highway,
tumbling w r a p p e r s , the mirage run off a car top, heat waves across a parking
lot. In m y mind I see the clunk of brass hitting a bench top, a fast reload and
crosshair alignment, a gradual wind change building, being held for, and a
shot in the middle of a bug hole. Fix in your mind that no matter what
happens this firing line is where you want to b e . If the group gets too b i g ,
well, that's part of benchrest. Perseverance when things a r e n ' t going right
will pay dividends later on in the match, aggregate, or season. 1985 is my
best example of mental preparedness leading to match success. That year
was a rough one for match attendance, the total for the year was only six
events. These included two Heavy Bench club m a t c h e s , the Super Shoot,
one registered match at Council C u p in J u n e , the IBS 200/300 yard
C h a m p i o n s h i p s at Mainville, and the IBS Varmint Nationals. Unable to
practice during the off w e e k e n d s , to do well I needed to get my head
screwed on before travelling to an event. T h e 100 yard groups showed h o w
the preparedness paid off. The whole season saw only one group that
measured .400" or above. There were more groups that measured less than
.200" than over .300". With a couple of "Official S c r e a m e r s " thrown in it
was a good year at 100 yards. T h e same results were evident at 200 yards.
Discounting the severe wind scouring the range during the 200/300 Na-
tionals in Heavy Varmint, 24 out of the 39 200 yard groups that year were
less than .700". For the first time since 19821 went into the IBS Nationals
having confidence I was about to win a major event. That feeling was the
first step to winning the Light Varmint/Heavy Varmint 2-Gun.
Whatever your level of skill, and experience, include having fun in any
list of mental preparation. We enjoy this g a m e for m a n y reasons. Let's
compare it to a m a r r i a g e . In the union of two there must be love to carry on
when infatuation and lust diminish. If we include fun in Benchrest it carries
us through the years in the beginning when the trophy's are few and far
between. It helps k e e p us humble when the pieces of flesh and steel act in
unison to produce record groups, and winning aggregates. A n d it again
carries us in our later years when the trophies are few and far between. A r t
Blensinger, Dan Hufnail, John B u n c h , and H o m e r Culver have been fine
shooters for many years. I guarantee they have fun shooting the bull, and
the bullets with their friends.
Never put the bulk of your practice into the beautiful conditions found
early in the morning and late in the evening. These super conditions are fine
for verifying the load is accurate, but they d o n ' t do any good for c o m p e t i -
tive practice. I've only heard of one or two times where a match was
delayed because of too m u c h wind or rain. Before the change of rules, w h e n
you were disqualified if a shot went outside the border, there were 38 out of
52 shooters disqualified at one 200 yard match. I shot a 300 yard Light
Varment target, in Canada, where all five bullets hit outside the border.
There was another time in gusty, switching, winds where I was holding
shots on either side, outside the 200 yard border, and praying they would hit
somewhere on the paper. These are extreme examples, but they show you
must be aware of how to handle some rough conditions. Real terrible
conditions create a perfect time to maintain a competitive e d g e and m o v e
u p to the top of the list. M y good friend Bobby Hart, of Robert W. H a r t and
Son in Nescopeck, Pennsylvania, c a m e through in 1985 with an IBS 300
yard Heavy Varmint Championship, by persevering when others had given
up, on a windy weekend at Mainville. His 300 yard five shot groups
m e a s u r e d 3 . 0 5 0 " , 2 . 0 5 2 " , 1.783" ( m a y b e he s h o u l d get an Official
Screamer patch for that o n e ) , 4 . 3 8 3 " , and 2 . 7 5 5 " . With those groups he
won! O n e of m y friends, a Hall of Fame m e m b e r from up north, shot a
group within 1/2" of either side of a 10.5" target. I shouldn't m a k e fun, I
D Q ' d on the first record match and followed that u p with groups of 2.964",
5.200", 3.952", and 6.700". What a weekend, I wasted a perfectly good
2 . 9 4 5 " on the warm-up.
Small groups and aggregates are the sum of many correct choices. In
competition these choices c o m e easier if they have been previously ob-
served in practice. During practice sessions use a stop watch to estimate the
Sometimes everything goes right. Glenn Newick shows off the IBS Three-
Gun Trophy he won in 1981.
t i m e to reload and get back on target. R u n o n e , two, three, four, and five
shot strings; check each against the twitching second hand. Be smooth in
every phase of loading, and aiming. Get the cases close to the loading port,
be comfortable so it's not a stretch to reload. Gradually build speed to get
the shot string off in one condition. Use good technique while reloading,
train both hands for speed. To include both hands to their best advantage the
fastest action style for a right hander has a right handed bolt with a left
handed loading port. This style has an added advantage with the loading
port right in front of your eyes.
D o n ' t lever the bell of the scope while opening the bolt, if you need
leverage put your t h u m b on the mount. To get back on target quickly disturb
the rifle as little as possible in the bags. If the neck sized cases are too tight
and require excessive pressure to open or close the bolt, full length resize
just e n o u g h the bolt opens and closes easier. Even when y o u ' r e hurrying a
string be positive the crosshairs are exactly where they're supposed to b e .
O n e shot thrown will spoil the other four, no matter how good they are. T h e
most c o m m o n saying at any match is: " T h e first four were in a b u g hole".
S o m e t i m e s muzzle blast in the vicinity, for one reason or another, causes
one of those shots to step out of the group. Notice the rhythm of the shooters
on either side. If there's plenty of time you can d o several things. O n e of the
easiest if you can rapid fire is to wait till your wing m e n have finished their
string, otherwise time your shots in between theirs. W h e n I ' m running out
The wailing wall hears the same words over and over: "I had the first four
shots in a bug hole". Dwight Scott and Paul Johnson peer at some of the 200
yard groups at the Cactus Classic.
of time I pay no attention to anything but fast sighter shots, faster reloads,
and analyzing the flags for where to hold the record shots. Think back after
finishing one of these rushed groups. The level of concentration you
achieved probably blocked out all the outside distractions. With no influ-
ence from the shots and talking around you the group probably held
together. That's the level of concentration y o u ' r e trying to achieve in the
important groups.
Bench etiquette d e m a n d s some c o m m o n courtesy. If y o u ' r e done with
your group, d o n ' t play with the sighter, in the last minute, while the next
bench is struggling to put the last shot into a group. D o n ' t yell out: " L o o k at
the bug-hole on bench e i g h t " while someone is trying to finish out a group.
They have enough pressure as it is.
You increase the worth of your practice and build skill as a m a r k s m a n by
calling each shot before, and after, it's fired. Estimate how m u c h the wind
will move the bullet whether y o u ' r e on the sighter or record. Be aware of
the position of the cross hairs when the shot is fired. Factor in the position of
the wind flags, call the shot, and y o u ' v e gained valuable insight. An added
advantage is, calling shots increases the level of concentration achieved
during the string. Continue using this valuable tool during practice and
m a t c h e s , it keeps you sharp and on your toes.
Informal practice sessions where you shoot non match-grade c o m p o -
nents d o e s n ' t d o anything but burn up the barrel. I've seen shooters w h o
shoot Nosier or Sierra match bullets in practice. Thinking t h e y ' r e saving

money is the reason I've heard. It's foolish to practice with anything but the
best available. Others use an old 6x47 or .222 for practice saying t h e y ' r e
saving their " m a t c h " gun for competition. I can guarantee the guys w h o
win the next match have set up top of the line equipment and c o m p o n e n t s
for practice. Pay the piper one way or the other: buy another good barrel for
your good rifle, or use an accurate practice rifle, but shoot the best y o u ' v e
got. In the 1940's and 1950's it was lots harder for a shooter to get his
equipment into top form. He had to struggle to get a barrel that shot the way
any o n e of our current match grade barrels d o . Back then it might have
m a d e sense to " s a v e " the one good barrel, it had a much shorter accuracy
life than current barrels, that tube might not have been replaceable.
Pick a Condition
I like to have an idea of which condition I'll shoot before arriving at the line.
Watch the flags and verify the condition is still around while setting u p the
rests and waiting for c o m m e n c e fire. Check the mirage and m a k e sure it's
following the actions of the flags y o u ' r e watching. Tony Boyer has a
c o m m o n house key, mounted on a pivot, on the front of his case block. To
decrease the possibility of confusion Tony flips the key in the direction of
the mirage when h e starts a string. If your condition has been staying long
e n o u g h , or is coming back quickly, test with at least two shots on the sighter
at the beginning of the relay. If the fouler and sighter are exactly where you
expect t h e m , if the wind up range is showing the same steady flow, go
ahead, start the group and run off as many shots as possible. At 100 yards
and in great conditions at 200 yards I always look for a condition that gets
two shots touching on the sighter. T h e only time I cut out the two shot
touching rule is when the conditions have been snotty all day and big groups
are the n o r m . T h e n , if the range officer says c o m m e n c e fire just as a c a l m
settles in I'll fire one fouler to see where the group will impact in the calm
and go immediately to the record target. That first record shot is in essence
another sighter since you can see if it hits where the fouler landed. If the
placement is ok I'll run my fastest string and try to finish before the wind
picks up. S o m e t i m e s this is the way to steal the smallest group of the day. If
that first record shot was off in outer space, stop, check on the sighter and
try to hold the group together with some picking and running in the bad
conditions. It's worth a try to get a good group off in that brief calm. If the
days conditions are really rough you probably d i d n ' t hurt yourself too
badly.
O n a normal day if the first two sighter shots d i d n ' t touch or if one of
them stepped out, against what the flags told you to expect, there's still
plenty of time to pick and choose a good group. T h e smallest groups c o m e
when you d o n ' t have to hold very far. If the first shot is on the bottom of the
Notice the competitors concentration during set-up. Irene Fazio, Dennis

Wagner, and Rex Reneau study the conditions.
moth ball and the sighter shows the new condition needs two bullets of hold
over it's easy to end u p with a group in the . 3s or .4s rather than a . 1. It takes
experience to find the days best condition, but, T H E M O S T I M P O R T A N T
T H I N G F O R S M A L L G R O U P S IS STARTING IN T H E R I G H T C O N -
DITION.
In decent conditions d o n ' t force the first or second shot if there's plenty
of t i m e . We can all shoot five shots in a minute or minute and a half. W h y
shoot a big group in the first two minutes of a relay and leave five minutes
for sitting at the bench and looking at the mess you m a d e out of your target.
W h e n that happens it usually means the last three minutes of the relay will
be the best calm of the day.
While y o u ' r e practicing or at a shoot be observant. O n c e in a while orient
your focus outside the loading bench. In Kelbly's big barn I like to get u p in
the middle of the reloading process and step outside to see if the wind
tendency's changed in the few minutes since the end of the relay. W h e n it's
an outside reloading area, if y o u ' r e out of sight of the range flags, you can
always observe trees, grass, and debris as the conditions stir them.
By keeping track of general trends it's m u c h easier to adapt next time you
shoot. If you know the wind is changing over from left to right after being
the other way all m o r n i n g it's easy to be confident and start a group in this
new condition. A n y time y o u ' r e at the range for a practice session set u p
flags and wind a stop watch; run practice just like a real match. Fire a fouler,
test the dominant conditions early, use the sighter and flags for real. Find
out which ones aren't lying to you. Watch a flag 20 yards out. D o e s the shot
move further out during a pick up? D o e s it c o m e back into the group as it
lets up? Test angle changes on the head winds. D o e s a shot move into the
wind when c o m p a r i n g a 9 o'clock breeze with an 11 o ' c l o c k head wind
that's stronger? H o w about vertical from that 11 o'clock head wind? Did
you know that with direction being constant, the only c h a n g e in intensity,
angled heavy breezes working on the rotation of the bullet can give you a 4 5
degree slot: it's similar to Nolan Ryan throwing a curve ball. If you test that
new zinger without flags, what have you learned, nothing happens except
burning powder, hurting the dirt in the backstop, and shortening the life of
the barrel.
If the 2 0 yard flag isn't consistent look further out. This is a perfect time
to find the flag that's showing the bullet deflection. W h e n a shot steps out,
after that 20 yard flag said it should drop into the group, immediately look
d o w n range and find the flag that explains the movement. Is there some
special piece of topography y o u ' v e missed that's letting an uninhibited
breeze influence the shot? Unless the Virginia gang puts u p their 20 foot tall
wind flags Mainville is m u c h tougher to shoot on the right side with its big
hole. Painted Post has only a few places to put wind flags close to the bullet
path, it looks like a moto cross track with b e r m s , j u m p s , and water
(sometimes they use a motorcycle to change targets). Council C u p can
influence shots meaningfully after 100 yards. They have an open area where
the wind whistles down and moves the bullet more than you would think.
Midland in a blow can be one tough mother. Take a walk down range
sometime and look at the clear shot the wind has at your bullet. Howard
Dietz's N e w Braunfels range, Central Jersey, and Kelbly's all have signifi-
cant m a n m a d e structures that change the wind patterns. If y o u ' r e lucky
enough to test on the same range where you will compete it's a big
advantage.
Get used to measuring and recording every practice group. If y o u ' v e
never measured groups before it's a simple thing. First you need an accurate
dial, or vernier, caliper. Rest the target on a flat surface where there's plenty
of light. Glance at the target and decide which line presents the widest
distance between shots; if the group is a triangle where both dimensions
look the same y o u ' l l have to measure both directions. Rotate the target so
the group runs left to right, open the caliper and carefully place the left
handed jaw so it's exactly touching the outside black of the left hand bullet
hole. Press down on the left hand jaw so it d o e s n ' t move while you gingerly
open the right hand jaw till it exactly touches the outside of the black of the
right hand bullet hole. Lift the caliper and read the measurement to the
nearest .001". Since w e ' r e looking for the distance between the center-to-
center of the widest shots, subtract one bullet diameter from that measure-
ment. For example: a 6 m m group which measures .467" outside-to-outside
If you're ever going to shoot a group in the zeroes this is the time. A barely
moving flag tells you to shoot a good one.
gives a final measurement of .467" - .243", or .224". A nice group at 100

yards.
B e c o m e familiar with the different pitfalls that await you during a match.
Work out what to do if the c o m m o n ones occur. A bullet stuck in the throat
when you try to remove a live round can be knocked out with a cleaning
rod. S a m e goes for a fired case in the chamber with a weak extractor. Be
careful with both of those situations, the powder that falls out of a full case
usually puts the rifle out of commission. Jef Fowler keeps a rifle patched
out, with loaded rounds ready, behind the line at big matches. A case neck
that pulls off in the c h a m b e r puts the rifle out of commission in a hurry. U s e
a clean, tight, brush on the end of a cleaning rod to remove the separated
neck. Insert the brush with a twisting motion, slowly twist it in - then out, to
catch and remove the neck. Sticking the brush straight in - then out of the
c h a m b e r j a m s the brush if the bristles go as far as the rifling. Since brushes
are set up with oversize bristles to get better leverage on deposits they are
bent over slightly when they get to the bore section. Sticking the brush
straight into the c h a m b e r at the least can b e c o m e frustrating, and at the
worst might cause things to b e c o m e airborne (now w h o would throw
anything just because the range master just said " o n e m i n u t e " ) .
If you insert the primers backwards, leave them or powder out, seven
minutes is plenty of time to run back, reload a few rounds and finish the
group. Boy, do the components fly when that happens. W h e n there are only
a few minutes left and you find a row without powder or primer, there isn't
time to trot back to the loading area, ask a shooter w h o has finished to loan
you their rifle to complete the group.
T h e most important thing practice gives is familiarity with wind flags,
sighter shots, and conditions. I'll repeat this over and over again throughout
the b o o k . W h e n the shot steps out, look immediately and find the flag
which shows that movement. M a k e excuses after losing shots and y o u ' l l
never catch up to the hot shooters. Speaking of hot shooters, no matter how
good you are, this is a sport of individuals. Be h u m b l e , be a good sport.
K n o w the rulebook and look for opportunities to give a struggling c o m -
petitor any help allowed within the rules. There's been ten or twelve times
I've loaned a rifle for someone to finish a group, and m a n y more times I
helped spot shots for s o m e o n e encountering trouble getting on target after a
scope or barrel change. Be aware of those around you and help m a k e
someone's weekend. In all my several hundred matches I've only o n c e run
into totally uncalled for unsportsmanship. M a r g e M a s k e r and I were
mingling with a group at the end of a days shooting, during the 1985 IBS
Nationals, when a competitor I nipped in the 2-Gun charged up and put his
foot d e e p inside his mouth with a ridiculous statement. WTien winning
b e c o m e s so important c o m m o n sense and decency g o out the window,
something of great value in the sport has been lost. G o out of your way to
k e e p your conduct in line with the rules of good sportsmanship.
T h e difference between a fun shooter and a champion can be great. T h e
fun shooter can have most of the basics of equipment and style d o w n , but it
is consistent application of the fundamentals which makes the c h a m p i o n .
T h e champion will be a diligent student of the sport. They study the things
which m a k e small groups, and aggregates, then practice till they are
ingrained. Equipment is tested and scrutinized till it's as perfect as they can
get it. Any match in a reasonable distance, and some which a r e n ' t , gets
attended. There's no free ride, hard work is the only way to get to the top.
It's a tough challenge but any shooter with enough desire can climb to the
pinnacle.
13
Light Varmint
Arriving at a weekend's 2-gun match with only a light rifle creates no

disadvantage for the competitive shooter w h o has his technique d o w n and
can hold a light rifle the same for every shot. Correctly m a d e 10 1/2 p o u n d
Light Varmint or Sporter rifles will shoot to the same level as a 13 1/2 pound
Heavy Varmint, there should be absolutely no difference in the accuracy
potential between the two. Because of the small powder charges burned by
the current 6 m m benchrest wildcats a 101/2 pound rifle, shooting a 68 grain
bullet at 3300 fps, has a recoil of only five foot pounds. With a shoulder
t h u m p substantially less than any of the normal hunting calibers a shooter
can remove his hold as a possible source of error. You can "free r e c o i l "
these light rifles and not pound yourself silly over the course of a weekend.
Bruising was the case in the days before the P P C when shooters like Jim
Stekl and B o b White used 10 1/2 pound .308s for all three classes in a
weekends Light Varmint, Sporter, Heavy Varmint 3-Gun aggregate. For
years I've shot the skeletized C P S aluminum stock free recoil. T h e only
range where recoil became a problem was in Mainville, Pennsylvania.
Mainville uses the best of all bullet traps, a mountain. Only problem is;
because of a lack of flat areas the range is build on a slope. T h e 300 yard
target butts are on an incline over 9 0 feet above the shooting bench. Rifles
aimed at a target that far above them get a little help from gravity w h e n they
recoil from a shot. That little 1/2" wide butt stock on the Light Varmint
raises a bruise when it gets that kind of a running start. W h e n e v e r I shot a
return-to-battery gun at Mainville it tried to recoil into my lap on every
shot.
T h e typical light rifle can be made of the same c o m p o n e n t s used to m a k e
up a Heavy Varmint. There are different versions of stocks, actions, and
barrels which are made a little smaller to weigh less for the 10 1/2 p o u n d
classes. Since the advent of fibreglass stocks, internally adjusted scopes,

and light weight actions much of the penalty for the three p o u n d difference
between Heavy and Light Varmint has disappeared. There are two main
schools of thought about how to produce a competitive light rifle: s o m e
gunsmiths think longer barrel length, and the velocity it p r o d u c e s , is the
secret to m a k e a competitive light rifle. They'll use a slimmer tube and
m a k e the barrel 23"-24". T h e other school of thought is to use the m a x i m u m
allowable dimensioned " m a x h e a v y " Heavy Varmint barrel and shorten it
to m a k e weight. These gunsmiths believe the way to good groups is through
the stiffness of a heavier barrel. Belonging to the group w h o believe
stiffness gives more than length takes away, light rifles in m y gun chest use
max heavy barrels in the 20 1/2" length. Threaded into a light weight
aluminum/steel action like the M C S or Stdlle, dropped into one of the
featherweight Kevlar or graphite stocks, topped by an internally adjusted
target scope like the Leupold 3 6 X , these stout barrels m a k e weight without
any p r o b l e m . Proof is in the pudding as they say. In the instance of choosing
and shooting a competitive light rifle the pudding could be anything from
pistachio to banana c r e a m . There have been multitudes of rifles built, either
longer and more slender, or shorter and fatter, which have been winners.
T h e original Hart Stainless Steel barrel for my I-beam Light Varmint was
a prize from the 1981 Super Shoot. 106th place in Heavy Varmint just
happened to be the lucky position. After seeing the quality of the prize for
106th I stopped complaining about shooting four groups in the threes and
one group of .807" at 100 yards. Neither will there be any angry remarks
about the barrels performance: shooting it as a 6 P P C in both Varmint
classes for the next year and a half it totaled 33 Grand Aggregates. T h e last
week-end the barrel fired with that c h a m b e r was a Heavy Varmint Light
Varmint match at Camillus, New York. Six out of the 12 five- shot groups at
100 yards were below .250", small group was . 142". At 2 0 0 yards five of the
12 groups were below .500", small group was .355". T h e bore had seen
innumerable rounds, it looked like an alligator for the first several inches.
There was so m u c h copper attaching to the bad section: patches c o m i n g out
of the barrel w h e n it was time to go back to the line were bright lime green.
That year Al Shipman had travelled over from G e r m a n y to get s o m e
practical experience in benchrest and shoot in a couple m a t c h e s , he dragged
Wally Hart to Camillus, they were loading together next tent over from m e .
I took those green patches to Wally and asked his opinion. H e said " I f they
are showing that much green and the rifle is shooting so well it must m e a n
the solvent is getting out most of the copper". Even with 4 0 0 0 + rounds
through the barrel it buried a 1.362" 200 yard mistake (saying it was a
mistake is being polite) and won the 2-gun with a .2707 2-Gun A g g r e g a t e .
M i k e Toth cut off two inches and put in a new chamber. At 181/2" it will still
win any match where I read the conditions and point shots in the right
direction. Chronograph testing this barrel at the shorter length shows a 6 2 . 5
UGHT VARMINT 101
Another time a nice guy finished first, Phil Sauer shows off the 1982 IBS
Three-Gun trophy.
grain bullet in front of 2 7 . 8 grains of H 3 2 2 , in a blown out .220 Russian

case, achieves 3150 fps.
Several s h o o t e r s believe familiarity and c o n s i s t e n c y build w i n n i n g
scores. Most of us c a n ' t spend the time to get several rifles to the peak of
their form for every match. It's easier to have one rifle to focus on; without a
division of effort the end product is better. In IBS matches where both 100
yard Aggregates are shot on Saturday, and both 200 yard Aggregates are
shot on Sunday, using only one rifle puts you in top form for the afternoon
shooting. Point of impact is exactly where you want it- there's no adjusting
the scope, then going right into the match - understanding of wind and
mirage effect on that exact combination puts us in top form from the very
first match in the afternoon. By restricting ourselves to only one rifle the
cost of competing is pared significantly. Only one new barrel gets fitted at
the beginning of the season. N o need for several scopes to gather dust while
they sit in the gun cabinet. There is a famous old saying: "It's better to wear
out than rust out". Never is this more true than in benchrest. Unless w e ' r e
fortunate and shoot every weekend there's not at all enough time spent with
the rifles in the rack to b e c o m e completely familiar with all of t h e m . S o m e
of the best tack drivers I've seen were ones someone tired of. New shooters
picked up these " t h r o w d o w n s " for m u c h less than the cost of new, and
proceeded to whip the old owner as soon as they learned to dance with the
wind. In Houston one of the best ways to buy a shooter for less than full
price is to purchase a used benchrest rifle from Richard Warwick: they were
originally built with the best c o m p o n e n t s , they haven't seen e n o u g h wear to
be tired, and they all shoot like a house afire. I bought an old black rifle in
6 P P C from Ed Joiner a few years ago at the Super Shoot. It w a s n ' t fancy:
glass stock, Hart Barrel, and 2 oz. trigger, on an accurized 4 0 X sleeved
action. Dr. John Stafford of Houston got it from m e for something on the
order of $ 5 0 0 . It took him half a year or so to realize the wind was pushing
the bullet while it m a d e its brief sprint for freedom. Then he t h u m p e d
everyone at a Lake Charles, Louisiana Heavy Varmint match with a 100
yard range aggregate in the .l's. A s is usually the c a s e , his first gloating
words after j u m p i n g up and down were: "You want to buy it b a c k ? "
For a new shooter interested in benchrest I strongly suggest they enter the
g a m e through the used equipment route. It takes anywhere from one to two
years of shooting before a new benchrest shooters ability is up to the
capability of a brand new benchrest rifle. By purchasing a used rifle the new
participant gets free use of a rifle over that learning period. W h e n they think
it's time for a new rig that used gun can be sold for almost as m u c h as w h e n
it was purchased, better yet; put on a new barrel. Since there's a large chunk
of change in the rest of the equipment needed (like rests, b a g s , flags, and
loading tools) buying used to begin with spreads the investment out over a
few years. Buying that first gun as a Light Varmint lets you get twice as
m u c h shooting for half the cost.
I believe that anytime I go to the line with a light rifle there is a definite
chance to win either of the Varmint aggregates. For the first three years of
competition finances were such there was never enough money for a second
36X scope. I had that old 6 B R for Heavy Varmint and the I- B e a m 6 P P C for
Light Varmint. T h e first few matches in 1982 I would set u p the 6 B R with
the scope, shoot the mornings Heavy Varmint aggregate, switch the scope
over to the light rifle in the afternoon, and shoot the afternoons aggregate.
In the evening the scope was put back on the 13 1/2 p o u n d e r for the next
morning. It was the scope switch for the 200 yard afternoon match which
got exciting. T h e mirage would be boiling, combined with wind m o v e m e n t
the sighter target rings would j u m p and d a n c e , the range targets w e ' r e
supposed to use to sight in on have lots of holes in them by then so it's
impossible to tell which are yours. S o m e t i m e s on days with bad mirage you
c a n ' t even see the holes at 200 yards. After a few scares, having problems
getting sighted in at 200 yards, I stopped switching scopes and rifles. T h e
6 B R went back in the closet; the light rifle shot both aggregates.
Ranges typically run a few minutes behind after the mornings event. If
there are only two relays and the range crew decides to start the afternoons
event immediately after the finish of the mornings aggregate you g o crazy
trying to clean the mornings g u n , get out the loading tools for the different
case, load u p some new rounds, clean the afternoons g u n , switch scopes,
LIGHT VARMINT 103
Faye Boyer: one of the toughest competitors in benchrest.
and get to the line on time. I've seen people w h o dropped out of the
afternoon's event because they c o u l d n ' t get ready in t i m e .
T h e smallest groups I've ever fired at 100 and 200 yards have been shot
with a light rifle. Two years in a row I fired the smallest 100 yard group at the
IBS Nationals. A .080" in 1981, and an .093" in 1982. The smallest group
I've ever fired in competition was at the 1985 Super Shoot. T h e I-Beam put
a .074" d o w n r a n g e , it came within .001" of being small group of the match.
O n e of the Italian visitors shot a .073" to take h o m e the gorgeous coaster set
for small group at 100 yards. 1985 was also the year for my smallest 200
yard group. I've already related the story of shooting the last two shots in a
reverse to hold together a .134" five shot group. W h e n the dot in the target
stays as small as that after several shots I ' m glad a doctor isn't taking my
blood pressure and pulse. Surely they would both be off the top of the scale.
Several times competitive shooters have used their 10 1/2 pound rifles for
all three, or all four classes at the Nationals. B o b A d a m o w i c z of Holden,
Massachusetts, creator of the X P I S M S system (XP100 integral scope
mounting system, a machined device with the sleeve, and rings all out of
one piece of a l u m i n u m , mated to a Kevlar stock) used his 10 1/2 pound
6 P P C to win the IBS Heavy Varmint, Light Varmint, Heavy Bench 3-Gun
Aggregate in 1984. Friend, and always tough competitor Turk Takano used
his varmint rifle the same way. His statement was: " T h i s is a really good
barrel, it will shoot as well as anything else I could have brought, on ten
shot groups it's very fast." Whichever method you use to m a k e a light rifle
k e e p it in balance. W h e n a rifle gets nose heavy, it moves inconsistently on
recoil and group size suffers. With the I-Beam C P S and its light skeletized
butt this is especially important. B o b White had to resort to d o w n w a r d s
t h u m b pressure on the bar behind the trigger to get his to shoot. I've been
lucky, never had to put any external pressure on mine to get good groups out
of it. C h e c k the rifle with a sensitive scale to find out where the center of
gravity will b e . T h e barrel of a light rifle will weigh four or five p o u n d s . If
it's too far forward of the front rest support point accuracy will degrade. If
the rifle is nose heavy try different bag positions, see if moving the front
rest forward brings down the size of the groups.
Shooters struggling to m a k e weight on certified scales lead to s o m e of the
best antics of the weekend. Benchrest gunsmiths keep accurate scales in the
shop to m a k e sure the rifle will make weight before it goes out the door. It's
the changing of c o m p o n e n t s which gets you in trouble. M y Light Varmint
rifle weighs exactly ten pounds seven ounces. T h e addition of a sheet of
paper for a mirage shield moves the weight into the one ounce allowable
variation. If the rifle was set u p with light weight rings and n o butt plate the
changeover to heavier rings or the addition of a rubber butt plate would put
most rifles over the limit. If it's the first time the rifle has been weighed on
certified scales there are a few things to remove to try and m a k e weight.
Most obvious is to check and see if the bore guide is still in the action! I ' v e
seen people rip apart their rifle when it was just an extra piece putting t h e m
over weight. T h e n one at a time remove the scope c a p s , scope mirage
shield, scope sun shield, and the scope adjusting knobs. If you still h a v e n ' t
m a d e weight, but are close, try taking off the trigger guard and the bolt stop
if it c o m e s out. O n e of the older heavier L y m a n scopes could b e switched
over to a Leupold 3 6 X , or the lighter 2 4 X . Anything else is m o r e drastic. If
that still h a s n ' t d o n e it and you really want to shoot get out a hack saw and
remove an inch from the butt stock. Hacksaw blades d o n ' t d o anything but
work u p a sweat if the stock is m a d e of Kevlar. There's a true story from the
days of wood stocks where a famous shooter c a m e to a match with a new
rifle which d i d n ' t m a k e weight. H e got out a hatchet and proceeded to c h o p
off the cheek piece! Before going to such drastic m e a n s as the hacksaw try
borrowing a spare gun from someone on the line. Get the range officer to
explain the predicament over the loud speaker, there's sure to b e s o m e o n e
w h o will help.
If there are any complaints about shooting one light rifle in both classes it
would have to be fouling buildup and case stickiness by the end of 2 4
matches. Pushing 68 grain bullets as fast as we d o it's only a matter of t i m e
before the barrel starts to build u p copper fouling. Solvent only gets half an
hour to act on the copper before we patch out and spin more bullets d o w n
the tube. W h e n shooting the rifle in one class there are only five or six
groups before it gets a major cleaning at night and again the next day.
LIGHT VARMINT 105
Solvent sitting overnight should remove most of the built up copper fouling.
If the rifle is used in both classes the time in use goes up to ten or twelve
groups before the major cleaning. By the end of the weekend it would have
to be a good barrel not to foul with copper. T h e second problem is also from
hot loads. D e p e n d i n g on shooter preference, and their aversion to tight
cases, 24 firings before resizing might be too long. I've never had a problem
shooting the same cases several weekends between resizings. T h e load I use
seems to get the cases, and the bolt, to a certain level of effort (stickiness)
and then gets no tighter. Again, it all depends on the load you u s e , the
pressure it develops, and whether hard closing bolts bother you.
T h e Sporter class has outlived its usefulness in its present form. Origi-
nally the Sporter Class was developed to get the serious shooter working
bullets larger than .224", and the case designs to shoot it accurately. T h e
standard rifle in the 10 1/2 pound classes is the same for both Light Varmint
(where any caliber is permissible) and Sporter (where the bullet must be
. 2 4 3 " or larger). A s of this writing there have been several serious attempts
to get the Sporter class rules amended so the class is back to its initial
purpose. That is - the breeding of experimental rifles and case designs.
Otherwise nice guys have shot down any attempt at a change of the rules
whenever it's been on the years agenda. T h e y ' v e been so adamant as to get
moratoriums placed so n o rule changes can be submitted for the next
several years!
T h e Sporter class needs to carry on its tradition as a test bed for the other
classes. A few suggestions for what to do with the class s e e m to m a k e
sense, a few aren't as valid. Most of the proposals have been in the areas of
weight or caliber restrictions. I ' m not happy with the advocates of the
weight restriction c h a n g e . I've seen several sample which incorporated all
the lightweight technology available; one weighed less than six pounds
with a scope. Using a light weight stock, aluminum/steel action, and fluted
barrel there w o u l d n ' t be any need for experimentation, we would have
created a light-Light Varmint class with no change in technology required.
T h e change which makes the most sense is to g o to a larger caliber.
Originally, in the Sporter class it was difficult to shoot good targets. Bullets
were the out of the box type from a couple of the big manufacturers. For
many years the only case which had any success was the finicky 6 X 4 7 . It
took many years for Sporter class rifles to achieve any respect. With the
advent of the 6 P P C the only rifle most shooters use in the 10 1/2 pound
classes is a Sporter. N o w it's time to take another giant step forward. Let's
d o the right thing for our sport and make the m i n i m u m caliber for Sporter
class .257". Bring back the experimentation!
Created in 1960, at the insistence of Col. Townsend W h e l e n , the Light
Varmint and Heavy Varmint classes have steadily increased in popularity
till they've taken over the role of top dog in benchrest competition.
14
Heavy Varmint
Heavy Varmint, the most popular class, is the backbone of competitive

benchrest shooting. T h e 1988 Super Shoot, with almost 280 entrants in
Heavy Varmint, was held over the Memorial Day weekend at George
Kelbly's North Lawrence, O h i o range. Being centrally located the Super
Shoot is usually the best attended of the years major matches. Warren Page
stated back in 1972 that the current rifles, and the shooters behind t h e m ,
w e r e n ' t capable of 1/4 minute of angle aggregates over the 100 and 200 yard
course of fire. (This means averaging .250" for five groups at 100 yards and
averaging .500" for five groups at 200 yards.) W e ' v e m a d e great strides
since 1972 - both in equipment and in shooting ability. The Super Shoot is
an exciting event since it gets a great majority of the countries notable
shooters together in shoulder to shoulder competition. If you do well at a
match this important you deserve to be proud.
At the 1988 Super Shoot Joe Kabel had his shooting stick rounded into
shape in the 100 yard Heavy Varmint aggregate. He shot a .336" group in the
warm-up, it was good for a 139th place tie. Joe's first record match was a
.254" group, that gave him 63rd place. T h e second record was a nice .142"
effort, it gave him fourth place for that match. The third record group was a
.192", another fine group giving a tie for 20th. The fourth record group
yielded a .269" score, good for a 65th place tie. T h e final record group
measured .249" and a tie for 41st. Looking at these scores, all shot in windy
conditions, we see the formula for a winning effort. Joe shot his biggest
group of the day on the warm-up, so it gets thrown away. On this windy day
every group stayed below .300", then he threw in two targets in the . l ' s to
lower the aggregate to .2212. C o m p a r e this score to the figure for Joe
Bernard, one of m y favorite Canadians (have Joe tell you the j o k e about the
guy w h o had his arm replaced). His scores were .499" on the warm-up, then
Jeff Stover sets up a 10112 pounder for a Heavy Varmint match. Well done
light rifles shoot every bit as well as the heavier rifles.
All", .323", .431", .236", and .199". Joe's worst placing on any record
match was 207th for his .421 on the first match (this m e a n s his .421" beat
over 7 0 shooters, you know the day was windy). His best placing was 15th
for the . 199. Remember, these groups were shot in tough, windy, conditions
- the two groups in the fours were well below what s o m e people were
struggling with. A g a i n , the two small groups pulled the aggregate d o w n to
a respectable .3220 m o a effort and 90th place overall, still in the top third.
Kelbly's range has 60 benches: with a line that long there are lots of wind
flags spread out to give a real good indication of wind patterns, with 280
shooters broken up into five relays there are always a few w h o get a little
calm to lay down for them while running a string, and catch a good group.
That day my small group at 100 yards was a .136" on the fourth record, it
only netted fifth place for the match. Small groups appear at every well
attended m a t c h , even when it's generally snotty. T h e match winning scores
for 100 yards were Larry Baggetts .125" for the warm-up, the first record
B o b Broyles shot a .085" group (Brad Rosenthal was second with a .086",
sometimes it's just not your day) new shooter Kit Jansen decided to m a k e
her presence felt, she won the second record with a .113" group, Fred
Sinclair shot a .113" to win the third record, Paul Mitchell was the victor in
the fourth with a .111" cluster, and Michael Haines cracked the " z e r o e s "
with an .097" for the fifth record. Every one of these groups created a 5-shot
hole in the paper not m u c h larger than a standard pencil eraser, a dime easily
HEAVY VARMINT 109
covers any of t h e m with lots of room to spare. On a windy day it's a tribute
to the skill level of todays marksman that these tiny groups still appear. For
the largest match winner to be Larry's .125" makes a significant statement.
O n e tiny group could be a fluke, which is the way the old timers of the 4 0 ' s ,
50's, 6 0 ' s , and early 70's spoke about little groups like these. The day is
here w h e n a big event like the Super Shoot requires a group approaching the
" z e r o e s " to be a match winner.
In a Grand Aggregate the 100 yard competition is often considered the
warm-up, you want to stay close to the leaders, but you d o n ' t need to b e in
first place. 200 yards is the true test of the competent shooter and the 2 0 0
yard conditions the next day were easier to figure out. Lowell Frei of St.
G e o r g e , Utah shot 200 yard groups of .563", .547", .433", .438", and . 4 7 8 "
for an admirable 200 yard aggregate of .2459 m o a . W h e n added to his
second place from 100 yards Lowell had a Grand Aggregate of .2336 m o a .
It seems the day Warren Page knew was in the future has arrived, not only
has the 1/4 minute of angle rifle and the 1/4 minute of angle rifleman truly
arrived, several people have stayed under .2500 for a 2-Gun aggregate!
Let's c o m p a r e Lowells scores with another Canadian. Paul Burns shot a
.3856 aggregate that day for 85th place at 200 yards. You know the
conditions were laying down a little bit when you see his .792" group on the
w a r m - u p was only good for 189th place. T h e record string included groups
of .475", .755", .893", 1.014" and .719". His .474" target was good for 21st
place, the 1.014" target was 148th place. Another good example of the need
for perseverance, d o n ' t quit after shooting a group over an inch at 200
yards, the conditions are undoubtedly rougher than earlier in the m o r n i n g ,
everyone else is having a tougher time also. Pauls .719" target in the fifth
match helped k e e p his placing in the top third for the 200 yard R a n g e
Aggregate. To win a match trophy that day you had to stay in the " t w o s " .
Howy Levy won the w a r m - u p with a .204", John Eaton won the first record
with a .222", Dennis Wagner won the second with a .232", Tom Peria was in
on the third with a .214", Rex Reneau got the fourth with a . 2 5 8 " ( C o m e on
Rex, you shot the biggest match winner, you'll have to try harder next year)
and the fifth match went to Merlin Hubbard with a tidy .238". Just like the
100 yard match winners we see the same story. All of these 200 yard groups
would be completely covered by a d i m e !
T h e 13 1/2 p o u n d weight limit in the Heavy Varmint class lets the shooter
build just about any configuration and style allowable in the rules. There are
a few generalities in the top of the line Heavy Varmint rifle's c o m p o n e n t s .
All use a stainless steel match grade barrel, all use synthetic stocks (Bob
D e M o n s t o y - a lumber mill operator - for several years shot a wood stock
with a b u m p e r sticker on it saying: " W o o d Is Beautiful", last I saw even he
had switched over to synthetic) all will use a two ounce trigger, 8 0 % have a
custom single shot action, and all will be topped with a high power scope
somewhere between 25 and 4 0 power (with an 8 0 % preference for the 36
The big matches get most of the countries top shooters together in shoulder
to shoulder competition. Unlike other sports; rookies can compete in the
nationals.
power). In the 1987 Crawfish Invitational at Lafayette, Louisiana only one

of the top 20 Heavy Varmint finishers used a modified commercial action
(the commercial actions used in the Varmint classes include the Remington
4 0 X , XP100, 6 0 0 , and 700) only one used a scope of less than 30 power. In
the 1987 Super Shoot's top 20 there were four modified commercial
actions, but only one scope below 36 power.
Using an aluminum/steel two inch wide C P S action with an R & M
Precision Kevlar stock and 24" Hart stainless steel max heavy barrel I still
had to add a pound and a half of lead in the buttstock to get u p to the weight
limit. Shooters from the 60's and 70's had to worry about the weight of the
wood stock and the weight of the heavy scopes then available. W e ' r e lucky
now: without the struggle to shave ounces it's easy to get a Heavy Varmint
to shoot well.
In the Light Varmint class we made a decision whether we wanted a
skinny and long barrel or a fat and short barrel. In the Heavy Varmint class
we d o n ' t have to m a k e that decision, synthetic stocks allow us to go fat and
long on the tube. A " m a x h e a v y " barrel (made to the m a x i m u m allowable
dimensions) can still be 22" to 24" without going over the weight limit. T h e
Heavy Varmints extra three pounds of rifle weight gets recoil down around
four foot p o u n d s for a normal load. Four foot pounds is light enough that all
but the frailest can shoot'free-recoil without bruising. W h e n y o u ' r e trying
to get your wife interested in shooting start her off with the Heavy Varmint
HEAVY VARMINT 111
and its light recoil; it's a lot easier convincing s o m e o n e they're having fun
when they aren't getting socked on every shot.
If y o u ' v e never had a custom gun built and can afford to buy new look
over the line at a benchrest match, check out some of the rifles, ask
questions about various shooters likes and dislikes, write u p a list of the
c o m p o n e n t s you think will m a k e up the perfect rifle for y o u , show the list to
a few of the competitors for their suggestions, then go ahead and order a
custom rig.
For the gunner whose only interest is in shooting for fun at his range on
w e e k e n d s , and participating in one or two local matches over the year, the
Heavy Varmint is the best choice. It's slightly easier to shoot the heavier
rifle. A little more forgiving, they ride the bags better, and are steadier than
10 1/2 pounders. By being more charitable the heavier rifles achieve better
groups for the shooter whose technique is still a little ragged. For some
recoil sensitive shooters the heavier rifle helps the flinch a bit. M y friend
Jim Williams works here in Houston at a local sporting goods dealer with a
rifle range attached. He gets to step out his door, walk 10 p a c e s , and he has a
place to shoot. T h e problem is, the dealer offers a service to hunting types
w h o need their big boomers sighted in. Jim is forced to sight-in lots of
rifles, including hundreds of big m a g n u m s all the way u p to bruisers like the
.378 Weatherby, over the course of the season. E l m e r Keith would have
loved it, but a skinny guy like Jim takes such a pounding it b e c o m e s hard to
exorcise the flinch later in the year - even with light recoiling P P C s . For Jim
the three pound difference helps him shoot better in Heavy Varmint.
15
UnlimitedIHeavy Bench
Heavy Bench is the foundation on which competitive benchrest was built;

until the institution of the Varmint classes in 1960 Heavy Bench was the
only g a m e in town. T h e big gun that our fore-fathers cut their teeth on in the
sports first decade and a half was likely an 18 pound, slab of wood stocked,
M a u s e r 98 action rebarreled to a wildcat Gregoire barrel. T h e .219 D o -
naldson was the cartridge of preference when stuffed with hand m a d e
bullets, or the accurate pills from several of the manufacturers. T h o s e w o o d
stocks were one of the limiting factors in the accuracy potential in the rifle.
Todays glue-ins all but eliminate grouping problems caused by bedding.
T h e M a u s e r 98 and its contemporaries had such a small bedding area the
rifleman w h o wanted the best performance was required to re-bed before
every match, and sometimes overnight between classes! Gale McMillan
stated it's a shame the old days are gone. H e said, because of the new stocks
and their removal of the bedding problem you d o n ' t have to be as competent
to be a good shooter or a benchrest gunsmith a n y m o r e .
I c o u l d n ' t disagree more strongly. T h e best days of benchrest are now,
and the revitalized Heavy Bench class is helping lead the way. T h e original
purpose of shooting groups was to test new ideas and get the best accuracy
out of the equipment. It states right in the IBS rule book, the purpose of the
organization is: " T h e development and encouragement of uniform c o m p e -
tition to achieve extreme accuracy in firearms, ammunition, e q u i p m e n t ,
and shooting methods". T h e N B R S A rule book has a similar statement. It's
in Heavy Bench where most of the experimenting is going on today.
I d o n ' t agree with all the developments from the last few years, but we
w o n ' t know where the outside limit of rifle accuracy is if we place artificial
c o n s t r a i n t s on the a l l o w a b l e e q u i p m e n t . Crawford H o l l i d g e w r o t e a
benchrest article in 1962 bemoaning the fact they were allowing m e c h a n -
The late Nate Boop shot a 300yard 10 shot group of .675" with a 101/2 pound
rifle! Now that's what I call shooting.
ical rests in the class. H e thought the gadgets were " r u i n i n g " benchrest.
S o m e things never change. An example to point out why we want a class
without restraints is to look at what happened to the 12 Meter sailboats.
They, along with a lot of the other racing sailboat classes, have been
developed to where the boats try to be rule beaters rather than the best
sailboats. Every sport needs a class where there are no outside limits,
otherwise there's no future; only stagnation.
Heavy Bench guns fire 10 shot groups in a 12 minute time span. Ten shot
groups at 2 0 0 yards can be one of the most frustrating m o m e n t s y o u ' l l ever
run into. With a little mirage and some switching wind it w o u l d n ' t matter if
you had all day, the tight little group is elusive. It's happened several times
where I wanted to stop a group after seven or eight shots. T h e existing hole
would be in the "zeroes", and you know the last shots to finish the record
group would obliterate the tiny hole.
There are several styles of rifle used in the Heavy Bench class. T h e first
would be the varmint weight rifle with a varmint sized barrel that's fired
because the owner d o e s n ' t have a heavy gun and wants to participate (the so
called " R a t G u n " ) . There have been a few surprises over the years when the
light gun shooter got hot and pasted all the big boys to the wailing wall.
T h e second style of Heavy Bench gun is one Dave Brennan popularized
several years ago. It's called " c r u i s e r " weight. Take a Heavy Varmint,
c h a m b e r up a straight taper 1.250" barrel and shoot it off bags like a big
UNLIMITED RIFLES 115
Unlimited benchrest rifles are the ultimate for tack driving accuracy. Rail
guns return to the same aiming point after every shot.
varmint gun. It can really get to work on the days where mirage and quick
switches screw the return-to-battery shooters into the ground. T h e straight
barrel easily handles the extra heat from ten shot groups and a few extra
sighters. Seely Masker's shot a fat barrel on his 4 0 X for years. I was a
referee one weekend when he got hot, and signed a 100 yard group he was
submitting for official record measurement. As I recall it was a ten shot
group in the order of. 129". One benefit from shooting a cruiser is its speed
during switching conditions. With a sloped buttstock sighter shots are
quick, then movement back to the record happens before the condition
switches again. The biggest advantage I can see for this style rifle is for the
older, smaller, or physically challenged shooter. Since the rifle weighs half
what a full big gun weighs it's easier to man-handle over the course of the
weekend. I remember Homer Culver, a great Heavy Bench shooter, c o m -
ment at the end of a long weekend he was never going to haul his thirty-five
pounder around again.
T h e next step up in equipment is to a true " b i g gun". It will be purpose
built for the Heavy Bench class. T h e average weight for this style is in the
30-35 pound range. The butt will ride on a flat rear sandbag, typically there
will be a rod set into the flat bottomed butt, the bar creases into the rear
sandbag and provides some measure of guidance and tracking, yet still
easily deflects to hold off quickly in switching conditions. T h e fore end is
also wider than on the varmint rifles, inletted steel bars ride on a synthetic
or wood plate attached to the normal front pedestal top. A groove in the
plate, or any of a number of variations, gives positive lateral support and
straight tracking on recoil and return to battery. These rifles are great when
there's no mirage running and quick changes in aim are required. T h e full
return to battery guns t h u m p them easily when there's enough mirage the
shooter d o e s n ' t get an accurate resight after a shot. M y biggest complaint
with this style of rifle is their lack of cams to go between record and sighter
target easily and quickly. The one I shoot has to be moved from record to
sighter and back again with the screw threads of the star-wheel on the front
pedestal. It's much too slow to use the sighter target effectively in switching
conditions.
T h e last style is the true " U n l i m i t e d " rifle. It's another purpose built
gun. Usually on a machined slab of I-beam, sometimes with two piece
mechanical rests, sometimes with one piece mechanical rests these " i r o n
m o n s t e r s " have given this sport most of it's recent experimentation. Several
years ago the class rules were changed making one piece mechanical rests
legal. There has been a surge in interest in the full return-to-battery rifle
because of these rule changes. With full return to battery capability the
competitor i s n ' t screwed by mirage effect on the sight picture. W h e r e the
bag gun shooter must resight after every shot the rail-gun shooter throws
the rig forward to its stop, reloads and touches the trigger for another
perfectly aimed shot. Rail- guns can be reloaded and fired quickly. Ten shot
strings in 35 seconds are easy. Turk Takano can get all ten off in 25 seconds.
That's so fast the moving backer might not register all the shots at 100 yards,
subsequent bullets with a little left or right drift can double into previous
holes and cut a slot, resulting in disqualification if all the shots aren't
visible. T h e advantages of return-to-battery go out the w i n d o w when the
conditions w o n ' t stay the same for any two shots. With the flags switching
like crazy is when the bag shooter cleans up.
Average weight for the competitive big guns run in the 30- 4 0 p o u n d
range without rests. T h e rests can easily double the weight of the rig, the old
Ferguson front rest was over 25 pounds all by itself. B o b A d a m o w i c z of
Holden Massachusetts shot a big gun with a weight system that brought
overall weight u p to 125 pounds. T h e extra weight d i d n ' t make it perform
any better, in fact it shot better in the 50 pound range. T h e P P C and its
contemporaries develop only a few pounds of recoil, with my thirty one
pounder the rifle only moves six or seven inches after a shot. At a match
where we have to rotate to a new bench after every target anything over 50
pounds is too heavy to lug between benches. Any rifle that weighs 4 0 or 50
pounds should have a pull-along golf cart to move them from the car to the
bench, or between benches.
Several gunsmiths and small manufacturers started producing c o m p l e t e ,
ready to shoot, unlimited rifles with one piece rests. T h e Hall Unlimited
Rifle, by Bill Hall is the gun with widespread use. For a reasonable p r i c e ,
UNLIMITED RIFLES 117
considering the amount of work in o n e , a shooter can have an unlimited big

gun that is absolutely the top of the line for rifle accuracy. That's a heady
thought, there will be no rifles in the entire world with better accuracy, only
some which are its equal. The prettiest rig is the set-up John Jones of
F r i e n d s w o o d , Texas builds. A massive affair machined out of a l u m i n u m ,
John has built one of the most accurate guns available. His limited produc-
tion of a few guns a year is snapped up instantly. Buying a used return-to-
battery, or bag gun for the Heavy Bench class is a good way to get into the
event. If y o u ' r e interested in shooting this class a used rail gun can be
purchased for roughly half the cost (or less) of a new rifle. Just because it's
not new d o e s n ' t mean the rifle's not accurate. I used to bird dog for B o b
White. W h e n I saw a rifle or tool at a good price at one of the matches I
would run over, get B o b , and set him on the seller (set upon is an
appropriate term, B o b is a tenacious bargainer). At the Super Shoot in 1983
someone was selling a return-to-battery .308 with a two piece Ferguson
rest. B o b bought the rifle for a good price. Fred Finlay picked it up from
Bob and let me use it in the 200/300 Nationals that year at Mainville. At 2 0 0
yards the largest ten shot group the rifle shot was a .899". There w a s n ' t a
single group at 200 yards with a bullet out of it; each group was round and
pretty. That rifle pounded shot after shot into a cluster at the longer
distance. Not shabby performance for a used rifle w o u l d n ' t you say? Jim
Novak had the same experience, Frank Obrochta put a for sale sign on his
big gun one year, Jim looked it over, and if I r e m e m b e r correctly bought the
entire rig for less than $ 4 0 0 . It was another rifle that shot group after group
into one hole. Benchrest doesn't have to be expensive, I've proven long ago
that ugly equipment can shoot just as well as the pretty stuff, look around a
little bit and buy smart.
In the 1988 Super Shoot, to win a 100 yard match trophy in Unlimited it
took fancy ten shot groups like the .175" target by Bill Brawand, the .160"
group by Russ B o o p and the .183" effort by Jeff S u m m e r s (any of these
groups would be a welcome addition in a five shot Varmint m a t c h , but to get
them in a ten shot match is amazing). Jeff won the 100 yard aggregate by
averaging .2876" for his five groups. At 200 yards it was just as incredible.
Russ B o o p was hot the whole weekend and won another match with his
.553", Jerry Masker stunned the crowd with a .390" ten shotter (with that
Jerry d i d n ' t win the small group trophy, and check; M i m i Cauvin from
France slapped a .386" downrange). Brad Rosenthal produced a superb
.461", and Paul Johnson snuck in with a tremendous .402" group. Perry
Morton won the 200 yard aggregate with a .3872. This translates into five,
200 yard, ten shot groups averaging .774". To show you the level of any one
of these lofty groups; I've been shooting Heavy Bench in competition since
my first year and my smallest ten shot groups are .194" at 100 yards and
.530" at 200 yards.
T h e Heavy Bench class helps any shooter interested in the lighter classes.
Having to keep ten shots in a cluster is more difficult than keeping five tight.
A shooter will b e c o m e a better wind flag reader, and a better wind doper by
striving for close groups with a big gun. Since you w o n ' t usually get ten
shot groups off in all the same conditions it forces you to use the sighter and
hold for shots. Holding into a pickup becomes second nature in the ten shot
groups. With it's non existent recoil there's no reason anyone c a n ' t enjoy
themselves in the Heavy Bench class. Even better practice for the light
classes is to shoot a Heavy or Light Varmint rifle in the Heavy Bench class.
T h e ten shot groups really get you in touch with the rifle, its load, wind
effect, and quality of your segregated brass.
Ever since Chas. W. Rowland shot his .725" ten shot blackpowder group
with a .32/40 in 1901 the benchrest world has been trying to better it. It
looks like the day is here when in good conditions we can consistently beat
that effort. I wonder what C . W Rowland could have done with modern
benchrest equipment, and techniques.
Seely Masker has shot cruiser rifles in Heavy Bench for years. With them
he's won at the national level, and set a record.
16
HUNTER RIFLE CLASS
Two different styles of shooting make up competitive benchrest. T h e first

type is group shooting: the shots aren't required to impact at a specific
point, hitting anywhere in the legal area a group would get the same
measurement. The second type of benchrest competition is Hunter C l a s s ,
where shooting is for score. Hunter Class targets have a circular target with
an X dot, then ten, nine, eight, seven, and six point rings. Hunter rifles are
fired to hit the ten ring in the center of the target, with the X dot used as a tie
breaker.
Rules for the class are designed to ensure the rifles have something in
c o m m o n with the rifles which we take into the g a m e fields each year.
M a x i m u m allowable weight is ten pounds and the cartridge must have at
least the powder capacity of the .30-30. Bullets of 6 m m or larger are
allowed, but obviously, the larger the hole a bullet punches the more points
an identical shot will catch. Working safeties (no longer required in
N B R S A Hunter Class) and magazines which hold at least two rounds are
required. M a x i m u m scope magnification is only six power. You might ask
why these limitations like six power, magazines, and working safeties. T h e
class was originally designed so the average shooter, with the average
hunting rifle, would have a benchrest class in which to participate. By
getting their feet wet in a class which was easy to get into, there was a
chance they would b e c o m e interested, work on their equipment, loading
technique, and shooting skills in the hunter class, then move on and
b e c o m e involved in the group shooting classes. There have been quite a few
group shooters w h o followed this route. Some have stayed primarily in
hunter class, some shoot only in the Varmint classes, but all keep their
interest in score shooting.
Hunter events are the easiest to put on. Not needing moving backers; small
clubs can easily run a match.
Pure Hunter Class rifles, built specifically for target shooting, can still be
used as g a m e hunting rifles. For years the woodchucks in New Jersey got
chased by my 6 H L S . With a 68 grain benchrest bullet spun in their
direction there were a few w h o wished they had slept late in the morning.
Similarly, Ralph Council of Houston, Texas has shot his deer every year
with a short .30 caliber he calls the .300 Council. W h e n a rifle's capable of
.250" to .500" groups every time it's shot from the bench it's easy to drop a
whitetail at 150 yards with a neck shot.
Case designs of all sorts are used in the hunter class rifle. T h e big b o o m e r
which probably gets more rifles built for it than the others is the .308
Winchester. By using a tight necked reamer, with the body set for the
m i n i m u m dimensions of commercial brass, the .308 has punched lots of
250 scores over the years. T h e most accurate load for the full sized .308 is in
the range of 39.5 to 41 grains of H 4 8 9 5 . Loaded with the Sierra 168 grain
Match King and spun down a 14" twist stainless steel, match grade, barrel
.308s will put their shots into the ten ring any time the shooter reads the
conditions correctly. If there's any drawback to shooting the full length .308
in hunter rifle competition it would be the recoil developed. Shooting the
.308 usually means holding on to the rifle during recoil. There have been a
few w h o shoot full .308s free recoil. It definitely loosens the fillings over
the course of a match when you try that one. Marcy Lyons of Louisiana,
w h o does shoot a .308 free-recoil, commented that it makes up for the pain
HUNTER RIFLES, HIT THE DOT 121
when you look through the spotting scope and see a pin wheeled lOx staring
back at you. Holding firmly onto the . 3 0 8 , having good form and the ability
to take the generated recoil, hunter shooters can get a ten every t i m e .
Cases which generated less recoil, with better accuracy, have been in
development since the mid 1970's. T h e first two m i n i m u m capacity cases
developed for 6 m m bullets were the 6 X 2 5 0 Savage, and the 6 H L S . With its
body taper causing excessive bolt thrust with heavy loads the 6 X 2 5 0 fell out
of favor. T h e various versions of the 6 H L S have stuck around and are still in
use by many hunter class shooters. The style of 6 H L S used most c o m m o n l y
is to cut the c h a m b e r with a 6 m m Remington reamer held short in the order
of .300" -.320". Brass is formed from .22-250 or .250 Savage base cases.
Test a few lots and use the base brass which measures more consistently in
the case head and the neck. T h e cases for my 6 H L S are m a d e out of
Winchester .22-250 brass. Using hand held neck sizing and bullet seating
dies the cases have over a hundred shots on each case without losing a case
to a split, or separated, neck. Velocity with a 68 grain bullet is in the 3250
fps range with H 4 8 9 5 , and up to 3500 fps with 7 6 0 . The best scores with
my rifle have all been shot with high velocity loads using 7 6 0 .
Roger Gower, the premier IBS Hunter C h a m p i o n , and a host of others
have been using the 6 X 4 4 . The 6 X 4 4 , another m i n i m u m capacity 6 m m , is
made by running the 6BR reamer in long. A good example of the benchrest
theory of getting the best accuracy from a short, fat, case. Brass is formed
from small primer U R B R brass (.308 brass with a small rifle primer and
annealed further down the neck) or from the Federal Match .308 brass with
its large rifle primer.
Most of the recent development in m i n i m u m capacity cases has been in
the form of short .308s. There are quite a n u m b e r of reamers in the hands of
gunsmiths which shorten the .308 case so it develops less recoil for the
recoil averse, yet it still punches that .308 sized hole to catch all the points
and X's possible. I set u p my Remington 700 6 H L S with a switch barrel for
one of these short 30s. Ralph Council has a version he calls the .300
Council. Using his hand swaged, 109 grain, 30 caliber bullets the cartridge
develops much less recoil in comparison to the full bore . 3 0 8 . E n o u g h less
recoil that I can shoot it free recoil. Of course it still t h u m p s you a lick, but
it's bearable.
Match Strategy
In group shooting we found the condition to run a shot string in by
experimenting on the w a r m - u p target. Testing the prevailing condition,
testing the reverse, testing slack periods we would find that the non normal
reverse condition would often be lighter and yield better groups. In hunter
competition it's still a good idea to test the conditions, but, since it takes
longer to resight the rifle between record shots, and between sighter shots
(record shots are fired at two columns of bulls eyes, with the sighter bull in
the lower right corner), this resighting to different points on the target uses
quite a bit more time than would be used in shooting for a group. Usually it
m e a n s there isn't enough time to run a string of shots during a light reverse
condition. You'll find the target is easier to finish if you set up to fire record
shots during the prevailing condition.
You'll shoot more tens by treating each bull as a separate match. W h e n
your condition c o m e s back go ahead and fire a sighter before the record shot
is fired. Concentrate on trying for an " X " on each bull; if the shot misses by
a little bit it's still a ten, if you were only working for a ten, and missed by a
little bit, it could b e c o m e a nine.
T h e type of shooting, either for group or score, a competitor gets into
depends on the preferences of the local clubs, and those within reasonable
driving distance. If the club just down the road hosts both types of matches
it's easy to try both with your o w n or borrowed equipment and decide which
you like best.
Shooters in the Northeast have the best of both worlds. In the Pennsyl-
vania, N e w York, New Jersey area there are many benchrest ranges within a
couple hours drive. It's when y o u ' r e off the beaten track where the local
range preference b e c o m e s more important. If you live near Porcupine,
South D a k o t a , y o u ' r e lucky, there's a range close, but if y o u ' r e in Moscow,
Idaho y o u ' v e got a major haul to get in any competitive shooting. I got my
start in the Northeast. From m y central New Jersey h o m e there were
e n o u g h close ranges to shoot benchrest matches 19 weekends in a row one
summer, and a total of 38 for the year (it should be obvious this was before I
got married!). T h e only ranges which were further than a four hour drive
were Painted Post at five h o u r s , Kelbly's at eight h o u r s , and Stittsville,
O n t a r i o at eight hours. With two drivers that's as far as I'll travel for a two
day match where I c a n ' t take travel time off from work. Varmint class
shooters like Dennis Wagner, Rex Reneau, and Lowell Frei really want to
be the best competitive shooters they can b e . They'll set up vacation t i m e
for travel to the big m a t c h e s , and spend the rest of the weekends shooting
and preparing for the big events. That's one of the reasons the three of t h e m
have so m u c h success in the major matches: they've focused on t h e m for a
long t i m e , they're not running off to a different match every weekend and
spreading themselves thin.
W h e n long distances are involved, and the shooter c a n ' t travel to the
matches several states away, find out which event the closest range runs and
build equipment for it. Another choice is to start your o w n benchrest league
and run hunter matches. It's easy to attach a benchrest section to most rifle
clubs and run a couple informal matches each year. Hunter class is the way
to g o when y o u ' r e first starting to run matches. T h e y ' r e usually one day
events, the average match might only take four or five h o u r s , there's no need
for the complexity, and expense, of moving and stationary backers, and the
HUNTER RIFLES, HIT THE DOT 123
The range master runs the show. With a clock, a loudspeaker, and a spotting
scope Howard Dietz oversees a smoothly running match.
changing of targets is simple. Since there's only a single shot per bulls eye
one person can run the entire small scale match. Especially w h e n you first
start out, try to interest other club members to participate in " s h o o t what
you b r u n g " matches. W h o k n o w s , they might enjoy it enough to build first
class e q u i p m e n t , and y o u ' r e on you way to having other shooters to travel
with to the long distance matches.
Hunter class involves all the same processes as the Varmint classes. You
have to buy or build a gun. W h e n the rifle is prepared it's time to tune the
load to the individual barrel. Matching of the brass, bullet, and powder in
combination with learning to shoot with good bench technique, and hold-
ing shots into the wind, helps you b e c o m e a better shot. Whether y o u ' r e
interested primarily in the varmint or big g a m e fields, or in moving u p to the
competitive ranks you'll appreciate the experience.
With the rules requiring a safety and a magazine the most popular action
is the Remington 7 0 0 . Any of the benchrest gunsmiths can rework the 700
and true it up for accuracy work. They will check the threaded areas, and
true up the screws so they are perpendicular. Just like in any of the other
classes the lugs are lapped for full contact. The face of the bolt will be cut
square to the bore, the barrel threads will be square, and tight necked
reamers m a d e specifically for accuracy work are used to cut the chamber.
Hunter class's popularity depends on the area of the country. In Loui-
siana, St. Louis, and Alaska the hunter class is very popular, some of the
original hot-beds like Englishtown, New Jersey have slacked off. It's my
belief the hunter class can be revived with a change in targets. In .22 rimfire
competition they had the same problem as we have in hunter class today.
Too m a n y perfect scores were being fired. To m a k e it challenging again the
rimfire boys changed from the A17 to the much tougher A 3 6 target. In
hunter class, anytime we go to the line and drop a point on the first target it's
usually time to pack it in. With average scores as high as they are there's no
chance to c o m e back from a fluke gust or reverse which dropped a shot out
of the ten ring.
Ron H o e h n has vocalized a similar solution to what many of us have been
thinking. O n the current 100 yard target a shot can miss by as much as 3/8"
in any direction and still be a ten. That's a 3/4" group that is still considered
"perfect". I d o n ' t believe this is right. T h e target is completely out of
proportion to the ability of the rifle, why d o n ' t we change the target, m a k e
it more challenging, and bring back some of the fun in hunter class. In this
vein, starting in 1989, N B R S A will sanction the B R - 5 0 target for score
shooting at 100 yards, and rimfire group shooting. On the B R - 5 0 they score
" w o r s t e d g e " of the bullet hole. A s Ron Hoehn states it's F U N to shoot.
I B S has two other classes which have proven popular. T h e first allows the
use of the 6 P P C cartridge. T h e second is when we get to use our Light and
Heavy Varmint rifles with their high powered scopes on the hunter target.
For the shooters w h o d o n ' t have a hunter rifle the varmint class adds a
few w e e k e n d s of s h o o t i n g : M a i n v i l l e , o r York m i g h t h a v e a m a t c h
on an otherwise off weekend. A popular class for many w h o like to shoot
nice scores, it's run into the same problem the classic hunter class has run
into. T h e rifle capability is way out of whack with the difficulty of the
target. I've only competed in the varmint for score class on six occasions.
Each time I fired a " p e r f e c t " 250. There's something wrong w h e n every
time out a " p e r f e c t " score is achieved. I've stopped shooting the class
since it has n o meaning. With an option of shooting a varmint for score
m a t c h , or to g o practice, I would rather shoot groups; something which has
s o m e challenge.
17
Case Preparation
Detailed instructions on the segregation, and preparation of cases for use in

a benchrest, or accurate varmint rifle. These instructions are for setting u p
competition quality 6 P P C cases using a hand held neck turner. If the cases
are being used for a hunting or varmint rifle the turning data is the important
portion. Case selection is not as critical a component for factory hunting
rifles. This selection information can be used for any caliber, or rifle, for
which you want the best cases available. Using the new 6 P P C formed to
size cases no neck expansion is required before turning. If y o u ' r e a
machinist the neck turning is easily accomplished on a lathe set up with a
case holder and a mandrel.
R e m e m b e r - Safety First
If you d o n ' t understand any of these instructions
seek competent help.
Segregation.
M a n y top level shooters like Louis Langlinais of Lafayette, Louisiana do
nothing in the way of segregation or selection, they just reach into their bag
of brass and pull out a handful. T h e way to win aggregates is through lots of
small groups - with a really tiny one to pull the aggregate d o w n . Since it
makes m e more confident, I get real picky when it c o m e s to case selection.
For yourself find the happy median where you feel best about your rifle and
components.
To end up with enough perfectly matched cases for one rifle start with
100 pieces of raw brass and plan a rejection rate of four rejects for one
acceptance; the rejects aren't thrown away, they're saved till they match
with others. In any lot of brass cases there is a bell shaped distribution of
This Hart neck turner has a micrometer adjustment to help speed set-up.
weights and thicknesses. Since accurate grouping requires consistent pres-

sure and velocity from shot to shot, I measure and weigh the cases to
remove the radical extremes from the record batch of cases. There will only
be one or two cases out of that 100 that are so far out they get thrown away.
Tests have proven case head runout to be an important factor in the accuracy
potential of any lot of cases. We are looking for raw cases with runout of
.002" or less on the case head, this measurement often gives an indication of
the distribution of the brass in the case.
Set u p a reloading scale directly in front of you on the table. Behind that
should be a chunk of paper about two feet wide. W h e n a case is weighed,
place it on the paper behind the appropriate weight notation. There will
soon e m e r g e a pattern: a few cases will be very light, a few cases will be
very heavy. Pick out the cluster of cases in the middle that are all the same
weight. Pack the other segregated cases in plastic bags with their weights
noted inside the various bags. Next time you weigh cases part of the work
is done.
Next step is verification of wall thickness with a tubing ball micrometer,
for the most accurate data check this neck thickness around the whole neck.
M e a s u r e at least four or five places to within .0001" before neck expansion.
A n example of the notation might be .0106" - .0115". This gives the
measurement at the thinnest point, and the thickest point, for this piece of
brass. Ball micrometers have a round anvil, this allows an exact measure-
CASE PREPARATION 127
A tool kit with a Sinclair neck turner, primer pocket uniformer,flashhole

dehurrer, and neck expander would he a good start for a beginning
benchrest shooter.
ment to be taken. If we tried to use a standard caliper or micrometer the flat
area of the jaws w o u l d n ' t lie flat inside the curved neck of the case. On a
clean sheet of paper run the measurements and set up more brass clusters
with the range of the neck dimensions noted. Again, the purpose is to
remove those cases that are wildly different from the main sample. (Call
these unpleasant souls perfectly segregated cases, and sell them to the hot
shooter in your area!) Set u p the cases in groups as they are measured.
Remember, for an accurate reading the cases must have straight n e c k s ,
without a burr. Try to avoid it, but if necessary, before expansion use the
appropriate full length die if the ball micrometer d o e s n ' t get consistent
readings.
W h e n this step is finished there will be a central group of cases that's
ready for neck expansion and neck turning.
Expansion
Gather the segregated cases and an M T M plastic box. M a r k the box with
the specific rifle, and neck dimension of the rifle for which these cases will
be used. These cases are for this rifle only from now on. S o m e rifles, by a
good gunsmith using the same reamer, will interchange cases. It's a little
more work to set u p cases for two rifles but there's peace of mind from
having matched cases for a competition shooting iron.
Set up a neck expanding tool in your reloading press. These mandrels and
holders are available from Sinclair and Hart. Put plenty of lubricant on the
mandrel and the inside of the case neck. Slowly and carefully expand the
case neck on the 6 m m mandrel. O n the multi caliber expanding m a n d r e l s ,
unless you want a .30 x 6 x . 2 2 , d o n ' t go too far and run the case mouth into
the next calibers portion.
W h e n a case is m a d e at the factory the primer pocket and p r i m e r hole are
punched mechanically from the base side. This process leaves a small burr
pushed up on the inside of the case, it's never consistent, usually ending u p
more on o n e side or the other. Al Angerman's tests on the effect of p r i m e r
pocket burrs showed non-uniform flames when the p r i m e r is fired. If you
d o n ' t remove the burr there could be some variation from case to case on
how the p r i m e r ignites the powder. Removing the burr could be the single
most important part of getting cases to shoot consistently. T h e P P C uses a
case with a smaller than normal flash hole. Get a deburring tool m a d e
specifically for the P P C sized flash hole and remove this burr. Insert the tool
from the mouth of the case. O n deburrers which d o n ' t have an adjustable
mechanical stop only go three light turns after the cutter removes the burr
and seats to the bottom of the flash hole. D o n ' t over chamfer the hole. Tests
have shown o n e reason for the 6PPC's excellent results is its small .066"
flash hole.
Use a p r i m e r pocket uniformer, as made by Sinclair or Whitetail Engi-
neering, to clean up the primer pocket itself. These tools cut all the primer
pockets to the same depth and match the pockets. Primers will get seated to
the same extent, ready to meet the firing pin at the same point in its stroke,
with the p r i m e r c u p and anvil square to the impact.
Neck Turning
W e ' r e ready to neck turn the cases, get out a tubing ball micrometer,
lubricant, neck turner, and adjusting wrenches. I like to use m y old C P S
micrometer neck turner. T h e y ' r e n o w available from M C S in Brookfield,
Connecticut. It's easily adjustable, quite accurate, and makes a smooth cut.
If you can find one the best (and most expensive) is the JACO made by T.J.
Jackson of Austin, Texas. Set up the 6 m m mandrel in the neck turner. This
is where I like the C P S or a Sinclair, it uses the same mandrel for expansion
and turning so the fit is correct. Adjust the cut length. This m u s t be longer
than the depth of bullet seating in a m i n i m u m chamber. This is VERY
important. In a tight necked chamber with a m i n i m u m clearance case, if the
case is too thick where it grips the expansion band of the bullet, there's n o
clearance and the pressures go through the roof. D o n ' t run the cut too far.
R e m e m b e r y o u ' l l change the shoulder location, and shorten the neck, when
you fire form it. C o m p a r e the new case with the shoulder location of a
fireformed case. If you run the cutter too far, and end the cut where the
The Custom Products tool makes primer removal easy. The Custom Prod-
ucts measuring device is popular with many shooters. Wilson case trim-
mers accurately, and easily, keeps brass the correct length. The Davidson
depth checker makes switching bullets easy.
neck/shoulder juncture will be on the fire formed case; it creates a weak spot
where the case will separate in the future. Keep the cut away from the
connection by leaving it short, or using a separate, specially ground, cutter
to run it u p onto the shoulder. It takes a little longer but cases seem to end u p
cleaner and straighter when the brass is removed from the neck in two cuts.
T h e first cut removes 8 0 % of the total, it also gets the neck dimension and
tension just right on the mandrel. That second cut will now be s m o o t h , easy,
and consistent.
Lubricate the mandrel, inside of the neck, outside of the neck (lightly).
Lock up the case in the handle. Spin the case squarely onto the neck turner
being careful not to angle the case and get an inconsistent cut. M e a s u r e the
case and ensure it's not cut too thin. Brush the brass chips off the cutter
blade with a small paint brush. Get some solder brushes from a factory
supply store, at a few pennies each they can be tossed in the can after
service or stored for next time. Use the same feed pressure and finish u p the
first cut on all the cases.
Carefully set up the second cut. Adjust and test for the correct cutting
depth. A small amount of lubricant on the fingers is enough for the
mandrel. Depending on your neck turner it often takes 3 or 4 minute
adjustments to sneak up and hit the measurement exactly. D o n ' t ruin a good
case by adjusting too far. T h e adjusting cut is a good place for the cases
which were rejected during the culling process. Using them instead of a
match case might save a valuable, difficult to replace case. Looking under a
microscope shows the blade on some neck turners leaves very tiny ridges
when it cuts the brass. W h e n these lilliputian ridges are fresh off the
assembly line they can give a false reading by a few ten thousandths on the
tubing ball micrometer. The ridges flatten out with the abrasion of a neck
sizer button, and under the pressure of the shot. This isn't a problem if
y o u ' r e using sizing buttons, you can change to a slightly tighter button after
the first few shots. It causes problems if the cases were set up for m i n i m u m
clearance tight necks. After five or six shots the cases w o n ' t hold the bullet
firmly any m o r e . O n the cutter I use I set it to cut .0005 thicker brass than
the final dimension required.
Finish the remaining cases. Measure after the second and after several to
make sure everything is still correct in the measurement department. Clean
the lubricant from the inside of the necks with a patch over a rod. Neck size
the cases tight enough to hold a bullet firmly. P r i m e the case with the
appropriate primer. Move over to the powder measure: for 6 P P C cases
m a d e from .220 Russian brass I fill the case to the base of the neck with a
fast burning powder like H 3 2 2 . If y o u ' r e using brass which is not being
blown out reduce the normal charge four or five grains for the first fireform-
ing shot. Seat the bullet long, with heavy neck tension so its hard into the
lands, and the base of the case is pushed back into contact with the bolt.
This helps the case fireform straight and centered on the first shot, in
wildcat cases it drastically reduces the chance of headspace separation. T h e
case w o n ' t be slammed forward by the firing pin, then have the walls in
front of the extractor groove stretched as the neck and forward portion
expanded to grip the c h a m b e r walls with the base of the case stretching back
into contact with the bolt. It's a funny thing about fireforming new cases. In
benchrest rifles there have been some amazing groups shot while fireform-
ing new cases. S o m e people spend the rest of the life of the rifle trying to
repeat the fireforming groups. After shooting the cases several t i m e s , trim
to your favorite length of anything between 1.485" and 1.500", lightly
chamfer the case neck inside and out with a Wilson chamfer tool, and pack
u p for the next match. During the life of the cases check the length every
few matches. If the cases have more than a few thousandths difference
between them trim back to 1.485" or your measurement and rechamfer.
T h e competition case is set up specifically and exactly for the bullet to be
used, and the c h a m b e r in which it's to be fired. Different benchrest bullets
have widely different final dimensions with differences of more than .0015"
possible between brands. T h e thickness of the case neck is adjusted accord-
ingly depending on the measured dimension. C u s t o m bullet makers help us
out by putting the dimension on the box, but it's still best to check with an
accurate micrometer.
T h e first of two main options for the neck dimension of the loaded round
is for it to be several thousandths under the c h a m b e r neck dimensions.
CASE PREPARATION 131
Custom Products adjustable dies make changing the bullet seating depth
a snap.
W h e n the round is fired the brass expands those several thousandths and
releases the bullet. For benchrest level reloading a precise, hand held, neck
sizing die is used to reduce the neck enough to snugly hold the bullet. Most
shooters use a die to reduce the neck .001" to .004" from the fired brass
dimension depending on the neck tension they want. High quality, hand
held, benchrest neck sizing dies use interchangeable bushings, graduated
by .001", so any finished dimension is available. T h e press dies are out of
favor with benchrest shooters. Even though they say benchrest on the label,
they're in a fixed neck dimension. If by chance the rifle had the same
dimensional requirements as the press die they would be usable. If you
already have o n e on your reloading shelf measure a fired cases outside
dimension, and then resize and see what the case is resized d o w n to. If it's
resized .004" or less the die is usable for that rifle.
T h e second option is tight, or fitted, necks. T h e loaded round is carefully
fitted to be .001" or .0015" under the dimension of the chamber. W h e n the
round is fired the brass can only expand the .001" or .0015" before it meets
the c h a m b e r walls. This is enough to release the bullet. T h e elasticity limit
of the brass neck h a s n ' t been exceeded, it snaps back to the original
dimension after the bullet has exited. Reloading is now a little easier since
the case d o e s n ' t have to be neck sized. I w o n ' t be any more specific on how
to set u p tight necks. D o n e wrong it can be dangerous. If you want to set u p
for t h e m , get an experienced benchrest shooter to go over the fine points.
T h e third option rarely sees the light of day. George Kelbly and Stan
Buchtel sometimes use something called " S t e p p e d Necks". A stepped neck
is for those w h o d o n ' t want to neck size or go to the trouble of fitted necks.
A " S t e p " is created by turning a thinner area in the end of the neck. T h e rest
of the neck is left full diameter to create the step. The throat and neck are
carefully measured, the brass is turned just the exact amount to get the
seating depth exact. T h e problem with this style of necks c o m e s about if
you want to move the bullet out, into the lands, as the throat erodes through
use. T h e n , the cases must be neck sized to hold the bullet further into
the throat.
T h e important thing on setting up cases is to use your head. Set u p the
cases for the bullet you intend to fire in it. D o n ' t exchange bullets without
checking dimensions. I use Lester Bruno's Boat tail bullets. Boat tails d o n ' t
have an expansion band at their base because of the way they're formed. I
set up this .2430" bullet for tight necks, with m i n i m u m c h a m b e r clearance.
I would run into big pressure problems if I try to switch over to Billy
Brawand's .2437" or .2444" bullets. B o b White likes to call those .2444s
"Fattys". As many have shown "Fattys", being .0014" over groove dimen-
sion, go against conventional wisdom by shooting extremely well, they just
need the case neck thickness adjusted to take their measurements. A s a final
check before firing any new round check two dimensions, use a quality 1"
micrometer to accurately measure the neck with a bullet seated to the depth
which will be used. Be positive the loaded round is a m i n i m u m of at least
.001" below the neck dimension for that rifle. A s a final double check put a
dial caliper on the case length, measure the over all length and m a k e sure
the neck d o e s n ' t go into the leade.
18
Loading Technique and

Load Selection
This is the chapter which turns our uncut diamonds into sparkling world
beaters that dazzle the competition. For the same reason the 6 P P C shoots
well, because its a balanced case that brings out the best in the c o m p o n e n t s ,
the way we run our loading program, and then test for the best load, places
the final building blocks for guilt edge accuracy.
The cornerstone of any successful accuracy trial is record keeping; set up
a three ring notebook with a chapter for each rifle and a page for each barrel
y o u ' l l use. Using a full sized three ring binder allows inclusion of match
results and sample targets, an option not readily available in a spiral bound
book. Organize separate sections in each chapter, with room for notes and
sample targets, for the various bullet and powder combinations. Because of
their effect on m a x i m u m loads notes for weather conditions should include
temperature and relative humidity. The perfect load for a cool, damp,
morning may develop too much pressure in the heat of the afternoon. A s
always, safety is paramount, use your head while y o u ' r e reloading.
Develop good loading habits. Keep the loading area clean and organized,
d o n ' t change any component without reducing the load and testing for
pressure. W h e n y o u ' r e experimenting with load combinations d o n ' t just
repeat old habits, keep an open mind for new possibilities, d o n ' t reject
something out of hand just because the buzz on the street is it's " o l d hat".
Look at Dennis Wagner and Red Cornelison, and their match wins with
" o l d " B L C 1. An accurate load can be among a range of many correct
choices. There are a lot more variables in play than we sometimes give
credit for; creating accurate results, or poor achievement. T h e effect of case
shape has already been explored. Add to it: the style of bullet, its bearing
Here's a tool box and loading area set up at the range. Everything's
organized for accurate reloading.
surface, the ogive, the pressure/duration curve of the powder when the
p r i m e r goes off, engraving resistance of the bullet, and now seating depth
changes effect the relationships. Always be aware of the complexity, but
d o n ' t let that keep you from trying your best to work u p an accurate load.
For the example let's start with 15 fresh, fireformed, P P C cases for a new
barrel. T h e y ' v e each been properly segregated, neck turned and prepared,
shot two times during barrel break-in, t r i m m e d to size and are ready for
load development. After cleaning your rifle bring the cases over to the
loading bench and spread out the components and tools required. T h e tools
include: a one inch micrometer, six inch vernier or dial caliper, small
hammer, neck sizing die with various sized buttons, screw driver, bullet
puller, hand held p r i m e r seater, powder measure, bullet seating d i e , p r i m e r
pocket cleaner, treated cloth to remove burned powder residue from the
neck (Hoppe's on a patch, Never Dull etc.) and fine steel wool. T h e
c o m p o n e n t s along with the case are bullets, powder, and primers.
W h e n e v e r I fire a group from the bench I replace my empties in the case
box neck d o w n , head stamp up. Catching the extractor groove with a
fingernail makes them easy to unload into the reloading block. It also keeps
any debris (you want a m e s s , let some kid with an ice cream cone drop his
vanilla into your case box) from getting inside my match cases. I pull the
cases from the M T M box and stand them in a row, neck down in a yellow
plastic 6 0 hole reloading block. O n e of my buddies does all his reloading
LOADING TECHNIQUE AND LOAD SELECTION 135
>
This Sinclair arbor press supplies the leverage for reloading with Wilson
hand dies.
from his same green storage box. I d o n ' t like using that m e t h o d . It's hard to
pull the cases out of the corners of the box with your fingers, every once in a
while a stuck powder charge, or a double charge spills into the bottom of the
box. Then you have to unload all the cases and knock out the bits of powder.
If they're not all removed a granule could adhere to the loaded round, j a m
the round off center in the chamber, and cause a thrown shot.
Using a hand-held primer punch, or a neck sizing die with the button
omitted, knock out the old primers. After the primers have been removed
place the cases on the other side of the loading block. By moving them back
and forth it's easy to pick up the operation after an interruption. Most
shooters then use a primer pocket tool and a brass bristle brush to clean the
p r i m e r residue and any powder residue inside the case neck. A swipe with
Never Dull, or a piece of treated cloth, removes the external p o w d e r
buildup. S o m e use steel wool to remove that build up. It's not recom-
mended: the steel wool slowly wears away brass and can change the neck
dimensions over t i m e . There are a few hot shooters w h o have dispensed
with these operations and haven't noticed any difference in group size. Hot
shooter G a r y Ocock (now that he's moved to Arizona is he even hotter?)
says it's been seven years since he's cleaned a primer pocket or case neck.
It's funny to watch those w h o have gone overboard in the neck cleaning
department. They'll set up a battery powered screwdriver with a brush and
whirr away. C o m e on guys it's not that difficult. S o m e people just like
gadgets I guess.
T h e first two operations before shooting a group are to set u p the neck
tension and initial bullet seating depth. If w e ' r e using a competition
c h a m b e r it will sometimes be smaller than the m i n i m u m specs for that
round. To repeat, with the advent of loaded P P C factory rounds d o n ' t force
a factory loaded round and its thick neck where it d o e s n ' t belong. Take a
bullet from the box, grab your custom bullet seating die, and seat a bullet
1/8" to 3/16" into the case. With an accurate 1" outside micrometer carefully
measure the neck where the base of the bullet is (that's where a small ring
called the expansion band, the fattest portion of a flat base bullet is). Write
down the measurement. Pull the bullet and place it aside for later. We can
now figure what size button to put in our neck sizing die. D e p e n d i n g on the
neck tension y o u ' r e looking for, a typical amount to resize is from .001" to
.004". For our initial bunch of shooting tests we'll neck size the case .001"
smaller than our loaded round figure. This gives enough neck tension to
hold the bullet firmly, but not in a death grip. If you can easily spin the bullet
in the loaded round increase the sizing amount by .001" till the bullet resists
being readily turned with the fingers.
In a neck sized case with no primer, or powder, use the bullet seating die
to set the bullet barely into the case. Measure the over all length (OAL) and
write it d o w n . Set up your rifle on a bench top, or in a padded gun vise.
Thoroughly clean out any solvent in the chamber and b o r e . Carefully insert
the d u m m y round into the chamber, bolt the case h o m e slowly. Remove the
case and remeasure, verify it's smaller than the first O A L , write down the
figure. R e m o v e the bullet with an inertia puller, or the handy Davidson
pliers type puller. Replace the bullet barely in the case with the seat die,
lock it h o m e again and remeasure. The figure should be the s a m e , d o it o n c e
m o r e to b e sure. To use the phrase I picked u p a long time ago from John
Ventriglia this is your " B u l l e t Jam Figure". I ' m sure there are other words
people u s e , but it keeps everything straight in my mind. Jacket material is
quite soft, and engraves easily. If we used too m u c h neck tension this
method w o u l d n ' t be accurate, heavy neck tension keeps the bullet from
slipping easily back into the case. Conversely, the tension c a n ' t be too
weak. In that case the lands would grab the bullet, pull it slightly out of the
case upon unloading, and give inconsistent measurements.
Set u p your bullet seating die to seat to this exact O A L . Pull the top from
the hand die (also called the drift assembly) measure, and record the figure.
Since it's easier and more consistent, from this point on, we'll be using the
length of the top for O A L changes. Set up another case with heavier neck
tension, assembled to "bullet j a m " length. Polish the bullet in the d u m m y
with fine steel wool. Carefully insert the case and slowly lock it h o m e . Pull
the case and look at it under a strong light. Depending on the n u m b e r of
lands, there should be that many faint markings from the lands around the
bullet. Use an 8X eyepiece to m a k e this step easier. Adjust the seating stem
.002" L O N G E R . A s the stem gets longer the bullet is pushed into the c a s e ,
as it gets shorter the bullet is further out of the case. After adjusting the
stem polish the bullet with steel wool, lock it d o w n , and inspect for land
marks. W h e n we get to the point where land marks just disappear w e ' v e
found an important point. This is where scads of rifles shoot their best.
(Scads should not to be confused with scabrous, the general condition of
any rifle I shoot.)
C h a n g e the neck sizing button to give the neck dimensions and bullet
grip y o u ' r e looking for. I barely neck size the cases at all, just enough I can
seat the bullet in the case with thumb pressure alone. This gives a signifi-
cant amount of " f e e l " . If a case seats harder than its mates it's moved over to
the fouler row, out of the record cases. Lester Bruno neck sizes his cases for
a heavy neck tension, but uses the same feel criteria. H e notices the amount
of pressure required to seat a bullet with his arbor press. A n y o n e using
compressed charges of slow burning powder will need to k e e p neck tension
high enough the powder doesn't change the O A L . To even out this seating
drag on the bullet a nylon brush dipped in powdered graphite, then inserted
in the neck, does a nice j o b of evening out the seating pressure. T h e thing
we try to avoid in neck tension is the bullet being so loose it's able to move
and change length, or get the point off- centered. M y testing shows loose
bullets, resting on the powder charge, usually g o into the group. T h e catch
word here is usually, once in a while a shot goes searching for Sputnik.
There are many individual preferences for case neck tension. This is an area
w h e r e y o u s h o u l d test and settle on s o m e t h i n g w h i c h is r e p e a t a b l e
and comfortable.
Use a hand held primer seating tool to seat some Federal 2 0 5 M benchrest
primers. S o m e like the Remington p r i m e r s , but the ratio is in the order of
9 5 % for Federal. D o n ' t use the primer seater in a reloading press, they have
too m u c h m e c h a n i c a l l e v e r a g e . ( D o n ' t e v e r use pistol p r i m e r s in a
benchrest rifle. Full bore loads already strain the heavier c u p of the small
rifle primer. It would easily over stress the thinner cup of the pistol primer.)
For best results we want to lightly stress the p r i m e r pellet with the anvil
during p r i m e r seating, inconsistent ignition results if the p r i m e r is seated
too firmly, cracking or damaging the p r i m e r pellet. Using a Lee priming
tool, or better quality (and much more expensive) H a r t or Sinclair p r i m e r
seaters, seat the primer by feel to the bottom of the p r i m e r pocket. Rotate
the case 180 degrees and " k i s s " the p r i m e r again to m a k e sure it's square to
the p r i m e r pocket. If you ever seat the primer upside down d o n ' t drive it out
with a t h u m p from the tap hammer. John Ventriglia got a pat on the back a
few paragraphs a g o , now we'll give him a kick in the backside. Once John
had some empty cases with live p r i m e r s , and cases with fired primers in the
same box. H e got a trip to the emergency room w h e n , at a m a t c h , he
accidently put one with a live primer in his neck sizing die, gave it a w h a c k ,
Frank Wilson gets set to test his reloads.
and sent the p r i m e r cup deep into his hand. D o n ' t let it h a p p e n , that p r i m e r
cup acts just like a little bullet. If I accidently seat a p r i m e r upside d o w n the
only way I'll remove it is SLOWLY, with leverage. We d o n ' t want any
impact which could set the primer off. Spray the exposed p r i m e r with
W D - 4 0 , wait an hour, insert the case in a neck sizing die with the button
removed, w r a p several towels, or a blanket, around the sizing die in case
the p r i m e r detonates and slowly ease out the p r i m e r with an arbor press and
base die. Users of the Lee primer tool with the plastic tray should replace
the loading chute every year. As the chute wears it allows primers to flip
once in a while, with the resultant screw-up when you try to fire a shot. Let
m e tell you, it does nothing for your concentration, or bolt face, if you drop
the pin on a reversed primer.
Test by Shooting
T h e hard part of preparing a tack driving load is over, now c o m e s the fun
segment: shooting to find the best combination. It should g o without saying
that doing this next step while the wind is switching and howling is a waste
of t i m e . Here's the time to get to the range at daylight, and do your work
before the breeze c o m e s up. If you throw rocks at the rooster every m o r n i n g
for waking you before noon it's ok to shoot later in the day, as long as the
flags are showing a readable condition. W h e n looking for a match load test
various powder charges before adjusting seating depth. Too many c o m -

petitors fall into the trap of always thinking they need to " w o r k on the l o a d "
and end up neglecting the practice during the tough late m o r n i n g and early
afternoon conditions. W h e n the wind is swooping by at all angles and
velocities it makes n o matter if the smallest group the rifle could produce is
.080" or .125". If y o u ' v e scorned the troublesome practice, and miss a
switch worth an additional .250", d o n ' t cry for mercy. T h e target measur-
ing device is as blind as the lady holding the scales of justice.
You'll notice at any benchrest match the shooters all seem to be throwing
charges straight from a powder measure. It seems strange at first, but
they've all tested and refined their skill with a powder measure till they're
capable of throwing charges plus or minus .1 grain in a 28 grain load. M y
style is to throw three d u m m y charges into the red plastic top from the M E C
bottle which holds the powder in my baffled Lyman/Culver m e a s u r e . This
gets the powder moving through the baffle of the measure. It removes any
settling, caused by vibration during the previous parts of the loading
process, that would change the thrown charge. Pick up a primed case and
place it in the drop tube. T h e drop tube should be at least four to six inches.
L o n g drop tubes help the powder compact in the case, allowing a larger
powder charge in the same volume. I'll ease up the measure lever, gently
touch the stop at the top, ease it back d o w n , and carefully cut off any
powder kernels stuck in the closure of the powder reservoir. Easing the
lever I'll slowly trickle the powder down the tube and into the case. A
gentle tap at the bottom of the stroke finishes the cycle. Repeating exactly
the same steps I complete the rest of the cases. This style relies on very little
vibration and compaction to throw consistent charges. There are a whole
range of options all the way to the one Harold Henderson of Houston, Texas
uses. Harold raises his powder measure handle to the top of its stroke,
whacks it hard three times against the stop, d u m p s the load and w h a c k s
three more times at the bottom of the stroke (and I mean W H A C K , you can
hear Harold working his measure half the range away). It should be obvious
this style throws a m u c h heavier charge for the same measure setting than
one with little tapping. Powder measures are adjustable, Harold uses a
lower setting with higher powder density to get the same powder charge
weight. Tests have proven to him, tapping this way throws even charges in
his measure. Test different methods, practice with a scale. Then w h e n you
find a style stick with it. Another exercise. Run a little test for yourself.
Depending on the pace of the downstroke (dumping the charge down the
tube, into the case) or the length of the drop tube, the amount of space taken
up in the case can vary as much as the whole neck portion in a P P C case.
Visually inspect all the charges just thrown. Ensure all the cases have
powder in them, d u m p and rethrow any that are at a different level in the
neck. By rethrowing these we ensure consistent loading density. What
w e ' r e trying to achieve is 100% loading density, where the p o w d e r barely
touches the base of the seated bullet. An added bonus of the 100% loading
density is the removal of over or under charged loads. Every so often part of
the charge " b r i d g e s " and j a m s in the drop tube or measure. If we w e r e n ' t
close to 100 percent loading density we might end u p with load which is too
light, by not receiving the whole charge. T h e next cycle could have
dislodged this portion and thrown it along with a full charge into the case.
Stuck charges, or double charges, are immediately obvious to the lazy
shooters w h o load right in their cartridge boxes. W h e n a bunch of little
black cylinders pour upon an overfilled neck a few minutes of clean up are
in order. Bridging isn't a c o m m o n problem on the short grained powders
like H 3 2 2 , or ball powders like 380 and 7 6 0 , but it happens quite often with
the longer sticks of I M R 4 3 5 0 and I M R 7 8 2 8 .
If you d o n ' t have a high quality benchrest m e a s u r e , or are still working
o n the skill to throw consistent charges use a scale for the next phase. There
are four main benchrest powder measures. All are repeatable, 5 0 . 5 setting
on a Lyman/Culver giving X volume today is the same as 5 0 . 5 gives X
volume tomorrow. W h e n you change powder lots throw a charge on the
scale. Different lots often have different densities. Tests have shown the
p o w d e r which gives the highest velocity with your barrel, c a s e , and
c o m p o n e n t s (without causing pressure problems) will usually give the best
accuracy. T h e Lyman/Culver has been my favorite powder measure for
m a n y years. T h e Sinclair, Jones, and if you can find one a Saeco adaption
by Seely M a s k e r are all first rate. A measure which has c o m e on strong
lately is the Redding with a Sinclair conversion. A few shooters have
refined their ability till they get benchrest quality results with the Belding
and M u l l , but that takes a lot of effort.
For the 6 P P C assemble some test loads for three shot groups. Start with
2 6 . 4 grains of H 3 2 2 and increase .3 grain for each three shots. If y o u ' r e new
to the g a m e d o n ' t go over 2 7 . 6 grains of H 3 2 2 . If any pressure signs appear
(loose p r i m e r pockets, excessively flattened or cratered p r i m e r s , sticky
bolt) d o n ' t even g o to this level. T h e primer and the brass of the cartridge
case are a good indicator of the pressure our load is developing, brass flows
and distorts under pressure, it's sort of an early warning system telling us to
back d o w n . We lose some of the pressure indicators a standard hunting rifle
might give. A custom benchrest action has a closely fitted firing pin,
without a spring loaded ejector. T h e shiny ejector mark on the head stamp is
one of the first signs of really high pressure in a hunting rifle. A few of the
loads used by some shooters develop extreme pressure, they would all have
extractor marks if the hole in the bolt face were there. It's a testament to
the skill of the action builders, and the materials they use, there haven't
been problems.
Get a benchrest gunsmith to inspect the rifle if it's showing any pressure
signs from a supposedly light load. Your bad groups while learning will be
from missing conditions, or yanking the trigger, not from shooting too light
Geza Nagy tests everything he can think of. Here he sets out to check
another of his ideas.
a load. T h e late, great, Nate B o o p shot some of his finest scores with a
surprisingly light load. If y o u ' r e setting up a load using T 3 2 2 , with its
quicker relative burning rate, decrease your charge from these suggested
levels. Clean the barrel after every 12 shots, note which load was fired at
which target. I like to use the practice targets B o b White of T h e Shooters
Corner in Hopatcong, New Jersey sells. T h e y ' r e easy to keep track of with
six 100 yard benchrest targets on one small sheet of paper, three hole
punched they fold over and fit into the loading notebook.
Pick the three best loads and fire another set of three shot groups. Reload
ten rounds for the best load from that test and shoot two five-shot groups. If
these tests haven't given you a winner start changing the O A L . Adjusting
the seating stem .005" longer moves the bullet .005" farther off the lands.
Inserting accurately measured shim stock under the seating die top is the
easiest way to get accurate, and repeatable, moves done quickly. Note - the
Wilson bullet seating die many of us use moves the stem .040" for every 360
degree rotation. I skip the .005 movement and go right to .010" off the
" B u l l e t J a m " figure. This is where I've found the best groups in my
equipment over the years. I've proven to myself I can go into a match cold,
set u p the bullet .010" off the " J a m " , set the measure to throw 2 7 . 8 grains of
H 3 2 2 , and be competitive right from the warm-up. If I ever lose a shot with
that set up, it's not the rifle or the loads fault; I can always look down range
and find which flags changed after I dipped my head to the scope.
If y o u ' r e just starting out in benchrest shooting and haven't settled on a

favorite bullet and powder run the test string for two different powders and
two or three different bullets. In my first year I shot several different brands
of bullets before finding one which gave m e good results and a great deal of
confidence. It's good practice early on to shoot as much as possible, every
group lays another block in the foundation for later success.
For bullet j u m p , the outside range beyond which n o one likes to be is
.040" off the lands. ( " W h e r e no m a n has gone before", where's Captain
Kirk when you need him). In tests .040" bullet j u m p will still shoot a few
competitive g r o u p s , it's the aggregate that suffers. T h e middle range where
a few shooters like to be is .025" off the lands.
Test the other direction from bullet j a m also. Many barrels shoot into one
hole with the bullet into the lands. S o m e pointers. Tests have shown
excessive neck tension with the bullet seated long and scrunched into the
lands d o e s n ' t produce the best groups. A c o m m o n style is to seat the bullet
long, with neck tension loose enough for the bullet to move back in the case
as the bolt is closed. This way the bullet is " r e s t i n g " against the lands,
aligned with the b o r e , and close to the powder in the case behind it. Another
c o m m o n style is to adjust the die to give a particular land marking shape.
T h e c o m m o n setup for this style is to get a " s q u a r e " mark from the lands,
one which is as wide as it is long. M y biggest complaint on putting the
bullet into the lands is: if you ever have to remove the round before firing it,
the bullet has enough engagement in the throat to pull out of the case and
spill lots of little black action blockers all over. If it's safe, point the rifle in
the air as you C A R E F U L L Y remove a loaded round from these rigs. If the
bullet sticks in the throat gently tap it out with a cleaning rod. R E M E M B E R
TO REMOVE THE CLEANING ROD.
T h e point to focus on in these load tests is the aggregates for the loads. By
keeping careful records compare all the groups shot with each load. W e ' r e
barking up the wrong tree by choosing a load which in good conditions shot
one p h e n o m e n a l group and three mediocre ones. A load will be better for
competition if it consistently shoots worthy groups, but never displays a
large o n e . In the first example the load might not let the bullet " g o to sleep".
Whenever a bullet exits the barrel it exhibits some yaw. T h e more yaw, the
longer it takes for the bullet to stabilize, the larger the average group. That
one tiny cluster could have been a fluke. T h e other load where all the groups
were good shows potential for further refinement and might end up with
bug-holes in its future. Keep an open m i n d , be aware of the information
available in the test records. Getting ready for an out of state deer hunt,
testing began on my .257 Roberts Improved. It's built on an accurized left-
handed Remington 7 0 0 , Brown fibreglass stock, with a Shilen c h r o m e -
moly match barrel. Sample loads were prepared with Sierra 117 grain
softnose boat tails and 120 grain Hornady hollow point spire points. T h e
Sierra has a ballistic coefficient of .437. The Hornady's is . 3 8 8 . Hollow
Another portable loading bench shows organization for the best reloads
while at the range.
point bullets are rarely found on the g a m e fields. This is one hollow point
specifically designed to be shot at m e d i u m sized g a m e u p to 3 2 0 0 fps. There
was a chance for long shots in the Piedmont region of Georgia where we
were headed. Going into the tests the presupposed result (call this pig
headedness) was to get the most accurate load out of the Sierra boat tail with
its .437 ballistic coefficient. Three weekends in a row there were multiple
groups shot with the boat tails, and only a few with the Hornadys. T h e boat
tails must have been a bad box. Every weekend the different test loads
showed a tendency to throw shots. Every weekend the Hornady groups
ended up between 1/2" and 3/4". Finally, after all this effort I looked at the
notes and targets from the tests. T h e Sierra would have three or four shots in
a cluster with the others revolving, like a m o o n , some distance away. T h e
spire points were in nice little clumps and clusters. There was the load
staring m e in the face. I've kept it the same for several years now, made
several o n e shot kills on W h i t e t a i l s up to 2 0 0 p o u n d s , a c o u p l e o n
P r o n g h o r n , and it's still never gone over 3/4" at the bench in the entire t i m e .
After the most accurate load has been discovered lock down the screw
holding the seater stem. There aren't many things more frustrating than
finding a loose stem after several groups have been ruined in good condi-
tions. Get in the habit of slapping a dial caliper on one or two rounds before
leaving for the firing line. Write down the lot numbers for the c o m p o n e n t s
which delivered your most accurate load. Buy a sufficient quantity of each
item to last the whole season of shooting. There can be significant varia-
tions in accuracy potential between lots.
Powders with burning rates closely matched to the case and bullet
combination can be shot into the lands, at the lands, or off the lands, and
still get good results. 4198, whose burning rate is a little quick for the 6 P P C
seems to shoot best off the lands. The theory is that the bullet off the lands
keeps peak pressures lower. 4 8 9 5 , which is slow for the 6 P P C seems to
shoot best with the bullet into the lands. T h e theory here is the bullet into
the lands helps build pressure and get the powder to burn more completely.
D o n ' t k e e p multiple loads in the same cartridge box. T h e time you slip the
mis-matched round into the c h a m b e r is always when the range master has
just cried " t h i r t y s e c o n d s " and the first four shots measured .225" @ 2 0 0
yards. A l o n g the same lines set up enough " g o o d " match cases for foulers
and sighters. For the utmost in confidence you shouldn't have separate
fouler, sighter, and record cases. Take the time to get things right when the
cases are matched initially. " I f a case w o n ' t put a shot into the group what's
it doing in the box". Ron Prachyl told me a story from one of his first
benchrest matches. He was sitting next an old timer. Several times during
the match Ron tossed a piece of brass if that shot d i d n ' t go into the group.
T h e guy said: " S o n , why are you throwing away that brass." Ron said " I t ' s
n o g o o d , it threw a shot." H e replied : " I f you keep that u p pretty soon you
w o n ' t have any brass left." Dave Brennan of East Hartford, Connecticut has
a row in his loading block reserved for brass which didn't put the shot where
it's expected. He calls them sighters. There are two morals to these stories:
first is to look for the condition which caused the shot to take off. Second is,
without confidence in the combination w e ' r e always looking for the " e s -
cape h a t c h " to shed the blame for a thrown shot.
Benchresters use neck sized cases to get the case fit as perfect as
possible. W h e n a round is fired the case expands the slight amount which is
available, then contracts back to size after pressures drop. After multiple
shots a case work hardens slightly, it has slowly expanded till it gets tight in
the chamber, and the bolt becomes harder to close. Tight cases need to be
full length resized to reduce the bolt effort. It's desirable to resize the case
as little as possible, and to keep the c h a m b e r fit as snug as possible. We
need to set u p the full length die to the dimensions of the case by measuring
and adjusting. There are two places on the case which get tight and need to
be " b u m p e d " . T h e first is the case shoulder, it needs to be moved back
slightly. T h e second is the portion just forward of the web. T h e neck is
adjusted by the neck sizing die during reloading, that portion of the full
length sizing die can be enlarged so it d o e s n ' t contact the case. M u c h of
finding out h o w to adjust a full length die is testing. Donate a sighter case to
the task of finding the exact amount to adjust the die. Carefully measure the
w e b and body portion; size the sample case and remeasure the same spots.
If the die sizes the body too far get someone with a lathe to lap out the body
portion to your specifications. I get my shoulder setting by smoking the

shoulder with a candle and carefully screwing in the die till it barely kisses
the shoulder and smudges the soot. Then moving the die down a miniscule
amount at a t i m e , and trying the case in the rifle, I stop adjusting when the
bolt just starts to close easier. Another method for shoulders which d o e s n ' t
use trial and error is to get a barrel stub cut with the same reamer which cut
your chamber. Have your gunsmith put in just the neck, shoulder, and a
small amount of the body. N o w fired cases can be inserted into the stub,
measured, compared to sized cases, and accurate adjusting of the die is
possible. Write down the final length of the stub and resized case in your log
book for next time.
Full length sized cases using one of these fitted sizing dies have all of the
advantages of neck sized cases, without one of the disadvantages. Since the
case is only being slightly " m a s s a g e d " it's still close to c h a m b e r dimen-
sions after full length sizing. The advantage of partial full length sizing
after every firing is the ease with which the bolt handle w o r k s , the speed
and t e m p o available since the rifle stays snug in the b a g s , or in the case of an
unlimited rail g u n , the barrel starts to shimmer you can shoot so fast. D o n
Gentner of Glen Mills, Pennsylvania shot the whole Super Shoot in 1987
using full length sized cases. Testing had shown him there was no dif-
ference between his full length sized and neck sized performance.
Being bull headed is the bane of any competitive shooter, (that's similar
to being a mules rear end). W h e n the rifle or load needs changing we might
toss away several matches while struggling to bend the equipment to rigid
ideas. Keeping an open mind and changing things when required keeps the
g a m e fun, and interesting. Many w h o have set up a load in the cool early
morning wonder why it scatters shots in an afternoon shoot which might be
30 degrees warmer. In comparison: a load of 760 ball powder for your
hunting rifle, set up on an August afternoon might be a little ragged when
the deer season gets to 16 degrees.
Load Trouble Shooting

Trouble shooting b e c o m e s easier the longer you stay in the sport. Benchrest
shooters, unlike the participants of some other sports, will bend over
backwards to help s o m e o n e in need. There are still times when the rifle has
lost it's guilt e d g e and there's no one to question. Let's go over s o m e of the
possible problems with loads and look into a few solutions. T h e size and
shape of the group should give some indication of where to start. G r o u p s
with four shots in and one shot out usually mean it's time to try a different
brand or lot of bullets, or you missed a condition. G r o u p s with three shots
in one hole, then two shots touching a distance away d o n ' t indicate a load
p r o b l e m , either the bedding or the scope is moving.
When you drive to the range the easiest place to reload might be on the back
of the truck.
For a load problem the most obvious questions should b e . H a s any

c o m p o n e n t been changed recently? Has the fall off been gradual, or all at
o n c e ? D o e s it exhibit the fault every group, or only once in a while? Was the
thrown shot from a condition and you d o n ' t want to believe you missed it?
C h e c k brass length, check for split n e c k s , check case neck thickness, check
neck thickness for a loaded round and c o m p a r e it to the c h a m b e r dimen-
sions, verify the actual dimensions of the bullet when c o m p a r e d to the last
ones (measure them, d o n ' t go by the label). Since they often give results
which look like a load problem go ahead and check the scope bases and
rings for tightness.
T h e solution to a change in components is apparent. G o back to the items
which gave previous good results. A sudden fall off in accuracy m e a n s one
individual item let g o all at once; a gradual decrease could b e as simple as a
worn out barrel, or bad bedding. There have been many instances where the
action glue-in had c o m e loose and it took quite a while for the shooter to
discover they were shooting a two piece outfit. I r e m e m b e r this happening
two times in one season to Lester B r u n o . If the shots out occur once in a
while does the thrown shot g o in the same area each time? Several times
while looking at the batch of targets from a weekend match I ' v e noticed all
the groups were measured vertically. W h y it w a s n ' t more obvious while the
match was in progress is the fault of the crank shooting at the bank. A
c o m m o n trick benchrest shooters use is to recognize that the shape of the
group, factored by the days conditions, can give a great deal of information.
G r o u p s which cut little horizontal slots indicate the rifle and load are
working perfectly, the shooter i s n ' t steering properly. Groups which mea-
sure vertically m e a n the shooter is doping the conditions correctly but the
rifle, load, or rests need work. There are several ways to get rid of vertical
on a day where it shouldn't be around. The rests we all use shouldn't be a
problem if they are of benchrest quality. If the bags are sticking to the stock
use a bit of baby p o w d e r to smooth out the slide. Double check to m a k e sure
there's n o contact between the bench and the butt during recoil. T h e fault
could be a bedding problem, then all we can d o is turn over the rifle to a
gunsmith and let h i m give it a check. If it's in the load there are two things to
try. First is to increase the powder charge a click or t w o . D o n ' t d o this if
y o u ' r e already running m a x i m u m loads. R e m e m b e r to factor in the days
conditions before twirling the measure adjusting k n o b . A head wind might
be causing that vertical, y o u ' l l spoil a good load, and m a y b e s o m e cases by
going overboard. T h e second trick for vertical load problems is to test a few
rounds loaded with a little more bullet j u m p . Reset the seating die stem
.005" longer, load several samples and shoot them at the sighter portion
of the target during the next match. W h a t usually happens is the group on
the sighter target ends up about half the size of the collection in the
record target.
There are n o load development rules cast in stone. Treat each barrel like
an individual, find its personality, favorite fodder, and quirks. Forcing it to
your pet theories could be the wrong approach, it might be a world beater if
treated to the load which matches it best.
Believing more people than not ruin their scores by over experimenting,
during a match I've ignored ratcheting the powder measure, or running the
bullet seater in and out. Never adjusting seating depth after adjusting to
"bullet j a m " -.010" the powder charge at no time varies m o r e than one or
two clicks on a Culver powder measure (usually down one or two clicks
because the day heats up). You can tell when a competitor is adjusting too
many things in the components and equipment, and not paying e n o u g h
attention to the days tricky conditions, when they m a k e a statement
something like: " I found m y seating depth was off by two and a half
thousandths, that's why my last group at 100 yards was .457"; now that I ' v e
got that figured out the next group will be in the zeros." Another statement
is: " M y load w a s n ' t hot enough, the vertical isn't m y fault, I ' m going up
two clicks on the m e a s u r e . " All this while there is a straight head and tail
wind which is giving everyone on the range vertical. Joe Vinci, the worst
example of this I've seen, will change everything he brought to the match
after one bad group. That includes powder measure settings, powder,
bullets, scopes, barrels, and probably - his hat, and the oil in his car. Ed
B r o w n of Houston has about worn the click settings off his p o w d e r mea-
sure. W e ' v e been ragging on him about it for years, w o u l d n ' t you know, he
finally w o n a few trophies after he kept his hands off the measure (ask Ed
about his Top Ten placing in the Gulf Coast 4-Gun). Lots of other shooters
c h a n g e too m u c h , too often, they'll scurry from loading bench to firing line
till it's too dark to see. G o i n g overboard on the switching of loads and
equipment b e c o m e s counter productive after a while. T h e barrels we use
only have a limited accuracy lifetime. It's one thing to be shooting groups in
conditions where we are ingraining shooting technique, and another to be
spinning bullets down the tube without learning anything.
19
Cleaning Technique
Benchrest shooters have contributed many things to the general sport of

rifle shooting. O n e of them is the requirement for a clean rifle barrel and the
techniques used to keep it clean.
A clean rifle barrel has been proven as one of the reasons benchrest rifles
shoot 1/8" groups consistently. Many w h o wander into a group of benchrest
shooters wonder why we spend so much time running patches and brushes
through those gaudy shooting sticks (when I say gaudy of course you k n o w
I c a n ' t possibly be speaking of the rifles Fletcher Williams shoots. Rifles
painted C l e m s o n Orange with a large tiger paw or the words South Carolina
c a n ' t be considered gaudy). W h e n a shot is fired p r i m e r and p o w d e r leave a
residue as they burn. This residue builds up after every shot, it can take as
few as 15 - 20 shots for an effect on accuracy. For the hunter after an elk or a
deer they w o n ' t fire 15 shots in a handful of seasons. For a shooter at the
bench 15 shots can g o by in a matter of minutes. If the residue i s n ' t removed
and the rifle is kept in use the side effects are detrimental to accuracy. T h a t
powder residue builds in front of the chamber, if it's not cleaned out the
residue will be ironed into a c o m p o u n d that's harder than the steel it forms
on. This c o m p o u n d can build to .002" or . 0 0 3 " thickness. O n c e it's there
you c a n ' t get it out without damaging the barrel. The buildup then sizes
each bullet that passes it. Current stainless steel match barrels are manufac-
tured to bore tolerances of .0001" to .0002". Since the sized bullet n o longer
exactly fits the muzzle portion of the bore, a certain amount accuracy
is lost.
There are a few hunting rifles so rough they need their field shots fired
from a fouled barrel to keep the first shot on target; however, the m o d e r n
benchrest rifle will print it's first shot from a clean dry barrel right into the
average group. Chronograph testing shows only a few fps loss for this
This Sinclair gun caddy holds the rifle steady during cleaning.
fouler. D u r i n g the course of a match I d o n ' t fire that first shot into the sighter
target until the wind and mirage will give some meaning to the shot,
s o m e t i m e s waiting several minutes. M a n y people spoil a perfectly good
bulls eye by firing that first fouling shot, in a condition they w o n ' t shoot
anyway, into a clean bull. They might need that mothball uncluttered at the
end of the relay as time runs down and they have to m a k e fast decisions. O n e
time at Lafayette, Louisiana there was a man w h o d i d n ' t want that first shot
on his target, he would lift the butt of the rifle and shoot it off the backer
target. T h e only problem was, a shot between the target frames clipped the
cable that pulled the moving backer - not the best way to m a k e friends! I've
seen the cable clipped several times. Fred Finlay and I were trying to get
one of Fred's rifles on paper by shooting between the targets at a rock on the
earth bank. Well, Fred was unlucky enough to clip that wire by accident.
There are a few items we need to get the rifle clean. First is a rest to hold
the rifle steady while the cleaning rod is worked back and forth. It can b e a
D e c k e r clamping rest, a Sinclair one or two gun a l u m i n u m rest, or a
h o m e m a d e rig like Jim Novak and John Jones have m a d e for m e . Important
things are padding for the paint j o b and the muzzle below the receiver so
solvents drain away from the chamber. Next are good cleaning rods with the
appropriate jags. T h e cleaning rods must be vinyl coated like the Dewey or
Parker H a l e . A poor second best choice is one of the hardened steel jointed
rods. If you use a jointed aluminum rod there's a chance of ruining that
CLEANING TECHNIQUE 151
Alvin Davidson sports the latest in headgear during a surprise cold snap in
Phoenix. He also shows correct cleaning rodform with an angled rifle and
a straight rod thrust.
brand new match grade barrel the first time the rod is run d o w n the b o r e .
T h e soft aluminum can pick up grit, act just like a lap, and scratch the tender
lands and grooves with every stroke. If y o u ' r e not a believer I'll tell you
w h o has done it (it's embarrassing and expensive enough without n a m i n g
names). You need patches that fit snugly over the jag. Most of us have a
favorite type that works well, there's no reason to change.
Solvent is one area where there's been some recent experimentation. T h e
old standby Hoppe's N o . 9 fell out of favor when they removed the
Nitrobenzene from the mixture. If we look at the danger from Nitrobenzene
everyone should cheer their decision. Black powder solvent, Shooters
C h o i c e , the new Hoppe's Benchrest, Sweets 7 . 6 2 , Blue Goop, Quicksilver
spray engine cleaner, and JB C o m p o u n d all have their promoters. E a c h item
has its uses. Black powder solvent on a patch gets out the p o w d e r fouling
before brushing. Shooters Choice and the new Hoppe's acts on p o w d e r and
copper fouling. T h e 7.62 is an aggressive solvent for use on built up c o p p e r
fouling. Blue G o o p is a two part solvent that really works o n stubborn
copper fouling. I d o n ' t leave that one in the bore overnight. Fred Sinclair's
tests showed it would pit stainless steel when left in contact for long
periods. S o m e o n e found the c o m p o u n d in one of the spray engine cleaners
did a great j o b of removing fouling. There's something about the idea that's
kept m e from trying that one yet. JB C o m p o u n d is a jewelers abrasive in an
oil base that provides judicious mechanical cutting action. T h e Eubers have
used JB C o m p o u n d as frequently as between every group for their squeaky

clean bores. S o m e of the solvents need oxygen to react with the fouling.
D o n ' t use a c h a m b e r plug, fill the barrel with solvent, and expect all the
copper to disappear. Just like any other item in this sport, read the direc-
tions before rushing forth like Don Quixote. If you still need to joust with a
windmill I r e c o m m e n d George Kelbly's range during the Super Shoot.
There are several hundred windmills to get into trouble with.
T h e last item, but one of the most important, is a bore guide. Bore guides
are fitted tubes that replace the bolt during cleaning. T h e bore guide fills
several j o b s at o n c e . T h e competition two oz. trigger is a sensitive precision
device. A n y g u m m i n g or grit can foul up the works. Just ask Seely M a s k e r
how m u c h fun it isn't to have a trigger go bad in the middle of a match. T h e
bore guide extends over the trigger slot and keeps any drips of solvent away
from the trigger and the bedding. M a k e sure the bore guide you use is long
enough to get the opening past the action/stock junction. Otherwise, drips
can spoil the bedding. T h e better bore guides have fitted " O " rings that seal
the c h a m b e r completely. The second important j o b is to precisely align the
rod in the bore. This is w h y a m i n i m u m rod hole custom bore guide as m a d e
by B r u n o or Jones is a better choice. If the bore guide is sloppy in the
chamber, or if one isn't used, the cleaning rod can b o w as it's worked and
d a m a g e the lands just forward of the leade. For a while Rick Hornbeck
carried around a cut off chamber where the first inch of lands was missing
on one side. Just because you have a bore guide d o e s n ' t m e a n you can put
a big bend into the rod and not be damaging the lands. Get the rod straight
as it's being stroked. Never - ever - clean a Benchrest rifle without a
bore guide!
Let's run through a cleaning sequence so some of this will m a k e sense. If
it's been a while since the rifle has been shot wet a brush and rebrush the
bore before patching out and shooting. Brushing loosens any g u m or dust
that's accumulated in storage. After firing ten shots remove the bolt and set
the rifle in the cleaning rest. Put the patch j a g on the cleaning rod (or for
convenience set up two cleaning rods). For a 6 m m the Parker Hale .22 j a g
gives perfect fit on a two inch round patch poked slightly off center, or
a 13/4" square patch poked in the middle. Soak the patch with black p o w d e r
solvent. Push it through the bore once. This one pass removes most of the
black grit left from the powder (some people like to leave that grit in the
bore for brushing, thinking the extra abrasion is a help). For the rare
instance w h e r e you think the bore is wet, accidently try to push through a
dry patch and stick it tight an inch into the barrel, there's an easy solution.
Point the muzzle in the air, dribble some solvent down the barrel onto the
patch and jag. Rotate the muzzle and trickle some down each groove to
d a m p e n the b o r e , wait a minute for the solvent to run down the barrel, the
patch is now thoroughly soaked and will push through easily.
CLEANING TECHNIQUE 153
C h a n g e over to the proper size bristle brush. M a k e sure there are no bare
spots and it has a bronze core with brass bristles. I've always gotten good
fit, and results, with the Bruno Benchrest Brushes, but there are several
suitable kinds. (Never use a stainless brush in a stainless barrel, bore scope
inspection has proven just one stroke can d a m a g e the barrel.) Soak the
brush with solvent and m a k e at least one pass through the bore for each shot
that was fired. Never try to reverse direction before the brush passes
completely out of the barrel. A s you learn the characteristics of the barrel
and p o w d e r combination the correct n u m b e r of passes needed to clean the
barrel is discovered. S o m e powders burn very dirty. Between lots of the
same p o w d e r there can be a big difference in the amount of residue left. I
always shoot the cleanest lot of H 3 2 2 I can find. Dirty burning p o w d e r is
one reason we use the bronze cored, brass bristled, brush. If the barrel
needs extra passes, the brush c a n ' t d a m a g e the bore. Resoak the brush at
least once in the middle of the procedure to ensure there's plenty of solvent
acting on the fouling. T h e easiest method is to use a squeeze bottle with an
applicator tip and reapply it with the brush out the end of the barrel.
If it's time to g o h o m e ; run a dry patch through to remove loosened
fouling, resoak with solvent and put the bore away wet. If y o u ' r e loading at
the range; leave the bore to soak as you reload for the next group. W h e n it's
time to shoot again start with a tight patch through the bore to remove the
solvent and residue. Take a second patch and push it through. This one
should only have a light grey smudge on it. If it has heavy black the bore
isn't clean, you have to rebrush before shooting. If the patch is only
s m u d g e d , reverse and push it through the barrel again. This pass will reveal
only very light gray. T h e final touch is swabbing out the c h a m b e r to remove
any remaining solvent. This is accomplished with a large patch over a brush
or a commercial c h a m b e r swab sized for the cartridge being used. Rinse the
solvent out of the brush, with M E K or a spray cleaner, to m a k e it last longer.
Otherwise the solvent will ruin the bristles by attacking the brass just the
way it's supposed to. While cleaning, place a paper bag under the end of the
muzzle to catch used patches. Clean u p any old patches or garbage before
leaving; nothing gives a blacker eye to benchrest shooting than leaving a
m e s s at the range.
T h e bore is now dry enough to put the first shot where it's expected. T h e
best example I've ever seen of a rifle printing its first shot after cleaning in
the middle of the group was the 200 yard Light Varmint target Jim Meyer of
Torrington, Connecticut shot on September 12,1982. J i m m y d o e s n ' t like to
fire fouler or sighter shots. H e went to the line and fired just five shots, in a
calm, at the beginning of a relay. His five shots at 200 yards m e a s u r e d . 155".
A n IBS record that stood for three years.
20
Benchrest Techniques for

Hunting Rifles
A n y o n e reading this book wants to know how they can m a k e their g a m e

shooting rifles group better. If you picked up the book from the rack, looked
at the chapter list, and turned back to this chapter - here's one piece of
c o m m o n sense to help your hunting rifle shoot better. D o n ' t let the rifle
recoil on the sling studs! I see it all the t i m e , rifles set u p with the front stud
in contact with the front of the sandbag. You need a bit of r o o m between the
stud and the b a g , rifles recoil an average of 2/10" before the bullet is out of
the barrel. T h e r e , now y o u ' v e eliminated one reason for poor groups with
the old " s h o o t i n iron".
W e ' v e all been exposed to rifles which cover the whole g a m u t of
potential accuracy. O u r shooting pieces may include one or two stock
jewels, c h a m b e r e d in something like a . 2 2 2 , 2 2 - 2 5 0 , or 7 M a g , which put
their shots into a cluster with nothing sticking out. M o r e likely t h e y ' r e
closer to the average, putting most of their shots close, with a flyer or two to
spoil the average. Then there's a chance they're rifles more inclined to hit an
animal by grasping the barrel and swinging for their h e a d , rather than
shooting them. I've never been more frustrated in rifle shooting than when I
tried to sight in a Ruger N o . 1 in 7 M a g , which after three w e e k e n d s , trying
four different bullets and three different powders, w o u l d n ' t group better
than four inches at 100 yards. That's fine for hitting a m o o s e in the lungs at
15 feet, but it's horrible when preparing for a deer hunt over a winter wheat
plot where the whitetails might show up at 250 yards. Needless to say, that
tomato stake went back to the dealer in exchange for a .257 Roberts which
hit into 1 1/8" at 100 yards, that's more like it for a factory rifle. Handloads
with a Nosier 100 grain flat base pushed by I M R 4 0 6 4 shrunk the group size
This cut away shows well done pillar bedding. Pillar bedding is highly
recommended for getting your hunting rifle to shoot its best.
quite a bit from that. The buck w h o caught that Nosier at 125 yards piled u p
in a heap right where he had been standing.
Hunting rifles which put all their shots into small clumps d o n ' t need a
whole lot of work; a factory hunting rifle that gives tight groups is quite
a combination, d o n ' t screw up the works. Since the rifle you have is
probably more like the typical, one that parks a shot in orbit o n c e in a w h i l e ,
let's study the various stages towards getting the best accuracy in the
components.
First thing to d o with any used factory rifle is to make sure it's clean.
S e c o n d , put out at least one wind indicator in front of the bench (even a
ribbon tied to a tree branch is enough to get started) and try shooting a
group with the indicator pushing in the same direction on each shot. If
y o u ' v e never heeded the reverses while shooting groups y o u ' l l find an
instant 2 5 % reduction in average group size. Most of my practice with
bench guns is at a public range. Every time out s o m e o n e will c o m e up, ask
what the streamers are for, then get on a soap box and explain they shoot a
. 2 7 0 , or .300 M a g , or whatever with heavy bullets and d o n ' t need to pay
attention to the wind. Bull.
If y o u ' v e followed the wind flag advice and still notice flyers out of a
central group there are a long list of things to try. Let's check back to the
chapter on case preparation and pick out some of the more critical items for
use in a hunting rifle. The typical piece used in the g a m e fields isn't
BENCHREST TECHNIQUES AND HUNTING RIFLES 157
There's no reasonfor an accurate rifle to be ugly. This beautiful varmint piece

easily knocks the chucks flat.
accurate enough to need any case segregation other than matching the lot
and the brand. D o n ' t go to the public range, pick up discarded brass, and
expect it to put all its shots into a dot. Get enough unprimed brass at the
same time. Here's a clue. W h e n y o u ' r e buying brass at the gun store pull
out the end flap and check the lot numbers. If the store d o e s n ' t have e n o u g h ,
ask if they have an unbroken case in the store room or go to another supplier.
There are two things I do to the brass for a hunting rifle which have proven
beneficial to accuracy in the typical rifle. T h e first is internal flash hole
deburring. T h e burr is inconsistent from case to case. Without removing it
there's some variation in the ignition curve on every shot. Internal debur-
rers are cheap, they only need to be used once: when the case is new. I
believe deburring is the most important thing in case preparation for a
hunting rifle.
T h e second step is a light clean up of the neck walls with a neck turner.
For obvious reasons factory rifles have neck dimensions which are signifi-
cantly larger than the amount of brass available in the neck of the case. In a
factory rifle's large neck there's not as much benefit from neck turning as in
the tight neck of a custom chamber. T h e good which c o m e s out of case neck
turning is that the later use of press dies will put the bullet into a concentric
neck, and help bullet alignment. If y o u ' r e using press dies cutting the necks
to a thickness so they clean u p two thirds of the way around of the neck is
enough for factory chambers. They d o n ' t need to be cut so thin they clean
u p all the way around, it would remove enough brass that constant full
length resizing would decrease case life. If y o u ' v e m a d e the plunge for
hand held neck sizing and seating dies go ahead and cut the brass for full
clean up.
We all k n o w that experimentation with make and brand of bullet might
be necessary to find the best combination for the rifle. As it turns out, half
the time when we use up a box of bullets which shot like a house afire, and
replace it with the same brand, the new box w o n ' t perform nearly as well as
the first box. T h e big manufacturers have several machines in a row which
are m a k i n g the same type of bullet. These little projectiles are fed down
funnels into a bin which combines the bullets from all the machines. If there
are four machines making bullets, and one of them is slightly out of
adjustment when compared to the rest, w e ' v e produced a box with 2 5 %
flyers. Sounds like a good reason for some three and two groups d o e s n ' t it?
H o w about when there are two machines out of adjustment? Even the match
grade bullets the big companies m a k e are produced on multiple machines.
Benchrest shooters have tried to get some match bullets from the individual
machines packed separately, but the manufacturer said it's too m u c h trou-
ble. W h e n the rifle isn't to be used for shooting m e d i u m to large g a m e ,
hand m a d e bullets are usually the ticket for an instant accuracy boost. T h e
.22 and 6 m m centerfires being used on prairie dogs and woodchucks kill
the little critters easily with benchrest bullets at the velocity with which the
big varmint cases propel them.
T h e hand swaged benchrest bullet is available for four of the most
popular calibers. In the .22 the bullets are usually in 52 or 5 3 grain. For
$ 9 . 0 0 to $11.00 per box of 100 they're easy insurance against thrown shots
that are the fault of the bullet. .222, .22-250, and .220 Swift rifles can shoot
these precision made pills quite well without any other changes. For longer
range work, or if your sharp twist w o n ' t stabilize the 5 2 s , or if y o u ' r e
looking for a little less wind drift try some of the longer 57 to 63 grain
bullets from Bruno and Berger.
In the same price range, the .243 is well supplied by all of the c u s t o m
bullet makers. For those with 12 or 14 inch twist barrels best results might
be with bullets from 62 to 72 grains. T h e hand m a d e 6 m m 80 grain pill Walt
Berger makes should be the ticket for the . 2 4 3 , . 2 4 4 , and the 6 m m
wildcats. T h e latest experimentation in 6 m m is for slippery 105 grain
bullets with a very low drag. Long range groups could be decreased
significantly. Boy, I c a n ' t wait till they get released to the public.
Speedy Gonzalez makes match grade 7 m m bullets in 120, 140, and 168
grain for $15.50 per hundred. He is also the supplier of great hand m a d e
.308 bullets. With weights of 110, 125, and 168 he has all the twist rates
covered. Again the price is reasonable at $15.50 per hundred. It's a m a z i n g
the consistent quality level any of these hand m a d e bullets achieves. For the
average hunting rifle in a caliber for which they're m a d e there will b e an

instant pick u p in accuracy potential by shooting match grade bullets.
T h e next thing to look into after bullets is powders. Most hunting calibers
have more case capacity than required. All of the powders in the suitable
range can be tried to see which gives best accuracy. Just like in the chapter
on loading for a benchrest rifle; start lower than m a x i m u m and slowly
increase the charge. To quote my friend Butch Wahl of Somerset, Pennsyl-
vania: " H u n t i n g anything which d o e s n ' t want to chew on m y blue j e a n s the
.257 Roberts Improved does the j o b " . For the same reason so many people
g o into the woods overgunned, they choose to work a cartridge to it's
absolute m a x i m u m velocity when handloading. A s Butch said, an animal
with a hunting bullet through the lungs is dead n o matter what you hit h i m
with; or whether it's 200 fps faster, or slower. I've shot several animals with
a 180 grain bullet out of a . 300 Winchester M a g , and have never recovered a
bullet; they zipped through so fast they barely slowed d o w n . W h a t ' s the use
of the extra few hundred feet per second when the bullet will pass through
anything we can find south of the Canadian border. Back off that few
hundred feet per second and shoot a more accurate load. Plant the first shot
in the lungs: trying to put an animal on the dinner table by scaring it with
fancy muzzle energy and a sonic crack as the shot whizzes by it's ear only
works in John Wayne movies.
If shooting tests after the changes to the cases and bullets have shown
p r o m i s e , but you think the rifle is capable of better accuracy and want to
pursue it further there's lots more to d o . Several of the items explained in
the loading chapter are applicable in hunting rifles. Be warned, use your
brain and m a k e sure to approach these tips safely.
T h e hand held neck sizer and bullet seater are often all that needs to be
added to get a factory rifle shooting into .600" and below. If your factory
rifle will shoot the occasional .750" and the occasional .450" with the rest in
the middle it's starting to show promise. If y o u ' v e been setting the bullet to
the O A L that's listed in the reloading manuals the bullet is sure to be way off
the lands. If all your shooting is single shot read over the section about
bullet j a m and get the bullet closer to the lands: reread everything till y o u ' r e
sure y o u ' r e doing it correctly. With any hunting rifle, even one that's only
shot off the b e n c h , I'll never set the bullet closer than .010" off the lands.
Even then, m a k e sure to decrease the powder a full 10% and work up
slowly. If the bullet was way off the lands, and has been moved significantly
closer, the m a x i m u m load will be reached with a lower powder charge. In a
rifle which is only single loaded cartridge length and neck tension can be
any figure. In a magazine rifle that's used with a loaded magazine you have
to check for two things. First is whether the longer cartridge will fit in the
magazine. With a .22- 250 in a long action the box should be plenty long
enough. In a .300 Winchester M a g n u m in the same action a bullet near the
lands might be seated too far out to fit the magazine. Second, when using
hand dies, is to m a k e sure that the neck tension is set high e n o u g h that a
round in the magazine d o e s n ' t get its bullet pulled out by recoil. Test this by
putting one round in the m a g a z i n e , single load over the top of it, and shoot
five shots. C h e c k the length with a caliper, if it's changed the neck tension
needs to be increased. This is very important! D o n ' t g o into the w o o d s and
j a m a rifle because a bullet pulled out in the magazine.
O n e easy way to shrink the average group size from the bench is to boost
the scope power. Switching over from a 3X- 9 X to a 16X will decrease the
groups because you have better resolution, and can be sure y o u ' r e holding
in exactly the same place on every shot. Better resolution isn't nearly as
important in a rifle which shoots into two inches at 100 yards. T h e n , if you
miss your hold by 1/4" on each side of the group y o u ' v e only increased the
group size by 2 5 % . If you miss by 1/4" on a rifle capable of 1/2" groups
y o u ' v e changed the accuracy by 100%. Pretty significant eh! Best of all for
a big g a m e rifle is to get a fixed power 4 X for use in the hunting fields where
most of the shots will be offhand and at moving g a m e , then buy a 2 4 X for
use at the b e n c h . T h e 24X scope is a honey for anyone w h o isn't going to
shoot in competition. With a larger field of view, and better clarity, it's more
useful on a hunting caliber than a 3 6 X . It's magnification quickly shows if
the crosshairs are m o v i n g , where before the lower power m a d e you think
you were rock steady. If the 2 4 X indicates wiggle city it's time to solve
p r o b l e m s in t h e b e n c h , r e s t s , or h o l d with their resultant i n c r e a s e s
in accuracy.
If the rifle still throws shots which are unexplainable it's time to get a
competent gunsmith to check things over, and m a y b e get a bit of work d o n e .
Lots of items from the trouble shooting chapter are applicable. Get the
trigger adjusted so it breaks cleanly and at a manageable weight. Nothing
screws up tiny groups quicker than an eight pound trigger. Get the gunsmith
to check if the bolt face is square, lap in the lugs for full contact, check
firing pin protrusion, and firing pin spring tension. T h e c h a m b e r must be
square to the bore or there's absolutely no chance for accuracy. You could
spend lots of money on everything else, but until the c h a m b e r is cut straight
it's a waste of t i m e . If the c h a m b e r is at fault spring for a new barrel. Get the
correct twist rate for the bullet you use most of the time. In a .30-06 the
factory puts on a 1:10 twist barrel so it can stabilize the 220 grain round
nose. If y o u ' l l never shoot that bullet put on a 1:12 which works much better
with the 150 grain slugs you will be shooting at targets with, the slower
twist allows you to try some of the light weight custom bullets which
w o u l d n ' t be stabilized by a 1:10. M y old .300 Winchester M a g n u m shot its
best groups with 130 grain Speer hollow points. Depending on projected
use of the rifle get the c h a m b e r cut with a reamer m a d e to tighter specs.
Killing two birds with one stone always made sense to m e .
Since it's not that expensive, and makes a rifle much m o r e stable in the
hunting field, spring for the cost of a pillar bedding j o b . Pillar bedding
removes most of the worry during a sloppy wet bear hunt about whether the
rifle has shifted point of impact. To really get rid of moisture related impact
shifts g o full boat and get a synthetic stock for " O l d Betsy".
Decide in your mind the exact purpose for a rifle before going out and
spending lots of green stuff on it. Is the gun to be used for shooting targets
only, shooting g a m e only, or a bit of both? Of the eight rifles I o w n there are
five benchrest rigs which are capable of World Class accuracy. M o n e y and
effort to m a k e t h e m as accurate as possible will be spent at any t i m e , in any
a m o u n t . T h e other three are hunting rifles in .257 Roberts Improved, . 2 7 0 ,
and .300 Winchester M a g n u m . T h e .257 is capable of the odd group below
half an inch. T h e other two average just over an inch. Brad Harrison of
R i c h m o n d , Virginia about fell off his chair when he heard I had a rifle in m y
closet which d i d n ' t average under an inch. As I stated to him: " T h e y are
still quite accurate, they rarely go over an inch and a half, yet they've never
failed to bring down an animal they were pointed at". T h e five big g a m e
animals shot with the .270 have never traveled further than the distance it to
took them to skid to a stop on their nose! I know the two big bores will never
be shot more than a few shots before the season to check that the impact
point h a s n ' t shifted, then during the season they only get fired one shot,
twice if I have tags for two animals. See, I know the purpose for the two
rifles, they fill the bill perfectly.
M a k e u p your mind what you'll be using your rifle for and what's
necessary to fit it into your plans. If it will never be taken into the g a m e
field, but will spend lots of time at the bench, decide right off whether it
makes sense to put money onto it. Spend the time to calculate whether a
Remington 4 0 X , or 7 0 0 , or Ruger 77 will be that m u c h better after you
throw all your dollars at it. Think back to some of the earlier chapters. For
target use alone a good used benchrest rifle can be purchased in the $ 5 0 0 . 0 0
to $ 7 5 0 . 0 0 range. A used benchrest rifle which is almost brand new might
only g o for $1000.00, if you add u p the $ 3 0 0 . 0 0 or m o r e you can get out of
your used stocker there's not that m u c h to upgrading to a pure target rifle, it
makes a lot more sense than spending another chunk of money trying to
refine a rifle into something which will only get to the higher lever with a
significant infusion of cash. Half the competitors on the line at a benchrest
match went the route of converting a 4 0 X to a pure benchrest rifle. T h e y ' l l
all tell y o u , for pure target work, it's a lot more expensive going that route
as compared to getting a custom the first time around. (Or getting s o m e -
one else to spend the money reworking a 4 0 X and buying used at a reduced
price.)
However, if y o u ' l l be shooting mostly at critters it w o u l d n ' t m a k e sense
to get a pure benchrest rifle. For field use their flat bottomed forend, two
ounce trigger, and lack of a safety makes their use limited. I ' v e used single
shot benchrest rifles to shoot woodchucks and the occasional turkey. It's a
hassle not being able to lock h o m e the bolt till the instant before the shot.
Using a Remington 7 0 0 as a base you can build a beautiful little hunting

rifle which still shoots good groups, yet has a safety and a magazine. With a
synthetic stock the weight can get down to as low as you want it. H u m p i n g
through the mountains is easier with a six and a half pound . 3 0 8 . If the
rifle's to be used on small game up to the size of Coyote's get it accurized
and barreled in one of the accurate cartridges. T h e . 2 2 2 , or the .22 B R are
good choices. We know the potential of the . 2 2 2 , but the B R is a sleeper.
Talking to the single shot handgun boys, they tell of getting 3500 fps out of a
15" barrel with it. All this and sub 1/2 M O A potential! T h e bullet from a .22
B R , out of a 24" barrel, really tears up the woodchucks. It's significantly
more accurate than the .22-250, or .220 Swift that's usually used in the
fields. In the 22 B R I've had groups below .200" at 100 yards using a
stainless steel barreled, accurized, Remington 7 0 0 . A well done .308 has
the potential of an occasional group that small. Big b o o m e r s like the 7 M a g
and the .300 M a g w o n ' t usually get a sniff at targets quite that tiny, but with
the right c o m p o n e n t s and lots of work, groups between .300" and .400"
are attainable.
Shoulder busters from .300 Winchester M a g and up should all be shot
with a sissy bag when used from the bench. Using one of the square, flat,
bags from Protektor makes more sense than bruising after a couple shots.
Last time I shot my .300 Winchester M a g it was stuffed with Nosier 200
grain Partitions and a bunch of I M R 7 8 2 8 . Two shots at the bench, the day
before a hunt, were enough to raise a bruise. T h e flat bag increases gun
weight by a couple of pounds and spreads the recoil over the entire 4" X 6"
area. It m a k e s shooting one of those big crackers easy. T h e week before
there had been a guy at the public range w h o was asking for help sighting in
his big m a g n u m . He commented: "You shoot it, I ' m too bruised from last
week". D o e s n ' t sound like fun does it!
Another way to save money is to look over the used hunting rifles on a
benchrest gunsmiths resale rack. Serious accuracy buffs are always experi-
menting and trying to get more accuracy than what they're shooting now.
Unless they're rich they finance some of these experiments by trading in
good shooting guns. I've seen lots of reworked hunting and target rifles
which would satisfy the requirement perfectly, for sale for a lot less than it
would cost to build the same thing from scratch.
Give serious consideration to a switch barrel gun. Think about having
one action accurized, put it into fibreglass, then have two barrels c h a m -
bered for it. A s an example, make one .22-250, and the other 7 M a g . Even
with two bolts the cost w o n ' t be that high, and you w o n ' t pound yourself
silly shooting the m a g n u m at targets every weekend. W h e n it c o m e s time
for hunting season switch barrels, and scopes, and head for the hills.
If y o u ' r e interested in learning more about the latest in rifle accuracy buy
the compilation that P R E C I S I O N S H O O T I N G has released. They took the
best articles from the last eight years and put them all into one " s u p e r
magazine", now rather than having to buy 9 0 magazines at a couple bucks

each the good how-to articles will all be at your fingertips for under $10.00.
Another thing to get is the catalog from Sinclair International. It supplies a
wealth of information. Fred Sinclair carefully explains how to use all the
tools, the m e t h o d s , and the reasons for it. If y o u ' r e just starting in accuracy
reloading Sinclair offers package deals of the popular tools. A couple of
evenings reading the magazine and the catalog will m a k e you one of the
most knowledgeable shooters in your club. You'll be amazed at the tips
those articles divulge.
M y friend Dickie Pustejovsky from Huntsville, Texas c o m m e n t e d that
he has been reloading, trying for good groups, and shooting high power
rifles for 15 years. After a brief exposure to benchrest techniques, tools, and
equipment he realized the previous 15 years were only grade school c o m -
pared to where he is now. " F o r 15 years I only thought I was shooting."
What these c o m m e n t s show is that the national magazines d o n ' t give a true
picture of the accuracy that's available from a good rifle. Hook up with a
subscription to P R E C I S I O N S H O O T I N G , then g o to a benchrest match
and look at some of the things shooters are doing to get their rifles to shoot
into one hole. Ask questions, get a few phone n u m b e r s , find w h o shoots at a
range close to your h o m e , and start figuring out how to get your rifle to be
the best it can possibly be. T h e match is a good place to put out the word
that y o u ' r e looking for tools, scopes, equipment, and advice on how to get
started on the right foot in the accuracy world. There's always a bulletin
board at a match where you can post a card with your requests. Have a spot
for the shooters to write where you can find t h e m , and get together for a bull
session while they're waiting for their relay. Heed the advice that's given, I
r e m e m b e r the follies of one bull headed shooter. He had a problem chang-
ing some of his preconceived notions about what should go into an accurate
rifle. After prodding, poking, and scrutinizing a used benchrest rifle B o b
White had on his resale rack, this guy decided to have B o b build h i m a
hunter class . 3 0 8 . But, after seeing heavy finger pressure could slightly
deflect the sides of a fibreglass stock he decided the stock was too flexible:
" D o n ' t you think this stock is punky". Not listening to B o b and I (and about
five other guys) he had the stock built with two layers of fibreglass and extra
amounts of resin, so in places the stock was almost completely solid. T h e
special order stock came in, the action was bedded, and checking on the
scale showed the rifle would be more than a pound overweight if a normal
taper barrel was put on. In order to make the ten pound weight limit for
hunter class competition the barrel had to be shortened and reduced in
diameter, an obvious detriment to accuracy as compared to any perceived
" p u n k i n e s s " . D o n ' t be bull headed about what makes a rifle accurate!
21
Troubleshooting
At one time or another a rifleman b u m p s into a shooting iron with accuracy

potential, which refuses to shoot good groups, or one which has shot good
groups, but lost its e d g e . Listing and discussing some of the things to look
for might give you a bit of a handle on the various possibilities and save
some t i m e , money, and frustration. A hint to the new purchaser of a
benchrest rifle w h o isn't experienced in the use of wind flags, and calling
shots. Get an experienced hand to try one or two groups with the piece.
Shooting over flags, they will know whether the shots stepping out of the
group are condition influenced, or equipment trouble. Unnecessary tear
downs use u p time which could be better spent punching holes in a target.
T h e best (or worst) example for needing to get an experienced opinion
comes from one of B o b White's customers. This fellow had B o b build him a
rifle, being particularly strong minded he had Bob change several of the
standard features usually found in a competitive rifle. After a delay caused
by the wait for non standard components Bob built up the rifle, shot one
round on his h o m e range to check function, and sent the gent merrily on his
way. T h e excited telephone call which followed showed a complete lack of
c o m m o n sense. S e e m s the guy had taken this rifle to his local underground
shooting tube range, and after bore sighting (or so he thought) tried to fire at
the 100 yard target. He complained loud and long that B o b had built a rifle
which c o u l d n ' t be sighted in, he said the rifle was so inaccurate shots hit the
sides of the tube, rather than the target at the end. He c o m m e n t e d : " T h e
club president was there and he couldn't hit the paper either". This sure was
a puzzler to B o b , but since he guarantees his work he immediately re-
quested the rifle back for testing. Tests showed the scope was so far out of
bore sight, bullets were hitting several feet away from point of aim at 100
This internal deburring tool from Sinclair will help any rifle be more
accurate.
yards. After bore sighting and one sighter Bob shot a .350" five shot group.
I would love to have a hunter rifle that inaccurate.
There are two different types of rifles which w o n ' t shoot. T h e first is one
with no history that's been purchased, either new or used, and testing gives
poor results. For a World Class 6 P P C with a custom action, synthetic stock,
match grade stainless barrel, and two ounce trigger poor results might m e a n
the rifle shoots groups that average .300" to .500" in good conditions. T h e
second type of rifle is the one which y o u ' v e been shooting for a while, and it
either gradually decreased, or stopped grouping all at o n c e . T h e first thing
to d o ; especially with the newly purchased used rifle is to ensure it's clean.
T h e average shooter d o e s n ' t know how to keep a barrel clean, and often
times w h e n they do use the proper solvents, rods, guides, and brushes they
shoot too many rounds between cleanings. Even if the seller told you the
barrel only has 500 rounds through it, they might have only cleaned the rifle
ten times! If y o u ' v e read this far into the book I hope the first thing you did
after acquiring the rifle was to soak the bore with solvent and give it a
thorough brushing. If the patches show heavy copper or powder fouling, a
good clean-up with one of the stronger solvents might be the ticket to get the
stick shooting again. If the barrel is clean there's a long list of things to
check to try and correct the problem. If y o u ' r e doing the work at the range,
or are lucky enough to have a bench right outside the w o r k s h o p - correct
procedure insists checking, and testing, be done one step at a t i m e . If it's
TROUBLESHOOTING 167
over an hour to the range, as in my case, look for an obvious p r o b l e m , and

try to fix the puzzle all in one shot.
Buying a used bench gun usually means some brass c o m e s along with the
rifle. A novice, more often than not, d o e s n ' t get the brass neck dimensions
or seating depths correct. Check these two things first. It's obvious y o u ' v e
found a big chunk of the problem if the cases have the bullet seated a quarter
inch off the lands, or the loaded case necks are oversized for the chamber.
M o r e often than not I've isolated the problem by working with the scope
and its mounts. Minute amounts of movement in a scope base translates into
significant error at the target. Pull off the scope; remove the rings and bases.
Pulling the screws from the bases is very important. Lots of times it's a too
long front base screw contacting the barrel which causes the conniptions.
Look at the bottom of the screw, and on the barrel, for shiny signs of wear
coming from contact. Because of their removal of a critical area for
bewilderment I love actions like the Kelbly, and the M C S , which have their
bases machined right into the top of the receiver. If the screws w e r e n ' t
contacting a n y w h e r e , apply some thread locking c o m p o u n d to the bases
screws and tighten them up with a properly fitting screwdriver. With the
bases and ring bottoms tight switch to a scope of known performance. I'll
g o to the range and check for grouping ability at this point. It's often the
solution, and it keeps us from doing anything drastic to the rifle.
Get an accurate torque wrench and check the stocks screws on a bolt in.
M a x for the front and middle screw is 4 0 inch pounds; max for the back
screw is 25 inch pounds. Check that the barrel is tight in the action. Several
cases a year c o m e to light where the barrel was so loose it could be twisted
by hand. If the barrel had been loose r e m e m b e r to full length resize the
cases before trying to shoot again. T h e y ' v e become longer by at least a few
thousandths, in essence they've been fireformed into a long P P C . Testing
has proven inconsistent contact between any of the rifles individual c o m p o -
nents is detrimental to accuracy. Look at the obvious things first. Put the
rifle in the rests (to set up the same stock loading as found during firing) and
run a piece of thick paper down the barrel channel, ideal clearance is .040"
-.050". Is the barrel really free floating all the way, or at least to within one
inch of the action, where the bedding starts? Is there any contact between
the bolt handle and the stock, if there is the hand rubbed paint j o b has to go;
relieve the area to remove the contact. Check the trigger housing, m a k e
certain it's not hitting the stock anywhere, look at the trigger as it's
released, make sure it's not contacting the trigger guard.
On a bolt-in, if it still d o e s n ' t shoot pull the action screws and check them
for contact at the tip. Probe the action bedding with a pointed tool, look for
soft areas caused by dripped solvent. Any areas of rubbery bedding points
to the cause of the poor targets. G u m m y bedding is c o m m o n in rifles which
are cleaned without bore guides. Even with bore guides tight patches
soaked with solvent often lay a drip onto the butt, behind the action. This
Benchrest shooters like Myles Hollister epitomize benchrest. He's a great

guy, a fine gunsmith and bulletmaker, and a tough competitor.
was the cause of my 6 H L S ' s trouble punching tens one season. W h e n the
action was removed from the stock the epoxy bedding had a film of solvent
over it, so n o matter how tight the stock screws there was some m o v e m e n t
between different shots. Clean with a towel over the butt stock, or close by,
to catch those drips and keep them out of the bedding.
O n a glue-in there are a couple of non destructive ways to check for glue-
in failure. Put the barrel into a barrel vise, and gently grip the forend and
barrel together with your hand. If the epoxy has separated it will often show
at the rear of the action, between the bolt slot, and in the port cut. D o n
Gentner checks his bedding with a Paul Bunyon act, he grabs the rifle stock
and swings a big arc that results in the barrel slamming a wood table. H e
figures if the bedding holds after that test it's ok. T h e only way to check the
bedding completely on a glue-in is to pop the action out of the stock and
give it a once over. If the rifle is a tack driver, d o n ' t fix something that's not
broken, in this case w e ' r e working on a rifle which isn't shooting, so it's ok
to mess around a bit. O n e of my old motorcycle buddies had a bad case of
the "fix it before it's b r o k e " syndrome. He would change the oil in the front
forks of his Bultaco Alpina three times a day " t o m a k e sure it's clean".
After two days of this (with the rest of us telling him he was nuts) he
stripped out the phillips screw from the drain hole!
S o m e of the big time gunsmiths r e c o m m e n d reworking the glue-in every
one or two years anyway. It shouldn't hurt a rifle which is a " s h o o t e r " , and it
TROUBLESHOOTING 169
might catch one that's just starting to go bad. T h e flip side of the story is:
beware of removing glue-ins, it's possible to break the stock, or d a m a g e the
action.
A rifle purchased used likely has some barrel d a m a g e . It's usually caused
by improper cleaning. Jointed steel rods thrust through the bore without a
bore guide can d a m a g e the leade, the lands, and the crown all on the same
stroke. I've heard of people w h o ruined match barrels with steel rods on the
first cleaning! Pulling the barrel off and eye balling it can give a hazy
indication of the "alligator h i d e " look. If it's there in a 6 P P C the rifle's
probably had more than the 500 rounds you were told it had, and it might be
time for a fresh barrel.
Proper alignment of the witness marks on switch barrel guns is more
critical than a one barrel gun, witness marks c a n ' t be stamped in till the
threads have been stretched to shape. If you have a benchrest gunsmith
close by crown d a m a g e can be cleaned up easily, and quickly (it's cheap
compared to any other operation on the lathe). Recrowning to remove
d a m a g e can have significant impact on a rifle's grouping ability.
There's a few things with the cases we can look into. You'll need an
accurate dial caliper, tubing ball micrometer, and standard 1" micrometer.
Review the chapters on loading and case preparation for the answers to
these faults. First thing to check, as w e ' v e discussed earlier in the chapter, is
the over all length, and the neck clearance. See if the inside of the flash hole
has been deburred. Check with the tubing ball micrometer to see if the brass
was neck turned consistently and to the correct thickness. I've checked
brass others have cut on numerous occasions, one time I found several
thousandths variation between the high and low dimension. Several thou-
sandths is worse than some factory brass! (To top it off, the case looked like
it had been cut with a dull garden trowel.)
T h e bolt deserves some attention, I'll hit the high points on what to look
for, bolts need to g o to the gunsmith for reworking if it's the problem. T h e
firing pin should strike the center of the primer, every once in a while a bolt
c o m e s out where it's firing pin hole wasn't drilled in the center of the bolt.
This will crop u p more often in the production action, but it's happened
once in a while in custom actions. (The flip side: Tom Gillman had a firing
pin so far off center he had to index the primer so the pin would strike one of
the legs of the anvil, and look at everything Tom won!) T h e bolt face must
be perpendicular to the bore, the lugs need to be making at least 7 5 %
contact in the receiver. Bolt-barrel interference gives strings all over the
place as the barrel heats up. Check the case head diameter, m a k e sure
there's at least .005" clearance between the rim and the edge of the inside of
the bolt face.
Let the gunsmith measure for proper firing pin protrusion, and firing
spring tension. Finicky types keep track of the firing spring tension by
testing it each year. They grab two pieces of wood and a bathroom scale.
Then drill a h o l e , that's a bit larger than the bolt handle end of the firing pin
assembly, halfway into the bottom board. This is the board that rests on the
scale. T h e top board needs a stepped hole, the first hole lets only the firing
pin through. T h e second portion of the hole only goes halfway through the
board and provides a stop for the shoulder to push on. Apply pressure with
the top board till you feel the spring begin to depress. It's normally in the
17-18 p o u n d area. Slowly apply increased pressure till the spring reaches
m a x i m u m compression, usually at around 25 pounds. R e m e m b e r bathroom
scales a r e n ' t perfectly accurate, so record the figures and c o m p a r e t h e m on
the same scale next year. Weak springs should never be a problem on any of
the c u s t o m or recently manufactured actions. It's only in the case of
something like an ancient 9 8 M a u s e r that poor springs are the culprit.
There are a few rifles which shoot as wild as old time D o d g e City on a
Saturday night. Careful checks of everything previously m e n t i o n e d shows
n o flaws, a bore scope indicates a good barrel, the c h a m b e r was cut
correctly, the action is trued, switching between scopes shows n o improve-
m e n t . It's t i m e to look for a few of the really insidious faults. Take the
assembled bolt and carefully rotate the firing pin assembly d o w n the c a m ,
into the fired position. Look for excessive contact between the side of the
firing pin head, and the side of the bolt body. Extra contact here creates drag
when the pin is released, with its consequence of inconsistent ignition, and
erratic performance. If there's contact a gunsmith can adjust the bolt body
slightly to supply the proper fit.
In a Remington style bolt the amount of bolt rotation as the bolt handle is
closed is controlled by the location of the bolt handle. Over or under
rotation can push the firing pin head into contact with the bolt body, align
the bolt head to contact a piece of the c a m during its firing stroke, or cause a
locking lug to bottom out. In the Remington, C P S , and a few others the bolt
handle location is set by silver soldering the bolt handle on while in a jig.
S o m e bolts use both screws and solder, some use only a screw. Like any
mechanical process there's a chance the jig was slightly out of alignment
during soldering, leaving the bolt a snit (for an explanation of what a snit is
see Rick Hornbeck) out of position, with the result of the bolt closing too
far, or not far enough. Both situations get some more D o d g e City shots. T h e
way to check it correctly is with the trigger removed, and measure with all
the pieces in their proper position.
O n e more thing to check, a real b u m m e r till you find it, this one can
cause D o d g e City, and Abilene, Saturday night shots. T h e firing pin could
b e retracting too far into the bolt body, this pulls it out of the firing pin h o l e ,
and leaves the firing pin without an exact guide on every shot. O n e shot the
pin might be perfectly centered and strike the p r i m e r correctly, the next shot
the pin might glance off the edge of the pin hole and result in slightly
different ignition characteristics. T h e pin hitting the edges of the hole
causes excess firing pin wear and might bend the pin as well as its ignition
TROUBLESHOOTING 171
problem. C h e c k for it by comparing the distance to the retracted pin in the

assembled bolt with the depth of the pin hole after removing the firing pin.
If the pin is retracting too far get the bolt to a gunsmith and let him fix it, or
send it back to the manufacturer.
With nothing so frustrating as a rifle which should, but d o e s n ' t , shoot
these c o m m e n t s might help save wear and tear on the competitive spirit by
catching problems before they carry too far.
Troubleshooting can catch problems early; solve them and you can end up in
the winners circle.
22
Current Accuracy Levels
M o d e r n Benchrest rifles are the most accurate rifles in existence. There are
three statements the uninformed m a k e when you show them a tiny target
from your pet shooting piece (something on the order of a .088" @ 100
yards or a .255" @ 200 yards). The first c o m m e n t is: "Yea, I have a .243 (or
.22-250, or 7 m m , or .416 Rigby or whatever) that shoots groups like that".
T h e second statement is: "Anyone can shoot a group like that with the rifle
set up on rests like you guys use". T h e third is: " B u t , you missed the bulls
eye", as they point to your tiny bug-hole nestled between the ten and nine
rings. Talk is cheap, I've never been able to get any of these mouthpieces to
show the accuracy they can get from their miracle producers. Taking a
benchrest rifle to the range on a calm, overcast, day is one of the most
pleasant m o m e n t s in the shooting sports. T h e rifle, with a little bit of
g u i d a n c e , will shoot group after group into one hole. A m o m e n t even finer
is when the conditions are horrible, the wind is howling, the mirage is
dancing, and a few competitors on the line still pound in those little g r o u p s ,
even though you know a reverse is worth an inch at 100 yards.
There are many old rifles, still in fine shooting form, to show that some
of the benchrest shooters of a few decades ago had rifles that would put all
their shots into one hole. I've fired several 25 to 30 year old big guns with
wood stocks, and externally adjusting scopes, which grouped every bit as
well as I was capable of shooting them. If they were done correctly back
then: a stable piece of w o o d , with a stainless match barrel, using hand m a d e
bullets, m a n y of yesteryears shooting irons could step up and be competi-
tive on the line today, the only change being to an internally adjustable
scope. That's one of the fun parts of this sport. Records are m a d e to be
broken. T h e long time competitor tries just as hard in this decade to break
the new records as they did in the last.
Allie Euber has proven himself worthy ofthe title Champion. As the winner of
many National Championships, and the setter of multiple World Records,
he's another credit to benchrest.
Read the front dust cover again. It states: the m o d e r n Benchrest Rifle is
capable of a sub .200" five-shot 100 yard group every time it's fired. This
isn't just a reflection of the front pedestal and rear bag on which repose the
rifle. It's not just a fact of the modern bullets, p r i m e r s , or powder. T h e
performance of m o d e r n rifles has a lot to do with the m a n guiding the
bullets into one hole. W e ' v e discussed the effects of wind on the bullets
flight. N o w we'll consider the shooter, on the top of his g a m e , w h o uses the
sighter target, watches the wind flags, w h o aims at three or four different
spots and lets the wind push the bullet into a tiny one hole group. Technical
advances have corrected a lot of the historical problems experienced with
the average benchrest rifle. At least half, and probably more than half of the
rifles we find on the line at any given match are capable of groups
approaching record levels. It's the wind, mirage, nerves, and the m a n a g e -
ment of t h e m which gives a shooter match winning, and record setting
performances. O n e of the most pleasing things about records is, they aren't
all set by men. In 1953 Olive Walker held the world record for 10 shots at
100 yards, a .3268 group she shot with her .222. For a while D o n n a Lee
Price held the N B R S A Sporter record with a .090" 5 shot group she shot on
September 4 , 1972. Lately, it's been Faye Boyer who's put the leather to a
few with their nose in the air. Winner of many matches over the years, in
1987 Faye was the N B R S A Heavy Varmint C h a m p i o n .
CURRENT RECORD LISTS 175
Homer Culver and Red Cornelison show there's no generation gap in

benchrest. Both have proven capable competitors in careers that
span decades.
In order to be considered for a record, a group, or aggregate must fulfill

several rules. First: it must be shot at a registered match with moving
backers. Moving backers are strips of paper, or cardboard, which slide
horizontally behind the target while the group is being fired. They reveal
the proper n u m b e r of shots really exist in that tiny bug hole. T h e targets
must be signed by the match referees, verifying they've looked at the
target, checked the n u m b e r of shots" in the backer, and certifying correct
procedure was followed. Each benchrest organization maintains a Records
C o m m i t t e e . T h e targets are forwarded, with the paper from the moving
backer, to the committee for official scoring. T h e three official scorers each
measure the targets. These three measurements are averaged. If the result is
below the existing record, it's recognized, and recorded as such. These
rules are stringently enforced. Several times in the past potential records
have not been recognized because of errors in following the guidelines. It's
up to you as a competitor to make sure all the necessary steps are complete
before submission for official measure.
This chapter recognizes some of the shooters w h o spent time working on
their equipment, and shooting skills, and have achieved record setting
performances, or been inducted into the Benchrest Hall of F a m e . M a n y
others not listed here have held one or more of these records over the years.
S o m e scores have been broken several times in the same weekend. S o m e
are broken once or twice in a season. A few have held for decades. There
is no greater thrill, and confidence builder, than to say: " I shot a World
Record".
PHOTO CREDITS
Photos not listed are by the author.
A r m o r Metal Products, 4 8
James E Borden, 2 1 , 3 2 , 7 4 ,
103,114,118,168,174
C u s t o m Products, 129 (top 2 ) , 131
Lee Euber, 9 2
Hall Mfg. C o . , 16
Robert W. Hart & S o n , 4 5 , 126
Frank H u b b a r d , 8
Leupold & Stevens, I n c . , 2 3
Sinclair International, Inc. 127,
129 (bottom 2 ) , 1 3 5 , 1 5 0 , 1 5 6 , 1 6 6
Turk Takano, 115
M i k e Walker, 10
Benchrest Glossary
ACCURIZED Term for the careful reworking of a production action,

or rifle, for better grouping ability.
ACTION T h e heart of a rifle, the combination of the receiver, into
which the barrel is threaded, the trigger is attached, and
the bolt resides.
A C T I O N W R E N C H A tool inserted into the action, which c o m b i n e s with
a barrel vise, to provide leverage for unscrewing a rifle
barrel.
AGGREGATE T h e combination of groups into a final score, consid-
ered as a minute of angle (1"@100, 2 " @ 2 0 0 ) ex. 100
yard g r o u p s of .155", . 2 7 3 " , . 2 4 4 " , . 3 4 1 " a n d . 2 8 7 "
added together and divided by five would give a 100
yard Range Aggregate of . 2 6 0 0 . 2 0 0 yard groups are
added together and divided by ten, ex. .545", .672",
.827", .627", and .821 give a 2 0 0 yard R a n g e A g g r e -
gate of . 3 4 9 2 . See also Grand A g g r e g a t e , and Two G u n
Aggregate.
ANVIL T h e p o r t i o n of the p r i m e r o n w h i c h the firing pin
crushes the primer mixture and causes ignition.
ARBOR PRESS Used on hand dies to supply mechanical leverage for the
reloading process.
B
BACKERS See moving and stationary backers
BAG G U N A heavy bench rifle which is shot off sand bags rather
than a return-to-battery rest.
B A R R E L T E N O N That portion at the rear of a barrel which is threaded to
screw into the receiver.
BEDDING T h e process of getting a very close fit between the ac-
tion and the stock. Benchrest rifles are usually glued
directly together with epoxy.
BLOW 1. A very heavy wind

2. Rounds loaded over m a x i m u m c a n ' ' b l o w ' ' a primer,
the primer pierces at the firing pin indentation.
BOAT TAIL A style of bullet with a taper on its back end. With less
drag than a flat base it retains velocity better at longer
ranges.
BOIL Vertical mirage, from rising heat waves.
BOLT H O L S T E R Aleatherornylonpouch,carriedatthebelt,forholding
the bolt any time the rifleman's not on the firing line.
BOLT S H R O U D or BOLT P L U G T h e portion at the rear of the bolt which
keeps the firing pin in line for trigger e n g a g e m e n t . In
the event of a case rupture it seals the bolt ways and
prevents the escape of gas into the shooters face.
B O R E C L E A N I N G Brushing the inside of the barrel with solvent to re-
move powder and copper fouling. At no point do
benchrest shooters go over 2 0 rounds without cleaning
the barrel. Always patch solvent out of the barrel before
firing a shot.
BORE GUIDE A round tube which keeps the cleaning rod straight dur-
ing t h e c l e a n i n g s t r o k e , a n d k e e p s s o l v e n t f r o m
dripping into the trigger and the bedding.
BUG HOLE B e n c h r e s t slang for a tiny g r o u p . N o t n e c e s s a r i l y a
finished group. " I had my first four into a b u g h o l e . "
BUG TURBULENCE 1. Slang-excuse for why a shot d i d n ' t impact where
it was supposed to, caused by the beating of a bugs
wings. " T h a t bullet was deflected by bug turbulence."
2. Being deceived by a bug which landed on your tar-
get, thinking it was the last shot and holding off to fill in
the " g r o u p " . A definite b u m m e r when the supposed
" s h o t " flies away!
BULL BARREL A term for heavier than standard barrels m a d e for target
use. Heavier barrels dissipate heat better, and are usu-
ally more accurate than lighter barrels.
B U R N I N G RATE T h e relative quickness at which a type of p o w d e r b u r n s .
A rough approximation of " f a s t e r " or " s l o w e r " .
BUSHING A steel disk, or tube, with an accurately sized hole used
in the neck sizing die, when the case neck is forced into
the hole it reduces the neck dimensions. Sized in incre-
ments of . 0 0 1 " interchangeable bushings give any de-
sired neck tension.
BUTTON Term for a c a r b i d e tool w h i c h p r e s s e s the l a n d s a n d
grooves into a barrel when pulled through the barrel
during " b u t t o n rifling".
GLOSSARY 181
C
C A L L I N G T H E S H O T Fixing in you mind the sight picture just as the shot
went off. T h e shooter s h o u l d k n o w w h e r e the shot
landed before looking back at the target.
CANT Any deviation in a guns vertical axis from the true ver-
tical. With correct sight alignment cant to the left or
right will change the position of bullet impact.
CASE T h e brass which holds the bullet, powder, and primer.
C A S E T R I M M I N G Removing metal from the open end of the case to get
all the cases to the same length, and below m a x i m u m
allowable length.
CASH OPTION At many events there is an informal gathering of money,
to be redistributed after each match to the shooter of the
smallest group.
CHASE To readjust aim on subsequent shots because the first
d i d n ' t land w h e r e e x p e c t e d . " H a d to c h a s e the first
shot, it was two rings high."
C H I C K E N C H O K E R A group of Pennsylvania natives w h o m a k e up the
most successful four m a n team in benchrest competi-
tion. A core group of six qualifies to represent the group
in the major matches.
CLICK(S) B e n c h r e s t slang for the unit of m e a s u r e on the r e -
worked, ratcheting, powder measures, " I went u p a
click on the powder measure".
CONDITION Benchrest term for the weather during the firing of a
shot. A combination of the wind, light, and mirage.
" T h a t condition is worth a bullet and a half to the left".
C O N E FACE BOLT A bolt where the nose is cut on an angle. A matching
angle is cut into the rear of the barrel, it m a k e s cartridge
feeding quicker and easier.
C O P P E R F O U L I N G W h e n bullets pass through the barrel they deposit
small amounts of jacket material on the b o r e . It's detri-
mental to accuracy.
CREEP 1. Reference to trigger pull. M o v e m e n t between full
finger pressure and sear release. See S L A C K .
2. W h a t you think of the shooter at the Super Shoot w h o
just beat your .073" group with a .072"
CROWN Careful chamfering done on the end of the barrel mak-
ing sure it's square to the b o r e to e n s u r e the bullets
delivery into flight the same on each shot.
C.U.P Copper Units of Pressure T h e modern term used in the

measurement of pressure developed during the firing of
a shot. Taken in a special pressure gun, the amount a
c o p p e r c y l i n d e r gets c r u s h e d is m e a s u r e d a n d c o m -
pared to a table.
D
DAISY Used to indicate wind direction, and velocity. A plastic
pin wheel adapted from the c o m m o n garden decora-
tion.
DE-CAPPER A pin, either in a tool or hand held, which is used to
remove fired primers from the case
DIRT HURTER Slang for a group which all it did was hurt the dirt in the
b a c k s t o p . A p o o r effort, w h e n you n e e d e d a " s l a c k
grabber".
DOPING Determining by previous shots, sighters, or wind flags,
sometimes by dead reckoning, where to hold the next
shot so it will impact the group. " I doped the condition
and dropped the shot right in the middle of the group."
DOUBLE 1. W h e n side-by-side shooters fire at exactly the same
t i m e , and a noise flinch, or concussion effect causes one
of the shots to be a flyer. " I doubled with the guy next to
me."
2. W h e n a shot lands in the exact hole of a previous
shot. " I doubled the first h o l e . "
D R I F T A S S E M B L Y T h e top and stem from a hand held bullet seater.
D U M M Y C A R T R I D G E A c a r t r i d g e m a d e w i t h o u t p r i m e r or p o w d e r ,
used to check seating depth of the bullet.
E
EROSION T h e by-product of a lot of shots through a barrel. T h e
heat from the shots gives the first section of the barrel an
" a l l i g a t o r h i d e " look. W h e n pieces of the alligator hide
flake off accuracy is substantially reduced.
EXCITEMENT What happens to your heart when the first four shots g o
into a " b u g - h o l e " .
F
F E L L O F F T H E B E N C H Slang for ruining a group on the last shot. " I h a d
a .150" till I fell off the bench."
FIRE FORMING Expanding a case to a different, or larger size by firing it
in the new chamber.
GLOSSARY 183
F I R I N G P I N P R O T R U S I O N T h e amount a firing pin sticks out beyond the

bolt face at the instant of m a x i m u m forward travel.
FLAT B A S E T h e style of bullet without a taper on its rear end
FLUTING M a c h i n i n g l o n g i t u d i n a l g r o o v e s in a b a r r e l , or bolt.
Used to remove weight, and increase surface area for
m a x i m u m cooling. Not r e c o m m e n d e d for big bruisers
like the .30-378 Weatherby wildcat.
FLY B U S T E R An extremely accurate rifle. So accurate it can hit flies
at 100 yards. In the past there were matches where c o m -
petitors shot at flies printed on a target.
FLYER A shot which lands where it's not expected. " I t threw a
flyer two rings away from the group."
FOULED A rifle which has burned powder and copper residue
built up in its bore, shots n o longer go where expected.
" I t ' s fouled."
FOULING T h e c o m p o u n d left in the bore after one or more shots.
F O U L I N G S H O T Often c a l l e d a "fouler", a shot fired after cleaning, used
to leave fouling in the barrel such as would be left by
each shot fired for score, in some rifles fouling shots
have a different point of impact.
FPS Feet Per Second. T h e distance a bullet travels in one
second. With the advent of the lightweight, reasonably
priced, chronograph its a useful accuracy tool.
F R E E F L O A T I N G To have the barrel touch no more than the first inch of the
stock in front of the action. Most solid bottom actions
have n o b a r r e l / s t o c k c o n t a c t . " I t has a free floating
barrel."
FREE RECOIL S h o o t i n g a light r e c o i l i n g rifle, w i t h o u t h o l d i n g it,
while it rests solely on the sandbags. T h e only shooter
contact is at the trigger, the aim is changed by adjusting
the sandbags.
G
GARBAGE Benchrest slang for how a group turned out, or the state
of the equipment.
GLUE-IN Attaching the barreled action solidly to the stock by
epoxying the two together at the action.
G R A N D A G G R E G A T E T h e average of a 100 and 2 0 0 yard a g g r e g a t e
yields a Grand Aggregate (100 + 200 divided b y 2). If
your 100 yard aggregate was .2822 and the 200 yard
aggregate was .3458 the Grand A g g r e g a t e would
be .3140.
GROOVE 1. T h e indentation cut, or pressed into a rifle barrel

which c o m b i n e d with the lands forms the rifling.
Groove diameter is the distance between the bottoms of
opposing grooves. In a 6 m m Hart Stainless steel match
barrel this would be .2430"
2. Slang for consistent shooting. " I ' m in a groove."
H
H322
A fast burning rifle powder m a d e by the H o d g d o n c o m -
pany which a large portion of the benchrest c o m m u n i t y
uses in their small benchrest cartridges.
HEADSPACE
T h e distance b e t w e e n the bolt face a n d the surface
which arrests case movement in the chamber. Exces-
sive headspace can be dangerous.
H A N D L O A D I N G T h e process of reloading ammunition with precise hand
tools. Usually done to improve accuracy.
HEAVY B E N C H T h e type of rifle for which there are no size, weight, or
configuration restrictions.
H E A V Y V A R M I N T T h e most popular class in benchrest. Weight limit is
13 1/2 p o u n d s , any caliber is allowable.
H O L D or H O L D - O V E R Same as w i n d a g e , changing the position of the
crosshairs based upon conditions. " I held the last shot
into the condition a bullet and a half and got a good
group."
H O L L O W P O I N T T h e only style bullet used in benchrest, with a cavity at
its tip, the bulk of the lead core is close to the center of
gravity. It helps stabilize the bullet, tests prove it to be
the most accurate style of bullet.
I-BEAM Machined I-Beams are used as the plate on which most
return to battery rifles are built. Also used in some of the
lighter weight classes to provide rigidity without excess
weight.
IBS International Benchrest Shooters - The organization
which runs benchrest events in the Northeast and Inter-
nationally.
I R O N M O N S T E R A return-to-battery rifle
J
JAG T h e removable tip for a cleaning rod which is used to
push a cleaning patch through the barrel.
GLOSSARY 185
K
KEYHOLE A bullet which fails to stabilize, and passes through the
target partially sideways rather than point on.
KNOCKOUT PIN T h e pin in a neck sizing die which removes the fired
primer during the resizing operation.
LAND T h e raised rib standing between the grooves in a rifle

barrel.
LAP S o m e match grade barrels receive their final finish with
a " l a p " . A soft metal slug is coated with mild abrasive
and stroked through the barrel to remove m i n o r tooling
marks and high spots.
LEADE T h e throat portion of a chamber. It's the beginning of the
rifling in the barrel. T h e lands have been slightly cut
away to ease the engagement of the bullet.
LET-UP A decrease in wind velocity. " D o n ' t shoot in the blow,
wait for a let-up."
L I G H T V A R M I N T O n e of the 10 1/2 pound classes where any caliber is
allowable.
L O A D I N G D E N S I T Y T h e p e r c e n t a g e of the c a s e w h i c h is filled with
powder with the bullet in place. In benchrest we try to
achieve 100%, that is, leaving no air space between the
powder and the bullet.
LOCK TIME T h e t i m e , measured in milliseconds, it takes for the
firing pin to strike the p r i m e r after being released by the
sear. O n e of the reasons the Model 70 fell out of favor in
benchrest.
LOT NUMBER D i f f e r e n t b u l k p r o d u c t i o n is a s s i g n e d a s p e c i f i c
number. Used in benchrest when an accurate c o m p o -
nent is found, quantity purchase of the exact lot n u m b e r
ensures consistent results.
M
MACHINE REST Also called an U N L I M I T E D REST, or R E T U R N - T O -
BATTERY rest, a device which supports and guides the
rifle d u r i n g the shot. U s e d to c o m p l e t e l y e l i m i n a t e
h u m a n holding error.
MAKE WEIGHT At every benchrest match rifles are weighed to ensure
they aren't over the allowable limit. You have to " m a k e
weight".
MATCH Used interchangeably for either an individual group or

the entire event. " I just shot the first record match", or
" I ' m at my third match this year".
M I N U T E O F A N G L E ( M O A ) An angular measurement used to describe
the accuracy of a rifle. It's l/60th of a d e g r e e , or 1.047
inches at 100 y a r d s , g e n e r a l l y a c k n o w l e d g e d as o n e
inch at 100 yards, two inches at 200 yards, and three
inches at 300 yards.
MIRAGE T h e bending of light waves caused by different densi-

ties of air, humidity, and their movement.
M I R A G E B O A R D A p r i n t e d p i e c e of p a p e r with a l t e r n a t i n g b l a c k and
white horizontal stripes used to read the m i r a g e .
M O V I N G B A C K E R A piece of cardboard, or paper, which is pulled hori-
zontally behind the target as a group is fired, it ensures
the proper n u m b e r of shots is in a b u g hole.
N
NBRSA T h e organization which runs benchrest events through-
out the country other than the Northeast.
N E C K SIZING T h e style of partial resizing benchrest shooters use to
get the best accuracy. T h e brass case body is not re-
sized, since it has expanded to fit the individual c h a m -
ber it's left alone. Only the neck is reduced, just enough
to hold a new bullet.
NECK TENSION T h e amount of " g r i p " a case neck has on a bullet.
O
OAL Over-All-Length. T h e final length of a loaded round.
O F F I C I A L S C R E A M E R A patch is given by P R E C I S I O N S H O O T I N G
Magazine to recognize tiny groups. For five shot groups
below .100" @ 100 yards, below .200" @ 2 0 0 yards,
. 399" @ 3 0 0 yards. 10 shot screamers can b e a bit larger.
" I shot an Official Screamer."
OGIVE Pronounced o-jive, the pointed forward portion of a
bullet, all the bullet forward of the bearing surface.
OH-MY-GOSH O n e of the frequently heard expressions on days when
the w i n d is s w i t c h i n g quickly, i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e w i t h
S.O.B.
PATCH To run small pieces of cloth through the bore to remove

cleaning solvent. " I ' l l go to the line after patching my
rifle."
GLOSSARY 187
PARALLAX T h e mismatch of the picture formed by the objective

lens not being on the same plane as the cross hairs. It can
be observed by slowly moving the eye side-to-side in
the field of view. If the cross-hairs move on the target,
there's parallax.
PAPER P U N C H E R Term for a target rifle or shooter.
PATTERN Benchrest slang for a poor group, used in reference to a
shotgun pattern. Expressed with irony. " I shot a big
pattern on that o n e . "
PEDESTAL T h e adjustable front rest which supports the rifle.
PILLAR BED A style of bedding for bolt in rifles which lessens the
c h a n c e of i m p a c t shift c a u s e d by m o i s t u r e or heat
changes.
PIN W H E E L 1. A shot that lands in the exact center of the bulls eye.
2. R o t a t i n g w h e e l used to s h o w w i n d d i r e c t i o n and
velocity.
PORT Opening in the left or right side of the receiver for plac-
ing the cartridge into the action.
P O W D E R M E A S U R E An adjustable device which gives repeatable vol-
umetric charges of gunpowder every time the handle is
worked. A benchrester using a high quality measure
can throw charges within + or - .1 grain.
PPC The Pindell-Palmisano C a r t r i d g e , which, in one form
or another, is used by 9 0 % of the current benchresters.
Q
QUIT S o m e t h i n g y o u ' l l never d o o n c e you get h o o k e d o n
benchrest shooting.
R
RAIN SHOT During a rain storm if a rain drop gets into the muzzle it
causes the bullet to deflect significantly.
R A N G E A G G R E G A T E See Aggregate.
READ T h e ability to notice conditions and hold the shot appro-
priately to get it to impact in the group. " I read the
conditions right, held off a bullet hole and put it into the
group."
RECHAMBER When accuracy falls off, cutting off the old portion of
the rifle barrel, and reaming in a new chamber. To re-
move the section with damaged lands and improve ac-
curacy by moving up to a fresher portion of the barrel
R E C O R D M A T C H A match which counts towards the aggregate score.
RECORD SHOT A n individual bullet fired at the top portion of the target,
which will be counted in the group size. There are five
record shots in the varmint classes, ten record shots in
Heavy B e n c h .
R E C O R D T A R G E T 1. T h e top portion of the benchrest target on which
must b e fired five shots in Heavy Varmint and Light
Varmint, or ten shots in Heavy B e n c h .
2 . S h o o t i n g a g r o u p w h i c h is b e t t e r t h a n any shot
before.
RELAY T h e people filling the benches w h o shoot first c o m p r i s e
the first relay. T h e next group to shoot would be the
s e c o n d relay, e t c . At a big m a t c h with h u n d r e d s of
shooters there might be five or six relays of shooters.
RESTS T h e pedestal and s a n d b a g s , or m a c h i n e d e v i c e off
which rifles are shot.
RELOAD Using carefully matched cases over again by replacing
primer, powder and bullet. Benchresters have used one
brass case for as many as 1000 firings.
RETURN-TO-BATTERY S o m e H e a v y B e n c h rifles use rests w h i c h
allow them to c o m e into position and be fired without
resighting.
REVERSE T h e change of wind or mirage from one direction to the
other. " I lost the last shot in a reverse, it dropped out
half an inch."
SANDBAGS In the early days these were cloth bags filled with sand.
T h e y ' ve evolved into high quality leather b a g s , m a d e in
several sizes, and styles, which support the front and
rear of the rifle.
SCOPE The high powered, internally adjusted, sighting device
placed on top of all benchrest rifles.
SEAR T h e part which holds the firing pin while c o c k e d , it's
released by the movement of the trigger, allowing the
pin to fall.
SEGREGATION To carefully m a t c h brass as to w e i g h t a n d m e a s u r e -
ment. " T h e s e are my segregated match cases."
S H E L L H O L D E R B O L T F A C E An action w i t h o u t a p o r t . T h e l o a d e d
round is placed in a U shaped shell holder machined
into the nose of the bolt, inserted from the rear of the
receiver, and locked down for firing. T h e bolt must be
completely withdrawn on every shot. A very accurate
design, but much too slow for competitive shooting.
GLOSSARY 189
S H O O T or S H O O T E R Used in reference to a very accurate rifle: " I t ' s a

shooter", or " i t shoots".
S H O U L D E R M I R A G E Slang for throwing a shot out of the group with too
much shoulder p r e s s u r e . ' ' What caused that last s h o t ? "
" S h o u l d e r mirage."
SIGHTER 1. T h e bottom portion of a benchrest target on which all
fouling and practice shots are taken.
2. Taking a shot at the bottom portion to check how a
particular condition moves the bullet.
S I G H T E R S U C K E R E D Slang for holding a shot based on what a sighter
shot indicates, then having the shot land where it's not
expected. " I got sighter suckered and the shot landed
half an inch away."
SINGLE SHOT T h e style of action used in benchrest. With a solid bot-
tom (no magazine) the action is stiffer, supplies more
bedding surface and contributes to better accuracy.
SISSY B A G A s a n d b a g p l a c e d b e t w e e n the butt stock and y o u r
shoulder on heavy recoiling rifles.
SLACK Trigger movement before full contact on the sear. Two
o z . triggers are adjusted for no slack. See Creep.
S L A C K G R A B B E R Slang for a great group. " I need a slack grabber to
catch the leaders."
SLEEVE An aluminum or steel cylinder which is epoxied over a
round action to increase stiffness and increase bedding
surface for glue-ins.
SLING Slang for where your rear end is after shooting in a full
reverse.
SPORTER O n e of the 1 0 1 / 2 pound classes where the rifle must be
.243 bore diameter or larger. Originally developed to
promote experimentation.
STATIONARY B A C K E R A fixed piece of paper behind every target to
reveal cross-fires.
STEERING Influencing the aim by applying pressure with the hand,
shoulder, or cheek.
STOCK T h e portion into which is inlet the barreled action. Usu-
ally made of fibreglass, or Kevlar.
S T O O L S H O O T I N What we d o in benchrest.
SWAGE T h e process used by custom bullet makers to assemble
their accurate little jewels. A die of the final size accepts
the jacket and core, great pressure is exerted to expand
the bullet to final dimension, and bond the two together.
SWITCH T h e same as a reverse. Wind or mirage changing over
from one direction to the other.
SWITCH BARREL A rifle with multiple barrels. Usually one designed to

change from Light Varmint to Heavy Varmint by put-
ting on a longer, heavier, barrel and sometimes m o r e
weight in the buttstock.
TACK D R I V E R An extremely accurate rifle. " T h i s baby's a tack

driver."
TIME LIMIT H o w long y o u ' r e allowed, to shoot a group in a m a t c h .
In the Varmint classes it's seven minutes for five record
shots. In Heavy Bench it's 12 minutes for ten record
shots. An unlimited n u m b e r of sighter shots may be
fired during this t i m e .
TONG TOOL A nutcracker type reloading tool which is reworked to
provide precise neck sizing.
TRUE To clean up an action by getting all right angles square.
A definite accuracy enhancer.
TWIST T h e length of bore the bullet must pass through to rotate
360 d e g r e e s , e x p r e s s e d in i n c h e s . For t h e 6 P P C the
twist rate is one turn in 14" for 68 grain bullets.
T W O G U N , T H R E E G U N , F O U R G U N T h e combination of the G r a n d
Aggregates from all the classes shot during a match.
T h e hardest to win, and the most valuable trophy.
T W O O U N C E T R I G G E R A precise match trigger, usually without safety
which can be set to release at as low as two ounces.
U
UPSET 1. U n d e r high pressure all metals are slightly elastic,
w h e n a shot is fired the b a s e of the bullet d e f o r m s
slightly to fill the shape of the barrel. It helps seal the
expanding gasses.
2. H o w we get after spoiling a " b u g h o l e . "
V
VARMINT Creatures like w o o d c h u c k s , prairie d o g s , and coyote's
which started benchrest's founders on their search for
extreme accuracy. T h e word is picked u p and used in the
n a m e of the two most popular classes, Heavy Varmint,
and Light Varmint.
GLOSSARY 191
W
WAILING WALL T h e area where targets are placed after being scored. In
N B R S A competition the targets must b e left through-
out the entire match. " T h e r e ' s s o m e lousy groups on
the wailing wall."
WARM-UP T h e first match of a range aggregate, fired before the
first record match.
W E A T H E R R E P O R T Term for a lousy target which shows all the deflec-
tion possible from the conditions. Usually m e a n s the
shooter got caught by a gust or reverse.
WILDCAT A non standard cartridge for which there is no factory
loaded ammunition. Usually designed by an individual
looking for " s o m e t h i n g better."
W I N D FLAG An indicator designed to give the shooter quantifiable
information on the movement of the wind.
WINDAGE In a lateral wind the amount the sights are moved into
the condition to allow a shot to impact the group.
WIND DRIFT How far a breeze pushes the bullet before it impacts
with the target.
W I T N E S S M A R K S Small punch marks on the side of the barrel and ac-
tion. W h e n the barrel is screwed into the receiver and
the marks are aligned they ensure correct headspace
and barrel tightness.
X-Y-Z
The authors battle scarred CPS Light Varmint proves there's more than one
way to skin a cat.
APPENDIX A
Suppliers & Gunsmiths
W h e n you send these guys a letter requesting a catalog r e m e m b e r to send a

couple bucks to cover postage and handling.
K E Y M = Manufacturer. G = Gunsmith. S = Supplier of benchrest
equipment.
Audy A d a m s David Gentry G

Rt 5 , Box 175 314 N . Hoffman
Tyler, T X 7 5 7 0 6 Belgrade, M T 59714
(214) 882-4597
Jim Greenawalt GS
Harold R. Broughton MG 102 Brandon Rd.
RT # 1 Yonkers, N Y 10704
Big Spring, T X 7 9 7 2 0
Clarence H a m m o n d s GS
Bruno Shooters Supply S R D # 4 , Box 504
10 - 5th St. Red Lion, PA 17356
Kelayres, PA 18231
(717) 929-1791 Hart Rifle Barrels, Inc. MGS
RD No. 2
Dietz G u n Shot G S LaFayette, N Y 13084
Rt. 7 , Box 189 (315) 677-9841
N e w Braunfels, T X 78130
Robert W. Hart & S o n ,
Douglas Barrels, Inc. M G Inc. MGS
5 5 0 4 Big Tyler Road 401 M o n t g o m e r y Street
Charleston, W V 25313-1398 Nescopeck, PA 18635
(717) 752-3655
G e o . M . Fullmer G
2499 Mavis St.
Oakland, CA 94601
Ron H o e h n G Sinclair International, Inc. MGS

1430 East D u c h e s n e 718 Broadway
Florissant, M S 63031 N e w Haven, IN 4 6 7 7 4
(219) 493-1858
D a l e Hutcherson G
1406 Wichita ST. Shilen Rifles, Inc. MGS
Pasadena, T X 77502 205 Metro Park Blvd.
E n n i s , T X 75119
Jarrett Rifles GS (214) 875-5318
Route # 1, Box 411
Jackson, S C 29831 Clay Spencer GS
Route # 1 , Box 5 4 6
Kelbly, Inc. MGS Scottsville, VA 2 4 5 9 0
7 2 2 2 Dalton Fox Lake Road (804) 293-4922
No. Lawrence, O H 44666
(216) 6 8 3 - 4 6 7 4 Robert A. White GS
8 N e w Jersey Ave
Lilja Precision, Inc. MG Hopatcong, NJ 0 7 8 4 9
245 C o m p a s s Creek Road (201) 663-5159
P O Box 372
Plains, M T 59859 Wiseman/McMillan Barrels MG
P O Box 3427
Seely M a s k e r G S B r y a n , T X 77805
261 Washington Ave.
Pleasantville, N Y 10570 C u s t o m Action M a k e r s
Glenn Newick S Hall Mfg.

6601 Kirby Drive # 5 2 7 1801 Yellow Leaf Rd.
H o u s t o n , T X 77005 Clanton, A L 35045
(205) 7 5 5 - 4 0 9 4
B o b Pease Accuracy S
P O Box 310787 Robert W. Hart & S o n , Inc.
N e w Braunfels, T X 78131-0787 401 M o n t g o m e r y Street
(512) 625-1342 Nescopeck, PA 18635
(717) 752-3655
Permian Shooters' Supply S
P O Box 60421 Kelbly, Inc.
M i d l a n d , T X 79711 (Stolle actions)
(915) 563-4341 or 800-351-1466 7 2 2 2 Dalton Fox Lake Road
N o . Lawrence, O H 4 4 6 6 6
(216) 683-4674
APPENDIX A 195
M C S Inc. Rocky Mountain Rifle W o r k s , Ltd.

34 D e l m a r Drive (Mark Chanlynn)
Brookfield, C T 0 6 8 0 4 1707 14th St.
(203) 775-1013 Boulder, C O 8 0 3 0 2
(303) 443-9189
Wichita A r m s , Inc.
P O box 11371 Schneider Rifle Barrels, Inc.
Wichita, K S 67211 12202 N . 62 PI.
Scottsdale, A Z 8 5 2 5 4
Rifle Barrel M a k e r s Shilen Rifles, Inc.

205 Metro Park Blvd.
Harold R. Broughton Ennis, T X 75119
RT # 1 , Box 4 4 7 (214) 875-5318
Big Spring, T X 7 9 7 2 0
W i s e m a n / M c M i l l a n Barrels
Douglas Barrels, Inc. MG P O Box 3427
5 5 0 4 Big Tyler Road Bryan, T X 77805
Charleston, W V 25313-1398
H-S Precision, Inc. Bullet M a k e r s T h e r e are dozens of

P O Box 512 benchrest bullet makers; those listed
Prescott, A Z 86301 have high enough production to sell
large quantities each year.
Hart Rifle Barrels, Inc.
RD No. 2 Berger Bullets
LaFayette, N Y 13084 Walt Berger
(315) 677-9841 4 2 3 4 N . 63rd Ave.
Phoenix, A Z 85033
Krieger Barrels (602) 846-5791
N114 W. 18697 Clinton Dr.
G e r m a n t o w n , W I 53022 B r u n o Bullets
Lester Bruno
Lilja Precision, Inc. 10 - 5th St.
245 C o m p a s s Creek Road Kelayres, PA 18231
P O Box 372 (717) 929-1791
Plains, M T 59859
Fowlers
Pence Precision Barrels Jef Fowler
R R # 2 , Rd. 9 0 0 S. 3731 McKelvey St.
S. Whitley, IN 4 6 7 8 7 Charlotte, N C 28215
(704) 568-7661
Rubright Bullets Forster Products

Brian Rubright (Benchrest tools)
1008 S. Q u i n c e Rd 87 Lanark Ave.
Walnutport, PA 18088 Lanark, IL 61046
(215) 767-1339
Hanned Precision
S.G. Bullets (Cast bullet tool)
Speedy Gonzalez P O Box 2888
P O Box 108 Sacramento, C A 95812
1191-A South L o o p
Stephenville, T X 76401 Henriksen Tool C o m p a n y
(Chamber r e a m e r s , gauges)
P O Box 668
Phoenix, O R 9 7 5 3 5
Tools and Supplies
Tony Hidalgo
(Adjustable shooting stools)
A r m o r Metal Products 12701 S W 9th Place
(Portable shooting benches) Davie, F L 33325
P O Box 4 6 0 9
Helena, M T 5 9 6 0 4 J G S Precision Tool Mfg.
(Chamber reamers)
B-Square C o . 1141 S o . S u m n e r Rd.
(Tools, barrel vises, rests, C o o s Bay, O R 9 7 4 2 0
arbor presses. Lots of goodies)
M a r q u a r t Precision C o m p a n y
Bald Eagle Precision M a c h i n e C o . (Neck turners)
(Front rests and arbor presses) Box 1740
101 Allison Street Prescott, A Z 8 6 3 0 2
L o c k H a v e n , PA 17745
M T M Molded Products C o m p a n y
C u s t o m Products - Neil Jones ( A m m o boxes)
(Benchrest tools of all sorts) P O Box 14117
R D 1, Box 4 8 3 A Dayton, O H 45414
S a e g e r t o w n , PA 16433
Optical Services C o .
Davidson Products for Shooters (Scope work)
( A l u m i n u m sleeves, action 10236 Woodway
w r e n c h e s , and bullet pullers) El Paso, T X 79925
2 0 2 0 Huntington Dr.
Las C r u c e s , N M 88001 Premier Reticles
(Scope work)
Route 3 , Box 369
Wardensville, V W 26851
APPENDIX A 197
Protektor Model C h e c k if t h e r e are any b e n c h r e s t

(Sandbags) clubs in your area. In most cases the
7 Ash St. listed address is for the benchrest
Galeton, PA 16922 c o n t a c t . S e n d a self a d d r e s s e d
stamped envelope for information
Redding-Hunter, Inc. about the club nearest you.
(Reloading supplies)
1089 Starr Road IBS B E N C H R E S T C L U B S
Cortland, N Y 13045
Camillus Sportsmen's C l u b
RIT/NRA Summer Hank Gonnella
Gunsmithing Schools 4 2 0 Hawley Ave.
College of Fine & Applied Arts Camillus, N Y 13203
P O Box 9887
Rochester, N Y 14623-0887 Capitol City R & P
Joe Gilbert
Rorschach Precision Products 17 Forest Ave.
(Bullet making dies) Augusta, M E 0 4 3 3 0
P O Box 151613
Irving, T X 75015 Central Jersey R & P C l u b
Geza Nagy
Venco Industries, Inc. 4 3 6 S. 5th Ave
(Shooters Choice products) Highland Park, NJ 0 8 9 0 4
16770 Hill Top Park PI.
Chagrin Falls, O H 4 4 0 2 2 D u n h a m s Bay Fish & G a m e C l u b
Walt Hodges
White Rock Tool & Die 112 Feeder St.
(They rent c h a m b e r reamers; Hudson Falls, N Y 12839
it holds down costs on one
shot c h a m b e r jobs) Englishtown Benchrest Shooters
6 4 0 0 North Brighton Avenue B o b White
Kansas City, Missouri 64119 8 New Jersey Ave
Hopatcong, NJ 0 7 8 4 9
Whitetail Design & Engineering
(Primer pocket uniformers) Factoryville Sportsmen Club
9421 E. Mannsiding Road Paul Ryan
Clare, MI 48617 RD1 1005, Pheasant Rd.
Clarks S u m m i t , PA 18411
Wilke M a c h i n e r y C o m p a n y
(Machinery and tools) Fairchance G u n C l u b
120 Derry Court Roy L e c k e m b y
York, PA 17402 R D 2 , Box 21
Smithfield, PA 15478
Guthsville Rod & G u n Club Pine Tree Rifle C l u b Inc.

David Kern Charles Clark
P O Box 156 P O Box 45
Orefield, PA 18069 Johnstown, N Y 12095
I . W . L . A . - York Prairie D o g Target C l u b

Charles Kinard Don Deckert
R D 4 , Box 535 Porcupine, S D 57772
Red Lion, PA 17356
Salisbury Rod & G u n C l u b
Jefferson County I . W . L . A . Ron Poisker
B o b Broyles 100 Lloyd St.
905 Red B u d Drive Salisbury, M D 21801
Forest Hills Estates
M a r t i n s b u r g , W V 25401 Snow Shoe G u n Club
P O Box 125
John Palmisano M e m o r i a l Range Kenai, AK 99611
(Council Cup, PA)
Dr. L o u Palmisano South Creek Rod & G u n
431 Conklin Town Road Jack D e m i n g
R i n g w o o d , NJ 0 7 4 5 6 RD1 Lawrenceville, PA 16929
Mainville Sportsmen Club Sulphyr Springs R & G

Randy Fritz John Pfleegor
R D 3 , Box 572 304 South Market St.
B l o o m s b u r g , PA 17815 Muncy, PA 17756
M a r k s m a n G u n Club Thurmont Conservation C l u b

P O Box 655 Richard P r y o r
Perry, O H 44081 11113 Putnam Road
Thurmintk M D 21788
Original 1000 Yard Benchrest C l u b
Sarah M o r g a n Titusville Sportsmen's C l u b
P O Box 1413 Larry Sheats
Williamsport, PA 17701 Box 110
Titusville PA 16354
Painted Post Field And Stream
Craig Baravelle Union C o u n t y Sportsmen
P O Box 325 Richard Altemus
C o r n i n g , N Y 14830 RD1
Millmont, PA 17845
APPENDIX A 199
I N T E R N A T I O N A L IBS C L U B S NBRSA BENCHREST CLUBS
A.FT.B.R. Eastern Region

Jean Claude Braconi
14 R u e Des Soleil Blue Grass Sportsman's League
N i c e , 06100 Joe Jarrell
France 304 M o c k i n g Bird Lane
Lexington, K Y 4 0 5 0 3
Benchrest Shooters of Canada
Wayne Miller Chippewa County Shooting As-
Box 238 siciation
Leader, SA SON 1H0 Joseph Haller
Canada Rt 1, Box 117 Nicolet Rd.
Sault Sainte M a r i e , M I 4 9 7 8 3
DBRV
Peter H a m m e r i c h Chippewa Rifle C l u b
Sollinge 1 Nelson Berger
Heiden 4 2 8 4 11374 Mt. Eaton R d
West G e r m a n y Marshalville, O H 4 4 6 3 5
Penticton Shooting Sports Crumlin Sportsmen's Association

Ron Johnston Jim Fedorowich
Site 35 C o m p 3 R R 3 91 Deveron Cresent
Penticton B C V 2 A 7 K 8 London, ON N5Z 4B6 Canada
Canada
Fairchance G u n Club
Selkirk Benchrest Club Roy L e c k e m b y
Murray Benson Rt 2 , Box 21
10 Park Road Smithfield, PA 15478
Selkirk, M A R1A 0 B 3
Canada Fairfield Sportsman's
Orlin Gilkerson
Sport Shooters Association 4 6 2 4 River Rd.
of Australia Fairfield, O H 45014
Brendan Atkinson
418 Glyburn Road Holton G u n and B o w Club
Erindale 5 0 6 6 Al Fay
Australia 2704 Ducey
Muskegon, MI 49442
U.T.I.B.R.
Via Tinzonni 4 Kane Fish and G a m e C l u b
Bologna 40137 Dick L o c k w o o d
Italy Box 112
K a n e , PA 16735
Kelbly's Rifle R a n g e Central Texas Bench Rest

George Kelbly, Sr. Shooters Inc.
7222 Dalton Fox Lake Rd. George Belcher
North Lawrence, O H 44666 318 G a b e Dr.
Kerrville, T X 78028
M a c k i n a c Straits Shooters
Laroy Hill C o m a n c h e Springs Rifle & Pistol
11 South B o u n d r y Rd. Club
St. I g n a c e , M I 49781 Charley M c l n t y r e
Box 1413
McKinley B . R . Shooters Fort Stockton, T X 79735
Harvey LeChat
12085 Wooster St. N . W . Corpus Christi Rifle & Pistol C l u b
Canton, OH 44646 P O Box 7117
Corpus Christi, T X 78415
Reed's Run Rifle C l u b
Leora D e m e t e r H u b City Rifle & Pistol C l u b
1907 Franklin Place, N W Louis Langlinais
Canton, O H 4 4 7 0 9 932 Hugh Wallis Rd.
Lafayette, L A 70501
Shelby C o u n t y
Deer Hunters A s s o c . Menard G u n Club
Jim Boetcher Wayne Davis
11 Piqua Circle Box 352
Enon, O H 45323 M e n a r d , T X 76859
Gulf Coast Region Midland Shooters, Inc.

Brad Calhoun
Austin Rifle C l u b 3303 Travis
Frank Wilson Midland, T X 7 9 7 0 3
4 9 0 4 Rollingwood St.
A u s t i n , T X 78746 Navarro G u n C l u b
P O Box 488
Baton R o u g e & Pistol C l u b Corsicana, T X 75110
J i m m i e Broussard
11785 Foster Rd. Orange G u n C l u b
Baton R o u g e , LA 70811 D . L . Broussard
P O Box 95
Orangefield, T X 77639
Pearland Sportsman Club

P O Box 1127
League City, T X 77573
APPENDIX A 201
San A n g e l o G u n Club Okie Shooters

Billy A. Curl Rex Reneau
3610 Millbrook Dr. 7409 N . W 28 Terr.
San A n g e l o , T X 7 7 9 0 4 Bethany, O K 73008
Seymour G u n C l u b Sandhill Rifle and Pistol C l u b

Scott Hunter, Jr. Steve Ochs
1612 Buchanan St. 3023 17th
Wichita Falls, T X 76309 Great B e n d , K S 6 7 5 3 0
Southwest Louisiana Rifle & Pistol Springfield Rifle C l u b

Club M i k e Bishop
James Neal 4 0 9 South Avenue
1203 California St. Springfield, M O 6 5 8 0 6
Lake Charles, L A 70605
Tulsa Bench Rest C l u b
Shooters Supply C o . & R a n g e Wayne Blackketter
James Tschoepe 7811 E. 2nd St
7 5 6 Burges St Tulsa, O K 74112
Seguin, T X 78155
Weld C o u n t y Fish and
Tiger Island G u n Club Wildlife Association, Inc.
P O Box 2106 John A m b l e r
M o r g a n City, L A 70381 2025 Cheshire St.
Ft. Collins, C O 80526
Tomball G u n C l u b
M i k e Scheltz Mississippi Valley Region
12701 N e w Kentucky Rd.
C y p r e s s , T X 77429 B & R G u n Club
Bill G w i n
Mid-Continent Region 2302 State Rd 38 East
Westfield, IN 4 6 0 7 4
Colorado B e n c h Rest Shooters, Inc.
D a n Dowling Beeson's Rifle R a n g e
10919 W. 59th Place Jon Leu
Arvada, C O 80004 860 H w y 30 East # 1 0
New Haven, IN 4 6 7 7 4
Kansas City Mill Creek Rifle Club
Larry Kuse Benchrest Rifle C l u b of St. Louis
8112 W. 89th St. Rich Griffin
Overland Park, K S 36212 54 D a w n Ridge Dr.
Hazelwood, M O 6 3 0 4 2
Egyptian Rifle and Pistol C l u b Prairie D o g Target C l u b

M a r v i n Voss Don Deckert
RR1 D e d r Lane 15 Porcupine, S D 57772
C a r b o n d a l e , IL 62901
River City Rifle and Pistol C l u b
Northeast Region Terry Meyer
RR1 Box 50
Camillus Sportsmen's Club T h o r n t o n , IA 5 0 4 7 9
H a n k Gonnella
4 2 0 Hawley Ave. Wilton Rifle Club
Camillus N Y 13203 Dennis Shepard
12 D e b b e Ave.
North Central Region Muscatine, IA 52761
Buffalo Rifle Club Northwest Region

Larry M o s e b a r
P O box 384 Entiat Benchrest C l u b
Story, W Y 82842 Ted Whitehall
box 5 6 9 4
Cedar Rapids Bench Rest C l u b Dinkleman C a n y o n R d .
Ed Kvarda Entiat, WA 9 8 2 2 2
2406 Ellis Blvd. N W
Cedar R a p i d s , IA 52405 LaGrande Rifle and Pistol C l u b
Greg Vergari
Cody Shooting Complex Rt. # 4 , Box 4411
H u c k Hutson LaGrande, OR 97850
Box 9 9 9
Red L o g e , M T 59068 N a m a k a Bench Rest Shooters C l u b
Al Mirdoch
Council Bluffs Rifle and Pistol C l u b Box 3070 Station B
Robert D o d d Calgary, Alberta T 2 M 4 L 6
8 2 3 0 Wilson Dr. Canada
Ralston, N B 68127
Prickly Pear Shortsmen's A s s o c .
Minnetonka G a m e and Fish Club Lee Andrews
D o n Judd 401 S. California St
645 20th Ave. N W Helena, M T 5 9 6 0 4
N e w B r i g h t o n , M N 55112
Puget Sound Bench Rest C l u b
O a k Hills G u n C l u b Jim Folwell
Jim Bounds 1419 Sweetwaterloop S W
3802 26 St O l y m p i a , WA 98502
M o l i n e , IL 61265
APPENDIX A 203
Snow Shoe G u n Club Gallatin G u n Club

Steve Meyer Murray Anderson
P O Box 125 1109 57th Ave. N
Kenai, A K 99611 Nashville, T N 37209
Tri-County G u n Club Greenville G u n C l u b

Larry Schwantes Skip Peden
5160 S W Custer St. Route # 8 , Box 187
Portland O R 97219 Piedmont, SC 2 9 6 7 3
Western M o n t a n a Fish and G a m e Izaak Walton Bench Rest C l u b

Association Rt. 5 , 300 M a n a k i n R d .
Bill Cote Midlothian, VA 23113
3314 Paxson
Missoula, M T 59801 Kettlefoot Rod & G u n Club
Claude Smith
Southeastern Region 9 6 Cox Rd
Bristol, T N 24201
Alleghany C o u n t y Rifle A s s o c .
Charles Joines Long Creek Rifle & Pistol C l u b
Box 306 Larry Earp
Sparta, N C 28675 1029 B y r u m St.
Charlotte, N C 28216
Brunswick G u n Club
John King M e m p h i s R & R Association Inc.
111 B r o o k Ave George M . Busby
South Hill, VA 23970 3887 St. E l m o
M e m p h i s , T N 38128
Buccaneer G u n C l u b
D o n Sloop Mid-Carolina Rifle C l u b
3306 Bragg D r Jerry Shelton
Wilmington, N C 28403 217 Cedar Vale R d
Lexington, SC 29072
Central Florida Bench Rest C l u b
James Hare River Bend G u n Club
5 7 0 0 Palm Dr. Joe Carlisle
Ft Pierce, F L 33702 31 Gwinnet Dr. Apt 5
Lawrenceville, G A 30245
Fayette C o u n t y G u n Club
Charles Lahay Roanoke R & R C l u b
131-14th Ct N W Ted M a n n i n g
Fayette, A L 35555 R D 4 , Box 416B
Salem, VA 24153
Rowan C o u n t y Wildlife Assoc. Desert Sportsman's Rifle

D o n Sutton and Pistol C l u b
(704) 933-2885 G . R . Shutt
1985 Duneville
Twin City R & P C l u b Las Vegas, N V 89102
236 Old Farm Rd
R o a n o k e R a p i d s , N C 27870 Southern Utah Bench Rest Assoc
Rick A d a m s
Volunteer Rifle & Pistol C l u b 24 E. 7 5 0 South St.
Doug Hubbard St. G e o r g e , Utah 84770
6705 Pine Grove Rd
Knoxville, T N 37914 INTERNATIONAL
NBRSA CLUBS
Watauga G u n C l u b
Larry Isenhour A.FT.B.R.
Rt 1, Box 2 8 4 A Jean Jacques Cristau
Zionville, N C 28698 13 Rue Des Bluets
78650 Beynes
W y o m i n g Antelope Club France
John Jessip
10900 Roosevelt Blvd. N o . Bench Rest Dolomiti
St. Petersburg, F L 33702 Toni Negri
Via A l e m a g n a , 1
Southwest Region 39034 D o b b i a c o (BZ)
Italy
Ben Avery B e n c h Rest R a n g e
Walt B e r g e r B.B.R.S.A.
4 2 3 4 N . 63rd Ave Neil Jones
Phoenix, A Z 85033 4 8 Stafford Lane
Hednesford, Staffordshire
California B e n c h Rest England
Shooters Association
Dennis T h o r n b u r y
1114 S. McAuliff Rd
Visalia, CA 93277
Carson Rifle and Pistol Club

Dick Cundiff
2549 Sneddon Way
Carson City, N V 89701
The Riflemans Library
T h e library list starts with the " b i g " b o o k s , those which deal specifically
with benchrest, then goes into others with accuracy related information for
the interested rifleman.
W h e l e n , Col. Townsend, T H E ULTIMATE IN R I F L E P R E C I S I O N P u b -

lished in 1 9 4 9 , 1 9 5 0 , 1 9 5 1 , 1 9 5 4 , 1 9 5 8 . Infantry Journal Press published the
first two editions, then the Telegraph Press, and the Stackpole C o m p a n y for
the last two editions. Col Townsend Whelen edited all five editions, but
there were various authors of the individual chapters. T h e original " h a n d -
b o o k " for benchrest. Though much of the information is dated, and some of
the books are similar, they're all interesting from a historical perspective. I
paid a paltry $10.00 for a 1954 copy from a used book dealer w h o d i d n ' t
know what he had, and $ 7 5 . 0 0 for a first edition through a dealer. N o matter
what the price they merit it.
Wallack, L . R . ( B o b ) , M O D E R N ACCURACY, G r e e n b e r g , 1951. A 151

page jewel which gives an overview of benchrest history. Hard to find, but
worth it.
Page, Warren, T H E A C C U R A T E R I F L E , Winchester Press, 1973, (paper-

back editions by Stoeger). An important book which gives meaningful
insight into benchrest shooting, though the equipment information is dated.
A " m u s t r e a d " for any benchrest shooter. Stocked by R . W Hart & S o n ,
and B o b Pease.
That's it for the benchrest specific books. A grand total of seven. With all
the hot air that's thrown around at a match you would think there would
have been others w h o put forth the effort to create a book. There are m a n y
additional sources of information which the interested rifleman should
look up.
Ackley, Parker O., H A N D B O O K F O R S H O O T E R S A N D R E L O A D E R S ,

Publishers Press, 1962.
Ackley, Parker O., S U P P L E M E N T T O T H E H A N D B O O K F O R

S H O O T E R S A N D R E L O A D E R S , published by author. These two vol-
u m e s are invaluable for reference material on wildcats.
A n d e r s o n , Gary, L . , M A R K S M A N S H I P , International Shooter Develop-

ment F u n d , 1972. A basic instructional booklet which contains the funda-
mentals of championship level shooting.
C a r m i c h e l , J i m , T H E M O D E R N R I F L E , Stoeger Publishing Company,

1975. A good reading book with brief mention of benchrest. C a r m i c h e l ,
J i m , J I M C A R M I C H E L S B O O K O F T H E R I F L E , O u t d o o r Life B o o k ,
1985. A n excellent book with chapters on benchrest and target rifles.
C r o s s m a n , Edward C , S M A L L B O R E R I F L E S H O O T I N G , Small A r m s
Technical P u b l i s h i n g C o . , 1927. I n t e r e s t i n g h i s t o r i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e o n
shooting rimfires. Also explains that w o m e n can whip the m e n any old day.
D o n a l d s o n , Harvey, Y O U R S TRULY, H A R V E Y D O N A L D S O N , Wolfe

Publishing, 1980. T h e forty columns Harvey authored for " H a n d l o a d e r "
M a g a z i n e from 1966 to 1972 with lots of background correspondence.
Greener, W.W., T H E G U N A N D ITS D E V E L O P M E N T , first published in

1881, the ninth edition, from 1910, has been reprinted several times by
B o n a n z a . A interesting book which runs down the history of firearms.
Greener, W.W., S H A R P S H O O T I N G F O R S P O R T & WAR, Truslove,
H a n s o n & C o m b a , 1900. "Rifle-shooting is to-day the subject of supreme
importance to every Briton, for only by general proficiency in the use of the
best weapon can the Empire be maintained, and the national safety se-
cured."
Hatcher, Julian S . , H A T C H E R ' S N O T E B O O K , Stackpole, several edi-

tions. T h e standard reference work that might save some time exploring
something which was proven useless years ago.
H u d s o n , W. G . , M O D E R N R I F L E S H O O T I N G F R O M T H E A M E R I C A N
S T A N D P O I N T , Laflin & Rand Powder Company, 1903. This book shows
how far w e ' v e c o m e : " I look upon the 200 yard Shuetzen to survive no
matter h o w popular other branches b e c o m e . "
Kelver, Gerald, R E S P E C T F U L L Y Y O U R S , H . M . P O P E , Kelver. Gerald

has privately printed several single shot b o o k s , support his efforts by
buying one of them.
APPENDIX B 207
Landis, C . S . , T W E N T Y - T W O C A L I B E R V A R M I N T R I F L E S , Small
A r m s Technical Publishing Company, 1947. A real g e m filled with won-
drous names like the K-Hornet, the .22/4000 Sedgley- S c h n e r r i n g , the
Marciante Blue Streak and others. A " m u s t h a v e " for any serious experi-
menter.
Landis, C . S . , W O O D C H U C K S A N D W O O D C H U C K R I F L E S , Green-
berg, 1951. Early information on benchrest and single shots. L a n d i s , C . S . ,
.22 C A L I B E R R I F L E S H O O T I N G , Small A r m s Technical Publishing,
1932. An earlier piece on rimfires.
SPEER RELOADING MANUAL FOR WILDCAT CARTRIDGES, No.

4 . , Speer Products, 1960. Wildcat information.
M a n n , Dr. Franklin W , T H E B U L L E T ' S FLIGHT, various publishers,

currently Wolfe Publishing. Originally published in 1909 by a scientific
experimenter this book completely explores bullet flight.
N e s s , EC, P R A C T I C A L D O P E O N T H E B I G B O R E S , Stackpole C o m -
pany, first edition 1948, second edition 1953. Covers the standard car-
tridges and several wildcats.
N e s s , F C . , P R A C T I C A L D O P E O N T H E . 2 2 , Military Service Publishing
Company, 1947. Covers the .22 centerfires, both standard and wildcat.
Otteson, Stuart, B E N C H R E S T A C T I O N S A N D T R I G G E R S , Wolfe P u b -

lishing. Another " m u s t h a v e " that passes along lots of information.
Otteson, Stuart, T H E BOLT A C T I O N , Winchester Press, 1976, and T H E
BOLT A C T I O N , V O L U M E II, Wolfe Publishing.
Pease, B o b , B O B P E A S E C O L L E C T I O N , V O L U M E S I, II, III. R a m -

bling, spiral b o u n d , collection with lots of benchrest notes and informa-
tion. Available direct from B o b .
Roberts, N e d , T H E M U Z Z L E L O A D I N G C A P L O C K R I F L E , Roberts,
(later reprinted in 1950 by Bonanza). T h e definitive work on the target
muzzle loader.
R o b e r t s , N e d and W a t e r s , K e n , T H E B R E E C H - L O A D I N G S I N G L E
S H O T M A T C H R I F L E , Van Nostrand, 1967 (recently reprinted by Wolfe)
T h e reprint has been updated. A " m u s t h a v e " for the single- shot enthusi-
ast.
Sawyer, C h a r l e s W , O U R R I F L E S , C o r n h i l l C o m p a n y , 1920, and

Williams B o o k Store, 1946. Includes rough photographs and notes on some
early muzzle loading target rifles.
Sharpe, Phillip B , C O M P L E T E G U I D E T O H A N D L O A D I N G , Funk &

Wagnalls Company, 1937 & 1941, now from Wolfe. After reading these 6 0 0
pages and seeing what the shooters of the 1930's had to put u p with y o u ' l l
never again complain about copper fouling in your new barrel.
S i m m o n s , Richard F , W I L D C A T C A R T R I D G E S , William M o r r o w and

Company, 1947. Wildcats galore from the days of yore.
Smith, Ray M . , T H E STORY O F P O P E ' S B A R R E L S , Stackpole, 1960.

T h e definitive work on the subject.
Stebbins H e n r y M . S M A L L G A M E & V A R M I N T R I F L E S , A . S . Barnes

& Company, 1947. Another of the interesting historical perspectives. N o t e
how many of the wildcat books appeared in a three year period.
Wallack, L . R . , A M E R I C A N R I F L E D E S I G N A N D P E R F O R M A N C E ,
Winchester P r e s s , 1977. A book with a strong section on benchrest, a
pleasant surprise at chapter 19.
Waters, K e n , P E T L O A D S , Wolfe Publishing. Loading data on over 100

cartridges.
W h e l e n , C o l . Townsend and Angier, Bradford, M I S T E R R I F L E M A N ,

Peterson Publishing Company, 1965. Great pictures of Townsends' rifles,
includes a chapter on benchrest.
Wooters, John, T H E C O M P L E T E B O O K O F PRACTICAL H A N D -

L O A D I N G , Stoeger Publishing, 1976. T h e book which got m e started on
the right foot. Strong on record keeping, and consistency.
INDEX
The Accurate Rifle, 2 3 , 86 Gentner, Don, 145, 168

Adamowicz, Bob, 81, 103, 116 Geraci, Don, 4 9 , 74
Angerman, Al, 31, 128 Gillman, Tom, 169
Astles, Walter, 39 Glue-ins, 14
Audette, Creighton, 34 Goff, Ed, 80
Gonzalez, Speedy, 158
Baggett, Larry, 37, 108, 109 Gower, Roger, 121
Barrel break-in, 21 Gregoire barrels, 20, 113
Berger, Walter, 158 Guse, Bill, 10
Bernard, Joe, 107, 108
Biehler, Ray, 8, 39 Haines, Michael, 108
Blensinger, Art, 91 Hall, Allan, 17, 37
Blue Goop, 151 Hall, Bill, 116
Boop, Nate, 141 Hallgrimsson, Jonas, 39
Boop, Russ, 117 Harrison, Brad, 161
Boyer, Faye, 174 Hart, Bobby, 91
Boyer, Tony, 94 Hart, Clyde, 20, 23
Brawand, Bill, 117, 132 Hart, Paul J , 4 2 , 54, 74
Brennan, Dave, 33, 38, 55, 114, 144 Hart Rifle Barrels, 100, 110
Brown, Chet, 13, 14 Hart, Robert, W. & Son, 16, 128, 137
Brown, Ed, 147, 148 Hart, Wally, 45, 75, 100
Broyles, Bob, 108 Henderson, Harold, 139
Bruno Lester, 5, 28, 4 8 , 74, 132, 137, 146, 152, 153, Hoehn, Ron, 124
158 Hollidge, Crawford, 10, 24, 113
Buchtel, Stan, 132 Hollister, Myles, 74
bullet jam, 137, 141 Hoppe's, 151
Bunch, John, 91 Hornbeck, Rick, 152, 170
Burns, Paul, 109 Hubbard, Merlin, 109
Hufnail, Dan, 91
Cactus Classic, 24, 25, 5 3 , 54 Hunt, Lynn, 11
Cauvin, Mimi, 117
Clark, Sam, 8, 9 IBS, 57, 6 3 , 113, 124
Converting factory rifles, 19, 161
Cornelison, Red, 34, 133 Jackson, T.J., 128
Council, Ralph, 47, 120, 121 Jansen, Kit, 108
CPS, 18, 9 9 , 104, 110, 128, 170 JB Compound, 151, 152
Crawfish Invitational, 24, 25, 53 Johnson, Paul, 117
Culver, Homer, 16, 91, 115, 139, 140, 147 Joiner, Ed, 102
Jones, John, 15,117, 150
Davidson, Alvin, 29, 136 Jones, Neil, 140, 152
Decker rests, 150
Demonstoy, Bob, 54, 69, 88, 109 Kabel, Joe, 107
Detsch, Clarence, 16, 38 Kelbly, George, 54, 132
Dinant, Paul, 10
Donaldson, Harvey, 6, 8, 9, 11, 37 Langlinais, Louis, 125
Dowling, Dan, 33, 38 Lee priming tool, 137, 138
Leupold, 24, 26, 60, 100, 104
Eaton, John, 109 Levy, Howard, 109
Euber, Allie, 32, 74, 91 Lynn, Jeanne, 88
Lyons, March, 120
Federal Cartridge Corporation, 33, 34, 37
Finlay, Fred, 56, 57, 117, 150 Mann, Franklin W , 7, 20, 42
Fowler, Jef, 97 Maretzo, Richard, 56, 74
Frei, Lowell, 54, 74, 109, 127 Masker, Jerry, 61, 74, 117
Masker, Marge, 61, 98
Masker, Seely, 10, 61, 115, 140, 152 Wahl, Butch, 159
McMillan, Gale, 113 Waldog, 33
MCS, 18, 19, 100, 128, 167 Walker, Mike, 10, 19, 20, 36, 37
Measureing groups, 96 Walker, Olive, 174
Meister, Roy, 9 Wallack, Bob, 39
Meyer, Jim, 153 Whelen, Col. Townsend, 9, 105
mirage shields, 27, 28 White, Bob, 18, 52, 56, 59, 74, 82, 87, 88, 99, 104,
Mitchell, Paul, 108 117, 141, 163, 165
Morton, Perry, 55, 117 Whitetail Engineering, 128
Wichita, Arms, Inc., 19
Nagy, Geza, 56 Williams, Fletcher, 70, 71, 82, 149
NBRSA, 9, 57, 58, 60, 6 3 , 7 3 , 113, 119 Williams, Jim, 111
Neck tension 131, 136, 160 Wilson, L.E., 9
Novak, Jim, 59, 82, 87, 117, 150
Ocock, Gary 28, 4 8 , 5 3 , 74, 87, 135
Page, Warren, 37, 8 3 , 109

Palmisano, Lou, 31, 3 3 , 74
Parker Hale, 150, 152
Pawlak, Dan, 31, 32
Pindell, Ferris, 16, 31, 33
Pine Tree Rifle Club, 9
Pope, Harry M., 6, 7, 8
PPC, 2 3 , 31-38, 60, 100, 102, 125, 130, 133, 140, 144,
166
Prachyl, Ron, 144
Precision Shooting Magazine, 33, 44, 55, 162, 163
Prescott, Marcy, 10
Prescott, W. Jennings, 9
Price, Donna Lee, 174
Price, Glenn, 34, 35
Puget Sound Snipers Congress, 6, 9
Pustejovsky, Dickie, 163
RCBS, 9, 39
Redding, 140
Remington Arms Co. 19, 38, 110
Remington 40X, 19, 20, 161
Remington XP100, 19
Remington 700, 19, 36, 123, 142, 161, 162
Reneau, Rex, 109, 122
Rogers, Jerry, 13
Rorschach, 39
Rosenthal, Brad, 108, 117
Rowland, C.W. 7, 11, 66, 118
SAKO, 2 , 32
Sauer, Phil, 75
Seating depth, 141, 142, 159
Shilen, Ed, 16, 17, 20, 2 3 , 142
Shooters Choice, 21, 22, 151
Shuetzen rifles, 6, 7, 20
Siebert, Wally, 24
Sighting in 24, 26, 28, 6 0 , 101
Sinclair, Fred, 108
Sinclair International, 128, 137, 140, 163
Six, Lee, 13, 14
Sleeved actions, 18
Sporter class, 105
Stekl, Jim, 35, 37, 99
Stolle Actions, 16, 18, 100
Summers, Jeff, 117
Super Shoot, 25, 31, 54, 7 3 , 89, 107-109, 117, 118, 152
Sutton, Jack, 22, 148
Sweets 7.62 Solvent, 151
Takano, lurk, 103, 116

.222, 10, 20, 36, 38, 94
Tucker, Cecil, 81, 82
Ventriglia, John, 136
Wagner, Dennis, 34, 54, 74, 109, 122, 133

THE ULTIMATE IN
RIFLE ACCURACY
A handbook about getting the most out of
your equipment and yourself.
This handbook contains the information you need to extract

the best performance from your rifle. This is the first book
since THE ACCURATE RIFLE by Warren Page, to present an
up-to-date picture of creating and shooting the
ultimate in accurate rifles.
CONTENTS
The components for modern accuracy, synthetic stocks,
custom actions, stainless steel barrels, high powered
scopes, case preparation, loading for accuracy, bench
techniques, shooting in the wind, practicing, and proper
barrel cleaning technique.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Glenn Newick is a rifleman. Winning the International
Benchrest Shooters Three Gun Championship as a rookie
proved a new shooter could compete with a long
established shooter. An active competitor, Glenn's
next goal is winning enough points in the National
Championship matches for induction into Tlie '- v
National Benchrest Hall of Fame.

Ultimate in Rifle Accuracy, The - Ocr

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ultimate in Rifle Accuracy, The - Ocr

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ultimate in Rifle Accuracy, The - Ocr

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

THE ULTIMATE

A handbook for those who seek the ultimate in rifle accuracy;

STOEGER PUBLISHING COMPANY OTHER PUBLICATIONS: FN Browning Armorer

Yours is the thrill from tiny groups

and loaded a m m u n i t i o n we must be especially careful. With most c u s t o m

Here are the ten commandments of firearms safety:

Be sure of your target before you pull the trigger.

Always b e sure the barrel and action are clear of obstructions.

Never point your gun at anything you d o not want to shoot.

Never leave your gun unattended unless you unload it first.

Avoid alcoholic beverages both before and during shooting.

Never climb a tree or cross a fence with a loaded g u n .

Never shoot at a hard, flat surface or the surface of water. Always

C a r r y only e m p t y g u n s , taken down or with the action open, into y o u r

Store guns and ammunition separately under lock and key.

T h e invention of gunpowder goes back long before the earliest firearms.

from the masters like H a r r y M . Pope, George Schoyen, N o r m a n Brockway

Harvey Donaldson, Al Marciante, and W.J. Prescott were among the

Photos and information exist from early benchrest matches held at

By 1941 m u c h of the information and equipment need for smaller groups

T h e individual pieces which m a k e up a modern benchrest rifle were not

Depending of the weight of the other components Hart makes an action

comprised of 8 0 % hand-crafted actions shooters tend to look d o w n their

Shoot in O h i o . In Phoenix I was having a terrible time getting good groups,

adjustable objective lenses, minute amounts of parallax aren't enough to

T h e 6 P P C is the most important cartridge introduced to the accuracy

several times during the s u m m e r matches. H e had been shooting a 6 P P C

Benchrest shooters always spend time discussing better ways to do things.

T h e point where a bullet is at its most accurate is the combination that

The Bench and Bench

Portable shooting benches are wonderfulfor the long-range varmint hunter

Benchrest matches are wondrous events. There are widgets, gadgets,

Travelling companions increase the enjoyment of a match. Someone to chat

Dave Brennan and P R E C I S I O N S H O O T I N G Magazine increased the

Step by Step Instructions for Your First Match

the list e x p a n d s to i n c l u d e loading t o o l s , c o m p o n e n t s and m e a s u r e s .

played into the night. It never mattered w h o w o n , we c o n s u m e d some of M r

T h e most important thing to r e m e m b e r in group shooting is: any w i n d ,

There are m a n y general indicators of what the wind is doing. W h a t we feel

25 yards 50 yards 75 yards

25 yards 50 yards 75 yards

25 yards 50 yards 75 yards

25 yards 50 yards 75 yards

25 yards 50 yards 75 yards

Let's Review the Basics

Advanced Wind Shooting

Slow Fire Technique.

.263". Even in a 36X Leupold that looks tiny. Being a rookie, I m a d e a

Rapid Fire Technique

Lost Shots Before or During the Group

Adjusting to Changing Conditions

Uncommon Wind Indicators

varmint match at Camillus I was happy as a c l a m waiting for a slack to c o m e

reliably show direction, ribbons are added to wind vanes m a d e of light-

in the bottom of his scope. A n y o n e w h o has d o n e m u c h bore sighting

Practice and Competition

T h e confidence from achieving attainable goals allows a shooter to set

shoot Nosier or Sierra match bullets in practice. Thinking t h e y ' r e saving

Notice the competitors concentration during set-up. Irene Fazio, Dennis

gives a final measurement of .467" - .243", or .224". A nice group at 100